Table of Contents

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 


FORM 10-K

 


ANNUAL REPORT

PURSUANT TO SECTIONS 13 OR 15(d)

OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2006

Commission File No.: 001-32401

 


VERI-TEK INTERNATIONAL, CORP.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 


 

Michigan   42-1628978
(State of incorporation)  

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)

7402 W. 100 th Place

Bridgeview, Illinois

  60455
(Address of principal executive offices)   (Zip Code)

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (708) 430-7500

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

Title of each class

 

Name of each exchange on which registered

Common Stock, no par value   American Stock Exchange

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

None

 


Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes   ¨     No   x

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.    Yes    ¨     No   x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes   x     No   ¨

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.   x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer. See definition of “accelerated filer and large accelerated filer” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

Large Accelerated Filer    ¨             Accelerated Filer    ¨             Non-Accelerated Filer   x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).     Yes    ¨      No    x

 


 


Table of Contents

The aggregate market value of the shares of common stock, no par value (“Common Stock”) held by non-affiliates of the registrant as of June 30, 2006 was approximately $10.6 million based upon the closing price for the Common Stock on the American Stock Exchange on such date. Shares of Common Stock held by each officer and director and by each person who owns 5% or more of the outstanding Common Stock have been excluded in that such persons may be deemed to be affiliates. This determination of affiliate status is not necessarily a conclusive determination for other purposes.

The number of shares of the registrant’s Common Stock outstanding as of March 28, 2007 was 7,859,875.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Part III of this Annual Report on Form 10-K incorporates by reference information (to the extent specific sections are referred to herein) from the registrant’s Proxy Statement for its 2007 Annual Meeting (the “2007 Proxy Statement”) to be filed with the Commission within 120 days after the end of its fiscal year ended December 31, 2006.

 

2


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

PART I

   4

ITEM 1.

   BUSINESS OVERVIEW    4

ITEM 1A.

   RISK FACTORS    17

ITEM 1B.

   UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS    23

ITEM 2.

   PROPERTIES    23

ITEM 3.

   LEGAL PROCEEDINGS    23

ITEM 4.

   SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS    23

PART II

   24

ITEM 5.

   MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES    24

ITEM 6.

   SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA    26

ITEM 7.

   MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS    27

ITEM 7A.

   QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK    39

ITEM 8.

   FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA    40

ITEM 9.

   CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE    79

ITEM 9A.

   CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES    79

ITEM 9B.

   OTHER INFORMATION    80

PART III

   80

ITEM 10.

   DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS, AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE    80

ITEM 11.

   EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION    81

ITEM 12.

   SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS    81

ITEM 13.

   CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE    81

ITEM 14.

   PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES    81

PART IV

   81

ITEM 15.

   EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES    81

SIGNATURES

   83

 

3


Table of Contents

PART I

References to the “Company,” “Veri-Tek,” “we,” “our” and “us” refer to Veri-Tek International, Corp., together in each case with our subsidiaries and any predecessor entities unless the context suggests otherwise.

Forward-Looking Statements

When reading this section of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, it is important that you also read the financial statements and related notes thereto. This Annual Report on Form 10-K and certain information incorporated herein by reference contain forward-looking statements within the “safe harbor” provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. All statements contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, other than statements that are purely historical, are forward-looking statements and are based upon management’s present expectations, objectives, anticipations, plans, hopes, beliefs, intentions or strategies regarding the future. We use words such as “anticipate,” “estimate,” “plan,” “project,” “continuing,” “ongoing,” “expect,” “believe,” “intend,” “may,” “will,” “should,” “could,” and similar expressions to identify forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements in this Annual Report on Form 10-K include, without limitation: (1) projections of revenue, earnings, capital structure and other financial items, (2) statements of our plans and objectives, (3) statements regarding the capabilities and capacities of our business operations, (4) statements of expected future economic performance and (5) assumptions underlying statements regarding us or our business. Our actual results may differ from information contained in these forward looking-statements for many reasons, including those described below in the section entitled “Item 1A. Risk Factors,” and the following:

 

(1) difficulties in implementing new systems, integrating acquired businesses, managing anticipated growth, and responding to technological change;

 

(2) the cyclical nature of the markets we operate in;

 

(3) increases in interest rates;

 

(4) government spending;

 

(5) the performance of our competitors;

 

(6) shortages in supplies and raw materials;

 

(7) our ability to meet financial covenants required by our debt agreements;

 

(8) product liability claims, intellectual property claims, and other liabilities;

 

(9) the volatility of our stock price;

 

(10) future sales of our common stock; and

 

(11) the willingness of our stockholders and directors to approve mergers, acquisitions, and other business transactions.

The risks described in our Annual Report on Form 10-K are not the only risks facing our Company. Additional risks and uncertainties not currently known to us or that we currently deem to be immaterial also may materially adversely affect our business, financial condition or operating results. We do not undertake, and expressly disclaim, any obligation to update this forward-looking information, except as required under applicable law.

ITEM 1. BUSINESS OVERVIEW

Historically, the Company has designed, developed and built specialty testing and assembly equipment for the automotive and heavy equipment industries that identifies defects through the use of signature analysis and in-process verification. As the result of two recent acquisitions, we are a leading provider of engineered lifting solutions including boom truck cranes, rough terrain forklifts and special mission oriented vehicles. Through our Manitex subsidiary, we market a comprehensive line of boom trucks and sign cranes. Our boom trucks and crane

 

4


Table of Contents

products are primarily used for industrial projects, energy exploration and infrastructure development, including roads, bridges and commercial construction. Through our Manitex Liftking subsidiary, we sell a complete line of rough terrain forklifts and special mission oriented vehicles, as well as other specialized carriers, heavy material handling transporters and steel mill equipment. Manitex Liftking’s rough terrain forklifts are used in both commercial and military applications.

Additionally on November 15, 2006, the Company closed a $11.1 million private placement of its common stock and warrants (the “Private Placement”) pursuant to the terms of a securities purchase agreement entered into among the Company and certain institutional investors on November 3, 2006 (the “Securities Purchase Agreement”). Pursuant to the Securities Purchase Agreement, Veri-Tek issued 2,750,000 shares of its common stock. In connection with the Private Placement the Company incurred investment banking fees of $0.8 million and legal fees of approximately $0.1 million. The Company’s net cash proceeds after fees and expenses were $10.3 million. In connection with the Private Placement the Company has filed a Form S-3 Registration Statement to register the securities issued in the Private Placement. The Security and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) is currently reviewing the S-3 Registration Statement and therefore the S-3 Registration Statement has not yet been declared effective.

 

History

The Company’s predecessor was founded in 1993. In October 2003, our predecessor company was purchased by Veri-Tek International Corp., formerly known as Quantum-Veri-Tek, Inc., a Michigan corporation incorporated on October 17, 2003 and an affiliate of Quantum Value Partners, LP, pursuant to an asset purchase agreement. On February 15, 2005, we completed an initial public offering of 2,875,000 shares of common stock resulting in gross proceeds of $17.3 million.

Historically, we engaged in a single line of business. We designed and manufactured testing and assembly equipment used primarily in the manufacture of driveline components in the automotive and heavy equipment industries. In addition, the Company utilized this technology to provide testing services to original equipment manufacturers and tier 1 suppliers in order to verify the manufacturing process.

The period since the filing of the Company’s 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2005, has been one of significant strategic change for the Company. In fiscal 2006, we completed two acquisitions that introduced boom trucks, sign cranes and lifting equipment into our operations as a second business segment. For 2006, these two acquisitions generated approximately $40.7 million of revenue and $2.0 million of operating earnings for the Company.

On July 3, 2006, the Company purchased Manitex, Inc. (“Manitex”) through the acquisition of all the membership interests of Quantum Value Management, LLC, an entity owned by certain stockholders (“QVM”). Effective with the Manitex acquisition, we became a leading provider of engineered lift solutions in North America. Manitex, headquartered in Georgetown, Texas designs, manufactures, and markets a comprehensive line of boom trucks, sign cranes and trolley boom unloaders. Manitex’s boom trucks and crane products are primarily used for industrial projects, energy exploration, and infrastructure development including roads, bridges and commercial construction. (See note 17 to our consolidated financial statements)

On November 30, 2006, the Company, through its wholly owned subsidiary, Manitex Liftking, ULC, an Alberta limited liability company (“Manitex Liftking”) completed the acquisition of all of the operating assets of Liftking Industries, Inc. an Ontario, Canada corporation (“Liftking”). The aggregate consideration paid in connection with this acquisition was approximately $7.1 million, which is subject to post-closing working capital adjustment. The consideration paid included cash of $3.3 million, 266,000 exchangeable shares of common stock of Manitex Liftking, valued at $1.0 million and a non-negotiable subordinated promissory note for approximately $2.8 million. (See Note 17 to our consolidated financial statements). Manitex Liftking, headquartered in Woodridge (Toronto), Ontario, manufactures a complete line of rough terrain forklifts and special mission oriented vehicles, as well as other specialized carriers, heavy material handling transporters and steel mill equipment.

 

5


Table of Contents

Discontinued Operations

On March 29, 2007, our Board of Directors approved a plan to sell our Testing & Assembly Equipment segment in order to focus management’s attention and financial resources on our Lifting Equipment segment. As a result, our Testing & Assembly Equipment segment will be accounted for as a discontinued operation starting with the first quarter of 2007 until its disposition.

In connection with the preparation of our 2006 year-end financial statements, the Board determined that certain assets used in connection with our Testing & Assembly Equipment segment were impaired. Accordingly, we recorded an impairment charge of $6.6 million (See note 26 of our consolidated financial statements). For fiscal 2006, the Testing & Assembly Equipment segment reported revenue of approximately $5.1 million and generated net loss from operations of approximately ($10.2) million.

General Corporate Information

The Company’s principal executive offices are located at 7402 W. 100 th Place, Bridgeview, Illinois 60455 and our telephone number is (708) 430-7500. The Company’s website address is www.veri-tek.com. Information contained on our website is not incorporated by reference into this report and such information should not be considered to be part of this report.

Financial Information About Business Segments

The Company’s reportable operating segments consist of the Lifting Equipment segment and Testing & Assembly Equipment segment to reflect how we manage our business. The following table summarizes certain historical financial data for these two operating segments and should be read together with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations”, our consolidated financial statements, and the related notes included elsewhere in this report. The summary information for the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2005, which were audited by Freedman & Goldberg, CPA’s, P.C., and for the year ended December 31, 2006, which was audited by UHY LLP, has been derived from our consolidated financial statements, which are included elsewhere in this report. The financial information for the Lifting Equipment segment is included from the date of the respective acquisitions of Manitex on July 3, 2006, and Liftking on November 30, 2006.

 

6


Table of Contents

The tables below also include the following non-GAAP financial measures: “EBITDA” (earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortization) and “Adjusted Operating Income” (operating income before acquisition related amortization of intangibles and cost of sales charge related to write-up of acquired inventory). These non-GAAP terms, as defined by the Company, may not be comparable to similarly titled measures used by other companies. EBITDA and Adjusted Operating Income are not measures of financial performance under generally accepted accounting principles. Items excluded from EBITDA and Adjusted Operating Income are significant components in understanding and assessing financial performance. EBITDA and Adjusted Operating Income should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for net earnings, operating income and other consolidated earnings data prepared in accordance with GAAP or as a measure of our profitability. A reconciliation of net loss to EBITDA and operating loss to Adjusted Operating Income is provided immediately following the financial tables below.

(In thousands)

 

     Year ended December 31,  
     2006     2005     2004  

Net Sales

      

Lifting Equipment

   $ 40,676     $ —       $ —    

Testing & Assembly Equipment

     5,092       7,641       7,929  
                        

Total

   $ 45,768     $ 7,641     $ 7,929  

Operating Earnings

      

Lifting Equipment

   $ 1,976     $ —       $ —    

Testing & Assembly Equipment (1)

     (10,246 )     (3,432 )     (3,889 )
                        

Total

   $ (8,270 )   $ (3,432 )   $ (3,889 )

Total Assets

      

Lifting Equipment

   $ 70,452     $ —       $ —    

Testing & Assembly Equipment

     13,392       17,227       11,885  
                        

Total

   $ 83,844     $ 17,227     $ 11,885  

Other Financial Data:

      

EBITDA (2)

      

Lifting Equipment

   $ 3,155     $ —       $ —    

Testing and Assembly Equipment (1)

     (9,782 )     (2,983 )     (3,528 )
                        

Total

   $ (6,627 )   $ (2,983 )   $ (3,528 )

Adjusted Operating Income (3)

      

Lifting Equipment

   $ 3,214     $ —       $ —    

Testing and Assembly Equipment

     (9,970 )     (3,156 )     (3,613 )
                        

Total

   $ (6,756 )   $ (3,156 )   $ (3,613 )

(1) Includes an impairment charge of $6,632 in the Testing & Assembly Equipment segment (See Note 26 to our consolidated financial statements).
(2) We define EBITDA as income before interest expense (income), income taxes, depreciation and amortization. Our management evaluates and monitors our performance primarily through EBITDA. We use EBITDA because our management believes that this financial measure permits a comparative assessment of our operating performance, relative to our performance based on our GAAP results, while isolating the effects of depreciation and amortization. We provide information relating to EBITDA so that investors have the same data that we employ in assessing our overall operations. In addition, EBITDA is presented because management believes it is frequently used by securities analysts, investors and others in the evaluation of companies in our industry. We believe that trends in our EBITDA are valuable indicators of the operating performance of our Company and of our ability to produce operating cash flow to fund working capital needs, to service debt obligations and to fund capital expenditures.

 

7


Table of Contents

Reconciliation of GAAP Net Loss to Earnings Before

Interest, Taxes, Depreciation and Amortization (EBITDA)

(In thousands)

 

     2006     2005     2004  

Net loss

   $ (8,889 )   $ (2,252 )   $ (3,454 )

Income taxes benefit

     (1,326 )     (1,084 )     (1,770 )

Loss before income taxes

     (10,215 )     (3,336 )     (5,224 )

Interest Expense

     1,969       54       1,335  

Interest Income

     (39 )     (155 )     —    

Other Expense

     15       5    

Depreciation

     355       153       65  

Amortization

     1,288       296       296  

Earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (EBITDA)

   $ (6,627 )   $ (2,983 )   $ (3,528 )

 

(3) We define “Adjusted Operating Income” as operating income before acquisition related amortization of intangibles and cost of sales charge related to write-up of acquired inventory. Adjusted Operating Income takes into account the following acquisitions: QVM (Manitex) that occurred on July 3, 2006, Liftking that occurred on November 30, 2006 and JCJ that occurred on October 31, 2003. A charge to cost of sales was recorded when a portion of the acquired inventory that was written up to fair market value in connection with the purchase price allocation was sold (See Note 17 to our consolidated financial statements). In order to provide comparability between Veri-Tek and other companies in our industry, we have adjusted operating income to exclude amortization that resulted from our recent acquisitions and cost of sales charges related to the write-up of acquired inventory. Adjusted Operating Income is a useful measure for comparing Veri-Tek to other companies within the manufacturing and distribution industry because we have experienced significant merger and acquisition activity and financial restructurings, which have led to variations among us and other companies in our industry. We believe that Adjusted Operating Income is useful in comparing our results of operations to other companies in our industry that have not recently consummated significant acquisitions, and therefore, do not have similar non-cash expenses.

Reconciliation of GAAP Operating Income (Loss) to Operating Income Before

Amortization of Intangibles and Cost of Sales Charge Related to Write-up of Acquired Inventory

(In thousands)

 

     2006     2005     2004  

Lifting Equipment:

      

Operating Income

   $ 1,976     $ —       $ —    

Amortization of intangibles

     992       —         —    

Cost of sales charge related to write-up of acquired inventory

     246       —         —    

Adjusted Operating Income

   $ 3,214     $ —       $ —    

Testing & Assembly Equipment

      

Operating Loss

   $ (10,246 )   $ (3,432 )   $ (3,889 )

Amortization of intangibles

     276       276       276  

Adjusted Operating Loss

   $ (9,970 )   $ (3,156 )   $ (3,613 )

Total Adjusted Operating Loss

   $ (6,756 )   $ (3,156 )   $ (3,613 )

Lifting Equipment Segment

Our Industry and Market Opportunity

The Company’s Lifting Equipment segment is a leading provider of engineered lifting solutions. The Company designs, manufactures and distributes a diverse group of products that serve different functions and are used in a variety of industries. Through its Manitex subsidiary it markets a comprehensive line of boom trucks and sign

 

8


Table of Contents

cranes. Manitex’s boom trucks and crane products are primarily used for industrial projects, energy exploration and infrastructure development, including, roads, bridges and commercial construction. The Manitex Liftking subsidiary sells a complete line of rough terrain forklifts and special mission oriented vehicles, as well as other specialized carriers, heavy material handling transporters and steel mill equipment. Manitex Liftking’s rough terrain forklifts are used in both commercial and military applications. Specialty mission oriented vehicles and specialized carriers are designed and built to meet the Company’s unique customer needs and requirements. The Company’s specialized lifting equipment has met the particular needs of customers in various industries that include utility, ship building and steel mill industries.

Boom Truck

A boom truck is a straight telescopic boom crane outfitted with a hook and winch which is mounted on a standard flatbed commercial (Class 7 or 8) truck chassis. Relative to other lifting equipment, boom trucks provide increased versatility capable of transporting relatively large payloads from site to site at highway speeds. A boom truck is usually sold with outriggers, pads and devices for reinforcing the chassis in order to improve safety and stability. Although produced in a wide range of models and sizes, boom trucks can be broadly distinguished by their normal lifting capability as light, medium, and heavy-cranes. Various models of medium or heavy-lift boom trucks can safely lift loads from 15 to more than 40 tons and operating radii can exceed 100’. Another advantage of the boom truck includes the ability to provide occasional manlift capabilities at a very low cost to height ratio. While it is not uncommon to see a very old boom truck, most replacement cycles seem to trend to seven years.

The Company sells its boom trucks through a network of approximately thirty full service dealers in United States and Canada. A number of our dealers maintain a rental fleet of their own. Boom cranes can be rented for either short or long-term periods.

The market for boom cranes has historically been cyclical. Sales of boom cranes grew from 1992, to a peak, in 1998 of 2,719 units. Since then, the market has experienced periods of declines and recovery. Unit sales were the lowest in 2003 when only 1,445 units were sold. The boom truck industry is currently experiencing a period where the demand for its product is exceeding the industry capacity to produce the product. In 2006, the industry delivered approximately 2,700 units and expects the strong demand to continue into 2007. The Company is the third leading producer of boom trucks in North America with approximately 20% of all unit sales. Market share based on revenues is even higher because the Company’s sales are skewed to boom trucks with higher lifting capacity. Currently, the Company is the only manufacturer to offer a boom truck with lifting capacity that exceeds 40 tons (45 ton model). The Company is working on a boom crane with a lifting capacity of 50 tons that we launched in the first quarter of 2007, and we expect the first deliveries to be made in early part of the second quarter.

Although the Company offers a complete line of boom trucks from light to heavy capacity cranes, we believes it is an advantage to be skewed towards the heavier lifting capacity. The heavier capacity cranes have somewhat higher margins and are believed to be less cyclical. Markets that drive demand for boom trucks include power distribution, oil and gas recovery, and new home construction. The new home construction market, which uses lower capacity cranes, is probably the most cyclical and is where our market share is the lowest. We believe that oil and gas recovery, with the future development of Canadian oil sands, offers the best chance for long-term growth, and is a market where Manitex’s products are well represented.

Sign Cranes

A sign crane is similar to a boom truck in that it is a straight telescopic boom crane mounted on a commercially available chassis, but it differs in application. Whereas a boom truck is primarily utilized as a lifting device and occasionally for manlift applications, the sign crane application is the inverse. It is primarily utilized in manlift applications and occasionally used as a relatively low capacity crane. Historically these cranes possess maximum

 

9


Table of Contents

lifting capacities of three tons and working heights to 140 feet. Only recently has a sign crane been introduced with a maximum capacity of 12 tons. As the primary application revolves around putting people into the air to erect and service signs, the sign crane possesses advanced basket capabilities. Baskets automatically level throughout boom movement, and all utilities necessary to perform erection and service work are provided at the basket. These can include weld leads, gas, air, water and electricity. It is very common for a sign crane to be utilized for 10 to 15 years. Larger fleet replacements seem to be at five years.

Over the last 10 years, there has been significant consolidation among companies erecting and servicing highway signage. Three companies now control the large majority of the business. Each possesses several hundred units in its fleet and none has experienced a purchase cycle over the last several years. Sales to any of these customers are performed on a direct basis and not through a dealer network. Currently, the Company has no contracts to supply sky cranes to any of these three companies.

The Company offers its sign cranes through a network of dealers who sell to family run and small sized business. We are not aware of any centralized reporting agency exists to size this industry, but management estimates a market size of 375 machines. This represents a wholesale market of approximately $30 million when the value of the chassis is excluded and $55 million when included based on Company’s sales, the Company’s believes its market share in this segment is approximately 10%.

Trolley Boom Unloader

A trolley boom unloader is a piece of equipment mounted on a Class 7 or 8 chassis, possessing a straight boom of either fixed length or telescopic orientation. Primary application is the delivery of concrete, precast and masonry supplies to construction sites. Product may then be placed at elevated, ground level or subterranean locations at the preference of the construction crews. A trolley boom is differentiated from a standard crane in that it possesses an under boom trolley, which serves at the lifting device and travels the length of the boom. This feature allows product located very close to the center of rotation to be lifted and unloaded without elevating the boom. Time to unload is reduced, and overhead obstructions are minimized. Capacities are sized around single lifts of various construction materials and are generally of lower capacity than boom trucks.

This very mature industry was initiated in the 1950’s and to this day, remains the most efficient means to rapidly take product from a truck and place it a short distance away from the truck. However, its position in the construction industry has been significantly degraded over the last fifteen years by more flexible complementary equipment including articulating cranes and portable fork lifts.

Sales to this industry occur through a mature distribution network. Regional bias for the product makes it attractive in the Midwest and Northeast. The Company estimates the total annual market for the trolley boom unloaders is estimated between 100-175 units and between $4-$7 million. The Company and one competitor have historically split the market for trolley boom unloaders.

Rough Terrain Forklifts

Manitex Liftking manufactures a complete range of straight mast forklifts with capacities from 6,000 to 50,000 lb. and lift heights from 10 to 32 feet. All Manitex Liftking straight mast forklifts feature exceptional ground clearance, easy access to service points, ergonomic controls and easy operation. Manitex Liftking also produces a series of tag along forklift that mount to trucks with lifting capacity ranging from 4,000 to 6,000 pounds. These mounted forklifts are ideal for bricklaying, landscaping, construction or any other application that requires a forklift to tag along. The forklifts feature an easy to mount system, which allows an operator to securely mount or dismount the forklift quickly.

Manitex Liftking also produces a line of dynaluggers that are specially designed and built to handle heavier loads, with lifting capacities to 30,000 pounds. Dynaluggers are similar to forklifts except they have a boom similar to a crane which is raised and lowered by a hydraulic cylinder. The dynaluggers can be outfitted with

 

10


Table of Contents

either a forklift type or claw type lifting attachment. These strongly built vehicles can be used for a variety of applications, including forestry (pulpwood, saw logs, short wood, tree length, lumber, sawdust and chips), pole handling and pipe handling.

Manitex Liftking also produces a line of four wheel drive telehandlers with telescopic 3-section booms that lift, extend and tilt with lifting capacity to 12,000 pounds. All Manitex Liftking telescopic forklifts have been specially designed for the construction and mining industries to perform on all types of terrain and in all types of weather.

The Company sells its rough terrain forklifts through a network of approximately fifty dealers in the United States and Canada.

Military

Manitex Liftking military forklifts are used worldwide during both periods of conflict and peace. Although Manitex Liftking does not sell directly to government agencies, Manitex Liftking military units are working for national militaries including the United States, Canada, and Britain. All Company military products are sold to the Canadian Commercial Corporation which has direct contracts with various government agencies. The U.S. Department of Defense alone has hundreds of Manitex Liftking vehicles in the Navy, Army and Air Force that they depend on daily. These vehicles range from small shipboard approved forklifts to the biggest articulating, rough-terrain forklift in the world.

Manitex Liftking military forklifts have innovative features that allow them to meet strict military standards and perform in almost any terrain. These features include the patented hydraulically removable counterweight that permits aircraft transportability of the forklift without exceeding the load limits of the aircraft. The water fording capability of some Manitex Liftking vehicles allow continuous operation in water depths of up to 5 feet (1.5 meters), providing true all-terrain operation. The Company believes that these features have helped position Manitex Liftking as the product of choice for rough terrain military forklifts.

All of Manitex Liftking’s shipboard approved vehicles are structurally engineered to withstand a depth charge explosion while on an aircraft carrier, and still be fully operational. The detachable mast and 2-piece operator’s cab on some of Manitex Liftking’s bigger vehicles allow easy disassembly to satisfy height restrictions while being transported by road or rail. Attachments such as fork rollers and standard ISO container handlers further increase the versatility of a Manitex Liftking forklift.

Manitex Liftking’s forklifts are built to exacting military standards including compliance with the quality controls required by ISO 9001. Before being shipped each machine is thoroughly tested on a military approved endurance track located adjacent to Manitex Liftking’s military vehicle manufacturing plant. There are only two test tracks in North America, and Manitex Liftking owns one of them.

Mission Oriented Vehicles and Specialized Carriers

Special mission oriented vehicles and specialized carriers are designed and built to meet the Company’s unique customer needs and requirements. The Company’s specialized lifting equipment has met the particular needs of customers in various industries that include utility, ship building and steel mill.

The transporters, used in ship building, are one example of a specialized carrier built by Manitex Liftking. The ship builder will construct a segment of the hull on our transporter. When the section of the hull is complete, the ship builder will move the section to the already completed portion of the hull and attach it. Manitex Liftking has built transporters capable of transporting 300,000 pounds. The Company has a salesman who sells our specialized products directly to the end customer.

Customers

In 2006, approximately 78%, 6%, and 3% of the Lifting Equipment segment’s revenues were generated by the sales of boom trucks, sky cranes and trolley boom unloaders. The Company started selling rough terrain forklifts,

 

11


Table of Contents

special mission oriented vehicles and specialized carriers on December 1, 2006 with the acquisition of Manitex Liftking. Therefore, revenues for rough terrain forklifts, special mission oriented vehicles and specialized carriers were not significant in 2006.

Since its acquisition in July 2006, the Lifting Equipment segment constituted 89% of the Company’s total revenues in 2006. Two customers, H&E Equipment and Acme Lift accounted for 14% and 11% respectively, of the Lifting Equipment segment’s revenue in 2006. H&E Equipment Service and Acme Lift represented approximately 12% and 10% respectively of the Company’s consolidated revenues in 2006.

Testing & Assembly Equipment Segment

On March 29, 2007, our Board of Directors approved a plan to sell the Testing & Assembly Equipment segment in order to focus management’s attention and financial resources on our Lifting Equipment segment. The activities of the Testing & Assembly Equipment segment that are to be disposed of are identified below.

Industry and Market

Automotive OEMs are under constant pressure from their customers and competitors to improve the quality and performance of their vehicles. Consumers are demanding increased comfort and performance and a quieter ride in their vehicles. In recent years, consumer demand for sport utility vehicles (SUVs), luxury pickup trucks and luxury sedans has increased substantially. These vehicles are often expensive and, while many consumers historically relied on pickup trucks and SUVs primarily for work–related purposes, consumers now use these vehicles for their everyday transportation. Consumers of SUVs and luxury pickup trucks want the driving experience in these vehicles to be similar to that of luxury sedans. Further, consumers of luxury sedans manufactured by domestic OEMs are demanding improved performance similar to that found in sedans manufactured by foreign OEMs. Consumers are also demanding increased fuel economy and reliability in most vehicles on the market.

To improve the quality of vehicle handling and fuel efficiency, OEMs are manufacturing vehicles with more rigid frames and suspensions. While this improves handling, greater rigidity in frames and suspensions leads to more pronounced NVH, (noise, vibration, harshness) as noise and vibration travels easily through a vehicle with a rigid frame and suspension. Reducing NVH in engines, gear systems and powertrains is a significant component of improving vehicle quality and comfort. Historically, OEMs attempted to reduce NVH through the use of dampeners, isolators and other components that mask NVH but add to the weight and cost of the vehicles. Because OEMs want to reduce vehicle weight in order to improve fuel efficiency, OEMs have increased their efforts toward exploring alternative means for reducing NVH without the use of other components. Almost all of the OEMs have established departments of product design experts specifically devoted to addressing NVH in their vehicles.

While working to meet consumer demands for higher quality vehicles with improved performance, OEMs and Tier 1 suppliers are also focused on reducing manufacturing costs by improving manufacturing efficiency and automating manufacturing processes. In addition, OEMs and Tier 1 suppliers seek to reduce costs associated with warranty claims by manufacturing vehicles whose components are free of defects.

Market Opportunity. The Company’s patented and patent–pending technology has broad practical applications that address improving vehicle quality and reducing NVH while at the same time providing a viable means for reducing their manufacturing and warranty costs. The Company has already integrated this technology into specialty testing equipment that is being implemented directly into our customers’ production lines. This specialty testing equipment enables customers to identify product defects before the manufacturing of those products is completed, which in turn results in improved quality and reduced costs associated with warranty claims.

 

12


Table of Contents

The Company has attempted to expand its efforts into other business areas such as

 

   

developing a market in the automotive industry for the Company’s axle testing services;

 

 

 

developing a market for precision driveshafts that will enable production which incorporates our S.M.A.R.T. (superior manufacturing alleviates redundant testing) manufacturing technology.

To date, the Company has not been successful in penetrating these markets and therefore sales of testing and assembly equipment presently comprise the majority of the Segment’s revenues.

Specialty Equipment

The Company designs, develops, and builds specialty testing and assembly equipment for the automotive and heavy equipment industries that identifies product defects and production problems early in our customers’ manufacturing process. The specialty equipment identifies defects through the use of signature analysis and in-process verification. Signature analysis is a testing process that analyzes the properties of a product and compares those properties to established criteria, or a baseline, to determine whether the properties of the product being analyzed deviate from the established criteria. Signature analysis essentially emulates human craftsmanship without the difficulties of finding highly skilled and trained individuals to work on assembly lines. The use of signature analysis during the manufacturing and assembly process is called in–process verification. By applying in–process verification, defects in products can be identified and corrected before manufacturing and assembly is completed, resulting in fewer defective pieces, less scrap, less wasted production time and, therefore, lower manufacturing costs. The Company has optimized signature analysis for the production line and this optimized signature analysis and in–process verification are incorporated in all of our patents, developments, equipment and manufacturing processes. The Testing & Assembly Equipment segment distributes specialty machinery directly to customers or performs testing services from our testing laboratories located in Wixom, Michigan.

Optimized signature analysis is incorporated into the VT–1000 and VT–2000 systems. The VT–1000 or the VT–2000 is the core computer system in all of the equipment the Company builds. The Company introduced the VT–1000, which received the Leading Edge Technology award from the Michigan Technology Council, in 1993. The next generation of the VT–1000 is the VT–2000, which was introduced in 2004. These systems combine conventional computers and powerful Digital Signal Processing computers, enabling them to process and interpret significant amounts of data. The technology in the VT–1000 and VT–2000 can determine not only whether a product’s properties deviate from established criteria but also the amount of deviation

When installed in our specialty equipment, the VT–1000 and VT–2000 systems identify product and process anomalies, particularly NVH (noise, vibration, harshness), in engines, gear systems and powertrains. The Company modifies the software and hardware in the VT–1000 and VT–2000 systems so our specialty equipment is specifically tailored to meet a customer’s particular testing needs.

The Company currently manufactures specialty equipment addressing NVH as well as specialty equipment used to test heavy–duty diesel engines. The Company’s NVH specialty equipment includes:

VETAG Axle Test Equipment . VETAG (Veri-Tek Energy Testing and Analyses for Gears) axle test equipment tests axles and axle sub–assemblies during manufacturing for NVH. This equipment incorporates our patented VETAG technology, which measures acceleration and velocity in the powertrain system, tracks NVH and isolates NVH to the component source. The resulting data can be used by customers to improve their manufacturing processes and product quality. A significant customer is currently using our VETAG technology on several of its axle production lines, and the Company believes that our VETAG technology has been tested by or used in some capacity by most of the other major axle manufacturers in North America.

Virtual Balancing Equipment . NVH can occur when a vehicle’s rotating components, including axles, are out of balance. The Company’s newest specialty equipment, a line of precision balancers for axles called virtual balancing equipment, addresses this problem. Conventional balancers are attached to an axle to measure the

 

13


Table of Contents

axle’s imbalance; however, the attachment of the balancer to the axle alters the movement of the axle. Our virtual balancing equipment analyzes the motion of the axle not by attaching to the axle but by analyzing data produced by the axle as it spins and balancing the axle based on an analysis of this data.

Half Shaft Production Testers . Half shafts are used on all vehicles with front wheel drive or independent rear suspension. Half shaft production testers test and verify all critical parameters of half shafts.

Engine Equipment. The Company also builds specialty equipment for use by manufacturers of heavy–duty diesel engines. Engine assembly products monitor and verify critical engine performance parameters and focus on performance and emissions improvement. Additional products focus on improving the engine’s reliability and eliminating warranty issues, while reducing the need for or cost of a final test, a significant expense in the production of a heavy–duty engine.

Manufacturing Operations

The Company has built driveshaft manufacturing equipment for several customers, and in late 2006 completed its own low volume precision drive shaft manufacturing production line in an attempt to secure orders. However, the Company has not yet derived any material revenues from driveshaft manufacturing.

Customers and Markets

Sales of our specialty equipment accounted for approximately 85%, 83%, and 87% of our Testing & Assembly Equipment segment revenues in the fiscal years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively. We have not generated significant revenues to date from providing axle testing services or manufacturing driveshafts. We have sold our specialty equipment to customers in both the automotive and heavy equipment industries in the United States, Korea and Brazil. Our automotive customers include domestic Tier 1 suppliers, such as Visteon, Dana and American Axle Manufacturing and foreign Tier 1 suppliers such as Hyolim, KASCO, and Dae Seung.

In 2006, automotive and heavy truck customers accounted for substantially all of the Company’s revenue. Three customers accounted for 44%, 14%, and 10% of Testing & Assembly Equipment segment revenue for 2006. Three customers accounted for 19%, 18%, and 17% of Testing & Assembly Equipment segment revenue for 2005. In 2004, three customers accounted for 36%, 24%, and 17% of Testing & Assembly Equipment segment revenue, respectively. None of the aforementioned Testing and Assembly Equipment customers account for 10% or greater of total Company 2006 consolidated revenues.

Raw Materials

The Lifting Equipment segment both purchases and fabricates components used in production. Manitex fabricates cranes which are mounted on truck chassis, which are either purchased by the Company or supplied by the customer. The Company purchases steel and a variety of machined parts and subassemblies including weldments, cylinders, winches, and cables. Manitex Liftking builds rough terrain forklifts, and other specialized carriers. Manitex Liftking fabricates its own cylinders, masts, and frames using quality steel and the most modern technology. Manitex Liftking purchases engines, transmissions, axles, tires and rims.

Lead times for our components vary from several weeks to many months. The Company is vulnerable to an interruption of supply in instances when only one supplier has been qualified and qualification and supply source changes can exceed a year. The Company has been working on qualifying secondary sources to assure supply and to reduce costs. The degree to which our supply base can respond to changes in the market demand directly affects our ability to increase production and the Company attempts to maintain some additional inventory in order to react to unexpected increases in demand. Recently, the Company’s crane production at times has been constrained by the ability of the weldments supplier to deliver sufficient quantities when needed.

The Testing & Assembly Equipment segment purchases a wide variety of materials used in manufacture of specialty equipment including: steel, iron, granite composite, precious group metals, aluminum, resin, copper and

 

14


Table of Contents

lead. The Company believes it has strong relationships with a sufficient number of suppliers to ensure a reliable supply of material and components will available as needed.

Patents and Trademarks

The Lifting Equipment segment protects its trade names and trademarks through registration. Its technology consists of bill of materials, drawings, plans, vendor sources and specifications and although the segment’s technology has considerable value, it does not generally have patent protection. Competitors will occasionally patent a unique feature; however, the broader technology does not have patent protection. The segment has (on rare occasions) filed for patent protection on a specific feature. In the future, the segment will seek patent protection on any new design features believed to present a significant future benefit by filing.

The Testing & Assembly Equipment segment holds a number of United States patents that cover more than 300 patent claims, and presently has additional patent applications pending. The Company’s United States patents do not begin to expire 2018.

The Testing & Assembly Equipment segment generally seeks patent protection for all technology, inventions and improvements that are of commercial importance to the development of our business, except in circumstances where we believe it is preferable to maintain such technology or invention as a trade secret. Protection of our intellectual property is a strategic priority for our business and we intend to vigorously protect our patents and other intellectual property.

In order to protect the confidentiality of this intellectual property, we require substantially all of our Testing & Assembly Equipment segment employees, consultants, advisors and collaborators to enter into confidentiality agreements prohibiting the use or disclosure of confidential information and requiring that they assign to us all developments, discoveries and inventions made by them in connection with their work for us.

Seasonality

Traditionally, the Lifting Equipment segment peak buying periods are in the first half of a calendar year as a result of their need to have new equipment available for the spring, summer and fall construction season. The boom truck industry operated at full capacity during 2006 and is expected to operate at full capacity again in 2007. Seasonality is reduced when the industry is operating at full capacity.

The segment’s military, special mission oriented vehicles and specialized carriers business is dependent on the receipt of customers’ orders. The timing of customer orders can be expected to result in fluctuations in revenues from period to period. The expected fluctuations, however, are not of seasonal nature.

The Testing & Assembly Equipment segment historically has not reflected cyclical or seasonal fluctuations in revenues and operating income that are typical in the automotive and heavy equipment industries because the Company has historically sold specialty equipment used to test their products and our customers need to test their products regardless of the number of products they produce or the number of vehicles that are sold. The Testing & Assembly Equipment segment sells complex equipment which may cost from several hundred thousand dollars to more than a million dollars. Period to period revenues in the future could fluctuate significantly due the timing of customer orders.

Competition

The Lifting Equipment industry is generally highly competitive. The Company competes based on product design, quality of products and services, product performance, maintenance costs and price. Several competitors have greater financial, marketing, manufacturing and distribution resources than we do.

Military forklifts, special mission oriented vehicles and specialized carriers are highly engineered products and, therefore, only face limited competition.

 

15


Table of Contents

The Company’s boom cranes compete with cranes manufactured by National Crane, Terex, Weldco Beales, Elliott and Altec. The Company’s sky cranes compete with cranes manufactured by Elliott, Wilke, and Radocy. Steel Master, with 50% of the market, is the only major competitor that produces trolley boom unloaders.

The Company competes with Case New Holland, Sellick, Harlo, Manitou, Mastercraft, and Load Lifter in selling rough terrain forklifts.

In manufacturing specialty equipment for manufacturers of heavy–duty diesel engines, we compete with Ingersoll–Rand Company, ABB, Ltd. and Thyssen Krupp AG. While we are not aware of any other company performing testing services using an automated process such as ours, our potential customers perform their own testing on their products and, therefore this segment’s business is dependent on our ability to convince these customers to outsource their testing needs.

Backlog

The Lifting Equipment segment backlog at December 31, 2006 was approximately $60.4 million, compared to a backlog of approximately $47.6 million at December 31, 2005.

The Testing & Assembly Equipment segment order backlog at December 31, 2006 for specialty equipment was approximately $0.4 million, compared to backlog of $4.7 million at December 31, 2005. Although the backlog consists of firm purchase orders, the level of backlog at any particular time is not necessarily indicative of future sales. Given the nature of our relationships with customers, we may allow customers to cancel or reschedule deliveries (with a penalty) and therefore backlog is not a meaningful indicator of future financial results.

Research and Development

The estimated amount spent during each of the last three fiscal years on company-sponsored research and development activities was $0.2 million, $0.5 million, and $1.6 million for 2006, 2005, and 2004, respectively. Research and development expenses will continue to decline with the Company focusing its efforts in the production of lifting equipment.

Geographic Information

For the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, approximately $9.5 million, $5.1 million, and $1.5 million, respectively, of revenue was derived from sales outside the United States, of which $1.5 million, $2.5 million, and $0.3 million, respectively, was derived from Korea, $ 0.6 million , $1.2 million, and $1.2 million, respectively, was derived from Mexico, and $2.3 million , $1.4 million, and $0.0 million, respectively, was derived from Brazil. For the year ended December 31, 2006, sales derived from Canada was $4.5 million, $0.4 million from China, and $0.2 million from other various countries outside the United States.

The percentage of our revenue by country for the past three years is as follows:

 

     2006     2005     2004  

United States

   80 %   33 %   81 %

Canada

   10     —       —    

Brazil

   5     19     —    

Korea

   3     33     4  

Mexico

   1     15     15  

China

   1     —       —    
                  
   100 %   100 %   100 %
                  

 

16


Table of Contents

(See Note 16 to our consolidated financial statements for information on the basis for attributing revenues from external customers to individual countries and is hereby incorporated by reference into this Part I, Item 1.)

Employees

As of December 31, 2006, the Company had 279 employees. The Company has not experienced any work stoppages and anticipates continued good employee relations. No employees are currently represented by labor unions or covered by collective bargaining agreements.

Governmental Regulation

The Company is subject to various governmental regulations, such as environmental regulations, employment and health regulations, and safety regulations. We have various internal controls and procedures designed to maintain compliance with these regulations. The cost of compliance programs is not material, but is subject to additions to or changes in federal, state or local legislation or changes in regulatory implementation or interpretation of government regulations.

ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS

Risks Related to Our Operations

You should carefully consider the following risks, together with the cautionary statement under the caption “forward-looking statements” and the other information included in this report. The risks described below are not the only ones the Company faces. Additional risks that are currently unknown to the Company or that the Company currently considers to be immaterial may also impair its business or adversely affect the Company’s financial condition or results of operations. If any of the following risks actually occurs, the Company’s business, financial condition or results of operation could be adversely affected.

The Company’s business is affected by the cyclical nature of its markets.

The demand for the Company’s products depends upon the general economic conditions of the markets in which the Company competes. The Company’s sales depend in part upon its customers’ replacement or repair cycles. Adverse economic conditions, including a decrease in commodity prices, may cause customers to forego or postpone new purchases in favor of repairing existing machinery. Downward economic cycles may result in reductions in sales of the Company’s products, which may reduce the Company’s profits. The Company has taken a number of steps to reduce its fixed costs and diversify its operations to decrease the negative impact of these cycles. There can be no assurance, however, that these steps will prevent the negative impact of poor economic conditions.

The Company’s business is sensitive to increases in interest rates.

The Company is exposed to interest rate volatility with regard to future issuances of fixed rate debt and existing issuances of variable rate debt. Primary exposure includes movements in the U.S. prime rate.

In addition, while overall economic growth has slowed, business investment and manufacturing continue to perform strongly. If interest rates continue to rise, it becomes more costly for the Company’s customers to borrow money to pay for the equipment they buy from the Company. Should the U. S. Federal Reserve Board decide to increase rates, prospects for business investment and manufacturing could deteriorate sufficiently and impact sales opportunities.

The Company’s level of indebtedness reduces financial flexibility and could impede our ability to operate.

As of December 31, 2006, the Company’s long term debt was $36.1 million and includes: a line of credit, notes payable and capital lease obligations.

 

17


Table of Contents

Our level of debt affects our operations in several important ways, including the following:

 

   

a significant portion of our cash flow from operations is likely to be dedicated to the payment of the principal and interest on our indebtedness;

 

   

our ability to obtain additional financing in the future for working capital, capital expenditures or acquisitions may be limited;

 

   

we may be unable to refinance our indebtedness on terms acceptable to us or at all;

 

   

our cash flow may be insufficient to meet our required principal and interest payments; and

 

   

we may be unable to obtain additional loans as a result of covenants and agreements with existing debt holders.

The Company may require additional funding, which may not be available on favorable terms or at all.

Our future capital requirements will depend on the amount of cash generated by our operations. Our projections of cash flow from operations and, consequently, future cash needs are subject to substantial uncertainty.

The Company is actively seeking additional sources of capital and seeking to restructure and/or modify existing indebtedness. The amount of funding that we seek and the timing of such fundraising efforts will depend on the extent to which we are able to increase revenues and the extent to which we can restructure or modify our debt. We cannot guarantee that adequate funds will be available when needed, and if we do not receive sufficient capital, we may be required to alter or reduce the scope of our operations. If we raise additional funds by issuing equity securities, existing stockholders may be diluted.

The Lifting Equipment segment of our business is substantially dependent on the level of capital expenditures in the oil and gas industry and lower capital expenditures will adversely affect the results of its’ operations.

The demand for the equipment produced and sold by our Lifting Equipment segment depends on the condition of the oil and gas industry and, in particular, on the capital expenditures of companies engaged in the exploration, development, and production of oil and natural gas. Capital expenditures by these companies are influenced by the following factors:

 

   

the oil and gas industry’s ability to economically justify placing discoveries of oil and gas reserves in production;

 

   

the oil and gas industry’s need to clear all structures from the lease once the oil and gas reserves have been depleted;

 

   

weather events, such as major tropical storms;

 

   

current and projected oil and gas prices;

 

   

the abilities of oil and gas companies to generate, access and deploy capital;

 

   

exploration, production and transportation costs;

 

   

the discovery rate of new oil and gas reserves;

 

   

the sale and expiration dates of oil and gas leases and concessions;

 

   

local and international political and economic conditions;

 

   

the ability or willingness of host country government entities to fund their budgetary commitments; and

 

   

technological advances.

Historically, prices of oil and natural gas and exploration, development and production have fluctuated substantially. A sustained period of substantially reduced capital expenditures by oil and gas companies will

 

18


Table of Contents

result in decreased demand for the equipment produced by our Lifting Equipment segment, low margins, and possibly net losses.

If we are unable to realize the value of our receivable from GT Distribution, it could adversely affect our financial condition.

In connection with our purchase of the membership interests of QVM, LLC, we acquired a receivable from GT Distribution, LLC, an entity that is owned, in part, by our Chief Executive Officer. The outstanding balance on such receivable was approximately $4.7 million as of December 31, 2006. As of March 30, 2007, GT Distribution had liabilities that substantially exceeded its assets (see Note 3 to our consolidated statements). On March 29, 2007, we entered into a non-binding letter of intent to purchase all of the assets constituting the Noble Fork Lift product line of GT Distribution, LLC in exchange for the Company’s carrying amount of its accounts receivable from GT Distribution as of the closing. The consummation of the transaction is subject to, among other things, negotiation of a definitive agreement, the Company’s completion of due diligence regarding the assets, and the Company’s receipt of a fairness opinion on the terms and conditions of any final agreement as it relates to the transaction. There is no assurance that the Company will consummate the acquisition of the Noble Fork Lift product line or that such acquisition will allow the Company to realize the full value of its receivable, if consummated. If the Company is unable to consummate the acquisition on acceptable terms, it may not realize full value of its receivable from GT Distribution, which could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition.

The Company’s business is sensitive to government spending.

Many of the Company’s customers depend substantially on government spending, including highway construction and maintenance and other infrastructure projects by U.S. federal and state governments and governments in other nations. Any decrease or delay in government funding of highway construction and maintenance, other infrastructure projects could cause the Company’s revenues and profits to decrease.

The Company is subject to currency fluctuations.

Company revenues are generated in U.S. dollars and Canadian dollars while costs incurred to generate revenues are only partly incurred in the same currencies. Since our financial statements are denominated in U.S. Dollars, changes in currency exchange rates between the U.S. dollar and other currencies have had, and will continue to have, an impact on our earnings.

The Company operates in a highly competitive industry and the Company is particularly subject to the risks of such competition.

The Company competes in a highly competitive industry and the competition which the Company encounters has an effect on its product prices, market share, revenues and profitability. Because certain competitors have substantially greater financial, production, research and development resources and substantially greater name recognition than the Company, the Company is particularly subject to the risks inherent in competing with them and may be put at a competitive disadvantage. To compete successfully, the Company’s products must excel in terms of quality, price, product line, ease of use, safety and comfort, and the Company must also provide excellent customer service. The greater financial resources of the Company’s competitors may put it at a competitive disadvantage. If competition in the Company’s industry intensifies or if the Company’s current competitors enhance their products or lower their prices for competing products, the Company may lose sales or be required to lower its prices. This may reduce revenue from the Company’s products and services lower its gross margins or cause the Company to lose market share. The Company may not be able to differentiate our products from those of competitors, successfully develop or introduce less costly products, offer better performance than competitors or offer purchasers of our products payment and other commercial terms as favorable as those offered by competitors.

 

19


Table of Contents

The Company relies on key management.

The Company relies on the management and leadership skills of David Langevin, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”). Mr. Langevin has a three year employment agreement with the Company which expires on December 31, 2008. The loss of his services could have a significant and negative impact on the Company’s business. In addition, the Company relies on the management and leadership skills of other senior executives. Some of these executives are not bound by employment agreements. The Company could be harmed by the loss of key personnel in the future.

The Company is dependent upon third-party suppliers, making us vulnerable to supply shortages.

The Company obtains materials and manufactured components from third-party suppliers. Any delay in the Company’s suppliers’ abilities to provide the Company with necessary materials and components may affect the Company’s capabilities at a number of our manufacturing locations, or may require the Company to seek alternative supply sources. Delays in obtaining supplies may result from a number of factors affecting the Company’s suppliers including capacity constraints, labor disputes, the impaired financial condition of a particular supplier, suppliers’ allocations to other purchasers, weather emergencies or acts of war or terrorism. Specifically, the Company has recently had difficulty in obtaining some necessary components. Any delay in receiving supplies could impair the Company’s ability to deliver products to customers and, accordingly, could have a material adverse effect on business, results of operations and financial condition.

In addition, the Company purchases material and services from suppliers on extended terms based on the Company’s overall credit rating. Negative changes in the Company’s credit rating may impact suppliers’ willingness to extend terms and increase the cash requirements of the business.

The Company has debt outstanding and must comply with restrictive covenants in its debt agreements.

The Company’s existing debt agreements contain a number of significant covenants which may limit its ability to, among other things, borrow additional money, make capital expenditures, pay dividends, dispose of assets and acquire new businesses. These covenants also require the Company to meet certain financial tests. The Company is currently in compliance with all active covenants. A default, if not waived by the Company’s lenders, could result in acceleration of the Company’s debt and possibly bankruptcy.

The Company faces product liability claims and other liabilities due to the nature of its business.

In the Company’s lines of business numerous suits have been filed alleging damages for accidents that have occurred during the use or operation of the Company’s products. The Company is self-insured, up to certain limits, for these product liability exposures, as well as for certain exposures related to general, workers’ compensation and automobile liability. Insurance coverage is obtained for catastrophic losses as well as those risks required to be insured by law or contract. The Company does not believe that the final outcome of such matters will have a material adverse effect on its consolidated financial position; however any liabilities not covered by insurance could have an adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition.

The Company is in the process of implementing an enterprise accounting system.

The Company has begun the implementation of a new enterprise accounting system. This system will replace many of the Company’s existing operating and financial systems. The implementation of this system is a major undertaking both financially and from a management and personnel perspective. Should the system not be implemented successfully and within budget, or if the system does not perform in a satisfactory manner, it could be disruptive and or adversely affect the operations and results of operations of the Company, including the ability of the Company to report accurate and timely financial results.

The Company may face limitations on its ability to integrate acquired businesses.

The Company has completed two acquisitions. The successful integration of new businesses depends on the Company’s ability to manage these new businesses and cut excess costs. While the Company believes it has

 

20


Table of Contents

successfully integrated these acquisitions to date, the Company cannot ensure that these acquired companies will operate profitably or that the intended beneficial effect from these acquisitions will be realized. Further, in connection with acquisitions, the Company may need to consolidate or restructure its acquired or existing facilities, which may require expenditures for severance obligations related to reductions in workforce and other charges resulting from the consolidations or restructurings, such as write-down of inventory and lease termination costs.

If the Company is unable to manage anticipated growth effectively, the business could be harmed.

If the Company fails to manage growth, the Company’s financial results and business prospects may be harmed. To manage the Company’s growth and to execute its business plan efficiently, the Company will need to institute operational, financial and management controls, as well as reporting systems and procedures. The Company also must effectively expand, train and manage its employee base. The Company cannot assure you that it will be successful in any of these endeavors.

Other companies might claim that the Company infringes their intellectual property rights, which could cause the Company to incur significant expenses or prevent the Company from selling its technology.

Although the Company is not aware of any claims that it infringes anyone’s intellectual property rights, the Company’s success depends, in part, on our ability to operate without infringing valid, enforceable patents or proprietary rights of third parties or breaching any licenses that may relate to our technology and products. Future patents issued to third parties, however, could contain claims that conflict with the Company’s patents and that compete with its products and technologies, and third parties could assert infringement claims against the Company. Any litigation or interference proceedings, regardless of their outcome, may be costly and may require significant time and attention of the Company’s management and technical personnel. Litigation or interference proceedings could also force us to:

 

   

stop or delay using the Company’s technology;

 

   

stop or delay the Company’s customers from selling, manufacturing or using products that incorporate the challenged intellectual property;

 

   

pay damages; or

 

   

enter into licensing or royalty agreements that may be unavailable on acceptable terms.

Any of these events could have adverse effects on the Company’s results of operations and could damage the Company’s business.

The Company may be unable to effectively respond to technological change, which could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s results of operations and business.

The market for the Company’s products is characterized by rapidly changing technology. The Company’s future success will depend upon the Company’s ability to enhance its current products and to develop and introduce new products that keep pace with technological developments and evolving industry standards and respond to changes in customer requirements. If the Company fails to anticipate or respond adequately to technological developments and customer requirements, or experiences significant delays in product development or introduction, the Company’s business, results of operations and financial condition will be negatively affected.

Risks Relating to our Common Stock

The Company’s principal shareholders, executive officers and directors hold a significant percentage of the Company’s common stock, and these shareholders may take actions that may be adverse to your interests.

The Company’s principal shareholders, executive officers and directors beneficially own, in the aggregate, approximately 21% of the Company’s common stock as of March 24, 2007. As a result, these shareholders,

 

21


Table of Contents

acting together, will be able to significantly influence all matters requiring shareholder approval, including the election and removal of directors and approval of significant corporate transactions such as mergers, consolidations, sales and purchases of assets. They also could dictate the management of the Company’s business and affairs. This concentration of ownership could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control or impeding a merger or consolidation, takeover or other business combination, which could cause the market price of our common stock to fall or prevent you from receiving a premium in such a transaction.

The price of our common stock is highly volatile .

The trading price of the Company’s common stock is highly volatile and could be subject to wide fluctuations in price in response to various factors, many of which are beyond the Company’s control, including:

 

   

the degree to which the Company successfully implements its business strategy;

 

   

actual or anticipated variations in quarterly or annual operating results;

 

   

changes in recommendations by the investment community or in their estimates of the Company’s revenues or operating results;

 

   

speculation in the press or investment community;

 

   

strategic actions by the Company’s competitors;

 

   

announcements of technological innovations or new products by the Company or competitors; and

 

   

changes in business conditions affecting the Company and its customers.

The market prices of securities of companies without consistent product revenues and earnings have historically been highly volatile. This volatility has often been unrelated to the operating performance of these companies. In the past, following periods of volatility in the market price of a company’s securities, class action litigation has often been brought against the company. If a securities class action suit is filed against the Company, whether or not meritorious, the Company would incur substantial legal fees and the Company’s management’s attention and resources would be diverted from operating the business in order to respond to the litigation.

Future sales of our common stock could depress our stock price.

Sales of a large number of shares of the Company’s common stock, or the availability of a large number of shares for sale, could adversely affect the market price of the Company’s common stock and could impair the Company’s ability to raise funds in additional stock offerings. Approximately 5,109,875 of the Company’s shares are eligible for sale in the public market, approximately 3,805,984 of which are subject to applicable volume limitations and other restrictions set forth in Rule 144 under the Securities Act.

Anti-takeover provisions of the Company’s Articles of Incorporation and Amended and Restated Bylaws and provisions of Michigan law could delay or prevent a change of control that you may favor.

The Company’s Articles of Incorporation and Amended and Restated Bylaws and Michigan law could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire the Company, even if doing so would be beneficial to you. These provisions could discourage potential takeover attempts and could adversely affect the market price of the Company’s shares. Because of these provisions, you might not be able to receive a premium on your investment. These provisions:

 

   

authorize the Company’s Board of Directors, with approval by a majority of its independent Directors but without requiring shareholder consent, to issue shares of “blank check” preferred stock that could be issued by the Company’s Board of Directors to increase the number of outstanding shares and prevent a takeover attempt;

 

   

limit our shareholders’ ability to call a special meeting of the Company’s shareholders; and

 

   

limit the Company’s shareholders’ ability to amend, alter or repeal the Company bylaws.

 

22


Table of Contents

Any of the provisions described above could delay or make more difficult transactions involving a change in control of the Company or its management

ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

No reportable items.

ITEM 2. PROPERTIES

The Company’s executive suites are located at 7402 W. 100 th Place, Bridgeview, Illinois 60455. The Company’s Lifting Equipment segment has two principal operating plants. The Company builds boom cranes, sign cranes and trolley boom unloaders in its 188,000 square foot leased facility located in Georgetown, Texas. The Company builds rough terrain forklifts and special mission oriented vehicles, as well as other specialized carriers in its 85,000 square foot leased facility located in Woodbridge, Ontario. The Company’s Testing & Assembly Equipment segment leases a 27,072 square foot manufacturing and research facility in Wixom, Michigan.

The Company’s executive suites are being provided to us by a company controlled by our Chief Executive Officer without charge. The Company believes that similar space (approximately 1,000 square feet) in the Chicago area is readily available at prices that would not increase operating expenses significantly.

The Company believes that its facilities are suitable for its business and will be adequate to meet our current needs.

ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

The Company is involved in various legal proceedings, including product liability and workers’ compensation matters which have arisen in the normal course of operations. The Company has product liability insurance with self insurance retention that ranges from fifty thousand to $1 million. Certain cases are at a preliminary stage, and it is not possible to estimate the amount or timing of any cost to the Company. However, the Company does not believe that these contingencies, in the aggregate, will have a material adverse effect on the Company. When it is probable that a loss has been incurred and possible to make a reasonable estimate of the Company’s liability with respect to such matters, a provision is recorded for the amount of such estimate or the minimum amount of a range of estimates when it is not possible to estimate the amount within the range that is most likely to occur.

ITEM 4. SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS

No matter was submitted for a vote of security holders during the fourth quarter of the fiscal year covered by this report.

 

23


Table of Contents

PART II

ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

Market for the Company’s Common Stock

The Company’s common stock began trading on the American Stock Exchange under the symbol VCC on February 15, 2005. No public market for the Company’s securities existed prior to that date. The following table sets forth the range of high and low closing prices for the common stock for the indicated periods of public trading:

Price Range of Common Stock

 

2006

   High    Low

First Quarter

   $ 5.80    $ 3.02

Second Quarter

     4.84      2.61

Third Quarter

     4.15      3.09

Fourth Quarter

   $ 5.67    $ 3.50

 

2005

   High    Low

First Quarter (beginning February 15, 2005)

   $ 6.90    $ 6.15

Second Quarter

     6.60      5.90

Third Quarter

     7.05      5.95

Fourth Quarter

   $ 6.50    $ 5.65

Number of Common Stockholders

As of March 28, 2007, there were approximately 29 record holders of the Company’s common stock.

Dividends

During the fiscal years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005, the Company did not declare or pay any dividends on its common stock and does not intend to pay any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Furthermore, the terms of our credit facility do not allow us to declare or pay dividends without the prior written consent of the lender.

Performance Graph

The following stock performance graph is intended to show our stock performance compared with that of comparable companies. The stock performance graph shows the change in market value of ten thousand dollars invested in our Common Stock, the Russell 2000 Index and two peer group of comparable companies (Construction Equipment Index and the Specialty Equipment Index) for the period commencing February 14, 2005 (the date of our initial public offering) through December 31, 2006. The cumulative total stockholder return assumes dividends are reinvested. The stockholder return shown on the graph below is not indicative of future performance.

In 2006 a new index, the Construction Equipment Index, was developed. The Construction Equipment Index consists of the following companies, which are in similar lines of business to Veri-Tek International Corp.: A.S.V. Inc., Lindsay Corporation, Gehl Co., Gencor Industries Inc., and Alamo Group, Inc. In last year’s proxy statement, an entirely different group of peer companies was used to compute the custom index (Specialty Equipment Index). A new Construction Equipment Index consisting of a new peer group of companies was developed as the nature of Veri-Tek operations is dramatically different than they were in 2005. In 2005, Veri- Tek had only one line of business which focused on designing and manufacturing testing and assembly equipment for the automotive and heavy equipment industries. In 2006, Veri-Tek completed two acquisitions.

 

24


Table of Contents

The acquired businesses manufacture various types of lifting equipment, i.e., boom trucks (cranes), sky cranes, rough terrain forklifts, specialized carriers, heavy material handling transports and special mission oriented vehicles. Acquisitions accounted for as purchases have been included in the Company’s results from their respective dates of acquisition, July 3, 2006 for the QVM acquisition and November 30, 2006 for the Manitex Liftking acquisition. In 2006, approximately 90% of the Company’s reported revenues were generated by the Lifting Equipment segment.

In 2005, the Specialty Equipment Index was selected by the Company because the companies included therein engaged in the manufacturing of either specialty industry machinery or measuring and controlling devices, with applications for the automotive industries and with market capitalizations similar to that of the Company. The Peer Group Index consists of Adept Technology, Amtech Systems, Inc., Perceptron, Inc., SmarTire Systems, Inc., FARO Technologies, QualMark Corp., Quipp, Inc., CVD Equipment, and Profile Technologies. The Peer Group Index closely approximates Veri-Tek’s peer group in range of products provided, target industries and market capitalization in 2005. As stated above, approximately 90% of the Company’s 2006 revenues are related to the Company’s Lifting Equipment segment. As such, the Company no longer believes the Specialty Equipment Index is representative of its current business. The Index has been included in the performance graph to provide an historic prospective.

CUMULATIVE TOTAL RETURN

Based upon an initial investment of $10,000 on February 14, 2005

with dividends reinvested

LOGO

 

     February 14,
2005
   December 31,
2005
   December 31,
2006

Veri-Tek

   $ 10,000    $ 9,833    $ 9,033

Russell 2000 Index

   $ 10,000    $ 10,602    $ 12,404

Specialty Equipment (9 stocks)

   $ 10,000    $ 10,218    $ 10,827

Construction Equipment (5 stocks)

   $ 10,000    $ 10,388    $ 11,723

 

25


Table of Contents
ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

The following selected financial data should be read in conjunction with our financial statements and the related notes thereto and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” included elsewhere in this report.

Veri-Tek, Inc., as it existed prior to the October 31, 2003 acquisition by QuantumVeri-Tek, Inc., is referred to as “Predecessor.” Veri-Tek, as it existed on and after October 31, 2003, is referred to as “Successor.” The combined selected financial information for the Successor and Predecessor as of the year ended December 31, 2003 was derived from our unaudited financial statements which, in the opinion of management, reflect all adjustments necessary to present fairly, in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States, the information for that period. The Company implemented a 300-for-1 stock split with respect to its shareholders of record on July 21, 2004, which resulted in the Company having 3,000,000 shares issued and outstanding on such date. The Company implemented a 1-for-3.730879244 reverse stock split to its shareholders of record on February 7, 2005, which resulted in the Company having 804,100 shares issued and outstanding on such date. All share and per share amounts have been restated to retroactively reflect the stock splits for all periods in which the Successor is presented.

 

    Predecessor     Successor  
    2002     Period from
January 1-
October 31,
2003
    Period from
November 1-
December 31,
2003
    Year Ended
December 31,
2003 (3)
    Year Ended
December 31,
2004
    Year Ended
December 31,
2005
    Year Ended
December 31,
2006
 
                      (unaudited)                    
    (In Thousands of Dollars, except share data)  

Revenue

  $ 6,263     $ 7,420     $ 967     $ 8,387     $ 7,929     $ 7,641     $ 45,768  

Cost of sales

    2,281       3,499       702       4,201       6,460       7,405       41,646  

Gross margin

    3,982       3,921       265       4,186       1,469       236       4,122  

Research and development expenses

    1,843       1,248       394       1,642       1,572       456       209  

Selling, general and administrative expenses

    1,855       1,609       324       1,933       3,786       3,212       6,251  

Impairment of Long Lived Assets

    —         —         —         —         —         —         5,932  

Operating profit (loss)

    284       1,064       (453 )     611       (3,889 )     (3,432 )     (8,270 )

Interest expense, net

    (235 )     (194 )     (232 )     (426 )     (1,335 )     101       (1,930 )

Other Income (Expense)

    —         —         —         —         —         (5 )     (15 )

Total other income (expense)

    (235 )     (194 )     (232 )     (426 )     (1,335 )     96       (1,945 )

Earnings (Loss) before taxes

    49       870       (685 )     185       (5,224 )     (3,336 )     (10,215 )

Income tax expense (benefit) (1)

    —         —         (232 )     (232 )     (1,770 )     (1,083 )     (1,326 )

Net income (loss)

    49       870       (453 )     417       (3,454 )     (2,252 )     (8,889 )

Earnings (loss) per share:

             

Basic

  $ 490     $ 8,700     $ (0.56 )     N/A (4)   $ (4.30 )   $ (0.52 )   $ (1.66 )

Diluted

  $ 490     $ 8,700     $ (0.56 )     N/A (4)   $ (4.30 )   $ (0.52 )   $ (1.66 )

Shares used to calculate Earnings Per Share:

             

Basic

    100       100       804,100       N/A (4)     804,100       4,339,649       5,346,225  

Diluted

    100       100       804,100       N/A (4)     804,100       4,339,649       5,346,225  

Cash flow provided by (used in):

             

Operations

    2,292       (153 )     (345 )     (698 )     (1,993 )     (4,343 )     445  

Investing activities

    (235 )     (79 )     (6,003 )     (6,082 )     (228 )     (1,689 )     (3,950 )

Financing activities (2)

    (2,050 )     222       6,348       6,570       2,227       8,051       2,047  

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

             

Cash and cash equivalents

    11       —         —         —         6       2,025       615  

Working capital

    746       1,100       716         (3,320 )     6,588       16,793  

Total Assets

    5,461       6,623       11,346         11,886       17,227       83,844  

Long-term obligations, net of current portion

    1,511       1,504       6,100         7,175       —         45,059  

Shareholders equity (deficiency)

    (196 )     184       (353 )       (3,809 )     16,171       18,440  

 

26


Table of Contents

(1) The Predecessor was a subchapter S corporation and therefore did not record income tax expense or benefit.
(2) The Predecessor was a subchapter S corporation. Cash flow from financing activities includes distributions to the shareholder of the Predecessor.
(3) The combined financial information presented represents the sum of the January 1, 2003 through October 31, 2003 period for the Predecessor and the November 1, 2003 through December 31, 2003 period for the Successor. No adjustments have been made to this data.
(4) Not applicable because the Successor was created on October 18, 2003 and has a different capital structure than the Predecessor.

 

ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of continuing operations should be read in conjunction with the Company’s financial statements and notes, and other information thereto included elsewhere in this Report.

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

When reading this section of this Annual Report on Form 10-K it is important that you also read the financial statements and related notes thereto. This Annual Report on Form 10-K and certain information incorporated herein by reference contain forward-looking statements within the “safe harbor” provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. All statements contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, other than statements that are purely historical, are forward-looking statements and are based upon management’s present expectations, objectives, anticipations, plans, hopes, beliefs, intentions or strategies regarding the future. We use words such as “anticipate,” “estimate,” “plan,” “project,” “continuing,” “ongoing,” “expect,” “believe,” “intend,” “may,” “will,” “should,” “could,” and similar expressions to identify forward - looking statements. Forward-looking statements in this Annual Report on Form 10-K include, without limitation: (1) projections of revenue, earnings, capital structure and other financial items, (2) statements of our plans and objectives, (3) statements regarding the capabilities and capacities of our business operations, (4) statements of expected future economic performance and (5) assumptions underlying statements regarding us or our business.

It is important to note that our actual results could differ materially from those included in such forward-looking statements due to a variety of factors including: (1) the cyclical nature of the markets we operate in; (2) increases in interest rates; (3) government spending; (4) the performance of our competitors; (5) shortages in supplies and raw materials; (6) our ability to meet financial covenants required by our debt agreements; (7) product liability claims, intellectual property claims, and other liabilities; (8) difficulties in implementing new systems, integrating acquired businesses, managing anticipated growth, and responding to technological change; (9) the volatility of our stock price; (10) future sales of our common stock; (11) the willingness of our stockholders and directors to approve mergers, acquisitions, and other business transactions; and (12) other risks described above in the section entitled “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in our Annual Report on Form 10-K.

The risks described in our Annual Report on Form 10-K are not the only risks facing our Company. Additional risks and uncertainties not currently known to us or that we currently deem to be immaterial also may materially adversely affect our business, financial condition or operating results. We do not undertake, and expressly disclaim, any obligation to update this forward-looking information, except as required under applicable law.

OVERVIEW

The period since filing of the 2005 10-K has been one of significant strategic change for the Company. Prior to July 3, 2006, Veri-Tek International Corp. and its subsidiaries (the “Company”) had a single line of business. The Company designed and manufactured testing and assembly equipment used primarily in the manufacture of

 

27


Table of Contents

driveline components in the automotive and heavy equipment industries. In addition, the Company utilized this technology to provide testing services to original equipment manufacturers and tier 1 suppliers in order to verify the manufacturing process.

In fiscal 2006, the Company completed two acquisitions that introduced Lifting Equipment into the Company operations as a second segment of activity. Effective July 3, 2006, the Company completed the purchase of Manitex, Inc. (“Manitex”) via an acquisition of all of the membership interests in Quantum Value Management, LLC (an entity owned by certain stockholders). A leading provider of engineered lift solutions in North America, Manitex is based in Georgetown, Texas. Manitex designs, manufactures, and markets a comprehensive line of boom trucks, sign cranes and trolley boom unloaders. Manitex’s boom trucks and crane products are primarily used for industrial projects, energy exploration, and infrastructure development including: roads, bridges and commercial construction. On November 30, 2006, the Company, through its wholly owned subsidiary, Manitex Liftking, ULC., an Alberta unlimited liability corporation (“Manitex Liftking”) completed the acquisition (the “Liftking Acquisition”) of all of the operating assets of Liftking Industries, Inc. an Ontario, Canada corporation (“Liftking”). Manitex Liftking is headquartered in Woodbridge (Toronto), Ontario and manufactures a complete line of rough terrain forklifts and special mission oriented vehicles, as well as other specialized carriers, heavy material handling transporters, and steel mill equipment. For 2006, these two acquisitions generated approximately $40.7 million of revenue and $2.0 million of operating earnings.

On March 29, 2007, the Board of Directors approved a plan, to sell the Testing & Assembly Equipment segment, in order to focus management’s attention and financial resources on the Lifting Equipment segment. As a result, beginning in 2007, the Testing & Assembly Equipment segment will be accounted for as a discontinued operation until its disposition.

In connection with the preparation of the 2006 year-end statements, the Board determined that certain of the Company’s Testing & Assembly Equipment segment’s assets were impaired. Accordingly, an impairment charge of $6.6 million was recorded. (See Note 26 to the consolidated financial statements) For fiscal 2006, the Testing & Assembly Equipment segment reported revenue of approximately $5.1 million and generated a net loss from operations of approximately ($10.2) million.

In the Lifting Equipment segment, the Company derives most of its revenue from purchase orders from dealers and distributors. The volume and timing of orders placed by our customers vary due to several factors, including variation in demand for our customers’ products, changes in our customers’ manufacturing strategies and general economic conditions. The Company recognizes revenue from specialty equipment using the proportionate performance method. The Company recognizes revenue for services in the Testing & Assembly Equipment segment when services are rendered. The aforementioned segment has not generated material service revenue to date. Operating profit for specialty equipment depends on the mix between the cost of materials in the equipment and the cost of labor and manufacturing overhead allocated to the equipment. In addition, as we gain experience in manufacturing a certain kind of equipment, we usually achieve increased efficiencies, which result in lower labor costs and manufacturing overhead for that equipment. While we may achieve some level of increased efficiency with respect to manufacturing specialty equipment, our gross margins related thereto will likely continue to vary, as we must produce different kinds of equipment and each piece of equipment must meet certain specifications of our customers.

Gross Profit for the Lifting Equipment segment varies from period to period. Factors that affect gross profit include product mix, production levels and cost of raw materials. Margins tend to increase when production is skewed towards larger capacity cranes, special mission oriented vehicles, specialized carriers and heavy material transports.

 

28


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth certain financial data for the three years ended December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004.

Results of Consolidated Operations

VERI-TEK INTERNATIONAL, CORP.

(Thousands of Dollars, except share data)

 

     December 31,
2006
    December 31,
2005
    December 31,
2004
 

Sales

   $ 45,768     $ 7,641     $ 7,929  

Cost of Sales

     41,646       7,405       6,460  
                        

Gross Profit

     4,122       236       1,469  

Research and Development Costs

     209       456       1,572  

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses

     6,251       3,212       3,786  

Impairment of Long Lived Assets

     5,932       —         —    
                        

Loss from Operations

     (8,270 )     (3,432 )     (3,889 )

Other Income (Expense)

      

Interest Income

     39       155       —    

Interest Expense

     (1,969 )     (54 )     (1,335 )

Other Income (Expense)

     (15 )     (5 )     —    
                        

Total Other Income (Expense)

     (1,945 )     96       (1,335 )
                        

Loss Before Income Taxes

     (10,215 )     (3,336 )     (5,224 )

Income Tax (Benefit)

     (1,326 )     (1,084 )     (1,770 )
                        

Net Loss

     (8,889 )     (2,252 )     (3,454 )
                        

Earnings Per Share

      

Basic and diluted

   $ (1.66 )   $ (0.52 )   $ (4.30 )

Weighted Average Common Shares

      

Basic and diluted

     5,346,225       4,339,649       804,100  

Year Ended December 31, 2006 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2005

Revenue. Revenue increased $38.1 million, or 499%, to $45.8 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2006 from $7.6 million for the same period in 2005. The increase in revenue was due to the Manitex and Manitex Liftking acquisitions (the “acquisitions”). Without these acquisitions, revenues would have decreased $2.5 million or 33%.

This decrease occurred as the Testing & Assembly Equipment segment had no significant revenues from the production of specialty machines in the third and fourth quarters. The revenues for the third and fourth quarters were primarily installation or service revenues. The dramatic drop in revenues is the result of the decision to only accept new orders for production of specialty equipment when it has an acceptable gross profit margin.

Cost of Sales. Cost of sales increased $34.2 million, or 462%, to $41.6 million for the period ended December 31, 2006 from $7.4 million for the same period in 2005. The Company attributes the increase in cost of goods sold to the Manitex and Manitex Liftking acquisitions plus the impairment charge of $0.7 million recognized by the Testing & Assembly Equipment segment. Without the acquisitions and impairment charge, cost of sales would have decreased by $1.4 million or 19%. The percentage decrease for cost of sales is smaller than percentage decrease for revenues for the Testing & Assembly Equipment segment. This is primarily the result not being able to reduce fixed costs proportionally with the decrease in sales.

 

29


Table of Contents

Gross Margin. Gross margin increased $3.9 million, or 1647%, to $4.1 million for the twelve month period ended December 31, 2006 from $0.2 million for the same period in 2005. As a percentage of sales, gross margin was 9% for the twelve month period in 2006 and 3% for the twelve month period in 2005. Gross margin and gross margin percent for twelve month period ended December 31, 2006 (excluding the effect of the acquisitions) was ($1) million and (18.7%), respectively. The negative margin is the result of the impairment charge and an inability to eliminate fixed costs proportionally with the 33% decrease in revenues for the Testing & Assembly Equipment segment.

Research and Development Expenses. Research and development was $0.2 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2006 and $0.5 million in 2005. Virtually all the research and development for the 2006 period relates to the Lifting Equipment segment since the Testing & Assembly Equipment segment stopped conducting research and development.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses. Selling, general and administrative expenses increased $3 million, or 95%, to $6.3 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2006 from $3.2 million for the same period in 2005. This increase is entirely attributed to the acquisitions. Selling, general and administrative expenses for the twelve month period ended December 31, 2006 (excluding the effect of the acquisitions) is $2.7 million or a decrease of $0.6 million or 17%. The decrease is primarily due to a reduction of staff in response to declining revenues.

Impairment of Long Lived Assets On March 29, 2007, our Board of Directors approved a plan, to sell our Testing & Assembly Equipment segment, in order to focus management’s attention and financial resources on our Lifting Equipment segment. In connection with the preparation of our 2006 year-end financial statements, the Board determined that certain of our Testing & Assembly Equipment segment’s long lived assets were impaired. Accordingly, we recorded an impairment charge of $5.9 million (See Note 26 of our consolidated financial statements). The Company is attempting to sell the Testing & Assembly Equipment segment as a going concern. There is, however, no guarantee that the Company will be successful in selling the Testing & Assembly Equipment segment and therefore the impairment was calculated assuming liquidation.

Operating (Loss). The Company had operating loss of $8.3 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2006 versus an operating loss of $3.4 million for same period in 2005. Operating loss (excluding the effect of the acquisitions and impairment charges) of $6.6 million was a loss of $3.6 million. The larger operating loss for the Testing & Assembly Equipment segment is the result of a significant decrease in revenues which was partially offset, although not proportionally, by lower cost of sales and selling, general, and administrative expenses.

Other Income (Expense). Other income (expense) for the twelve months ended December 31, 2006 was an expense of ($2.0) million which is principally interest on debt that the Company assumed or issued in connection with the Manitex acquisition. For the twelve months ended December 31, 2005, the Company had other income of $0.1 million.

Income Tax Expense (Benefit). The Company’s income tax benefit was $1.3 million for the twelve month period ended December 31, 2006 as compared to a benefit of $1.1 million in the 2005 period. The Company was in a cumulative loss position at December 31, 2006 and the decision to dispose of the Testing & Assembly Equipment segment was made in March 2007 which theoretically leaves only the remaining profitable Lifting Equipment segment. Nevertheless, the Company could not conclude that it was more likely than not that the additional deferred tax asset related to 2006 net operating loss (“NOL”) would be fully utilized and therefore a valuation allowance was recorded in 2006. A valuation allowance of $2.1 million was established, which represents the amount that total deferred tax assets exceed total deferred tax liabilities. The NOL created in 2006, however, remains available and can be used to offset taxable income through at least 2023.

Net Loss. As a result of the foregoing factors, net loss was $8.9 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2006 as compared to loss of $2.3 million for the same period in 2005.

 

30


Table of Contents

Year Ended December 31, 2005 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2004

Revenue . Revenue decreased by $0.3 million, or 3.6%, to $7.6 million for the period ended December 31, 2005 from $7.9 million for the same period in 2004. This decrease was primarily the result of decreased orders for specialty equipment. The majority of our revenue for the year ended December 31, 2005 was derived from specialty equipment business which accounted for 88% of our revenue. During 2005, specialty equipment for driveshaft, diesel engine, and axle products accounted for 36%, 33%, and 19% of total revenue, respectively. For the same period in 2004, specialty equipment for axle and transmission products accounted for 66% and 12%, respectively. During the 2005 period, the Company experienced a significant increase in orders for our driveshaft manufacturing machines as compared to the same period in 2004. In particular, we sold driveshaft manufacturing equipment to three Korean Tier 1 suppliers. One of these customers purchased a complete driveshaft assembly system, consisting of a synchrowelder machine, a driveshaft dynamic truing center, a joint assembly machine and a rollstaking machine. Revenues from the sale of specific specialty equipment are affected by the needs and new platform launch schedules of customers and their OEM customers.

Cost of Sales . Cost of Sales increased $0.9 million, or 14.6%, to $7.4 million for the period ended December 31, 2005 from $6.5 million for the comparable period in 2004. This increase in cost of sales was due, in part, to increased production costs related to the driveshaft assembly equipment contracts for the Korean market, and, in part, to fixed overhead costs incurred during the first half of the year while we were in the initial stages of development of the contracts. As a percentage of revenue, cost of sales increased to 96.9% in 2005 from 81.4% in 2004. This increase in cost of sales as a percentage of revenue was primarily the result of increased manufacturing costs relating to our driveshaft assembly equipment. Manufacturing costs were greater than anticipated due to manufacturing of more sophisticated driveshaft equipment for new customers as compared to prior periods in which the Company engaged in more repeat manufacturing of standalone driveshaft machines. These manufacturing costs include increased labor costs resulting from our employees learning the manufacturing process of these new machines and increased material cost as physical changes were made to the machines in order for them to optimally function as designed. The Company anticipates that the costs to design and manufacture these products will decline over time, as experienced with manufacturing other products. Due to the high number of machines being built during the second half of the year, increased labor and material costs related to meeting customer delivery requirements were incurred. These increased costs resulted from having to produce and deliver several machines within the same four-week period. In order to meet these deadlines, we hired temporary workers, worked overtime and expedited the manufacture of certain components.

Gross Margin. Goss margin decreased $1.2 million, or 83.9%, to $0.2 million for the 2005 period from $1.5 million for 2004. As a percentage of sales, gross margin decreased to 3.0% in 2005 from 18.5% in 2004. The dollar and percentage decrease in gross margin was primarily the result of increased manufacturing costs associated with the production of specialty driveshaft assembly systems and lower contract revenue.

Research and Development Expenses. Research and development expenses declined $1.1 million, or 70.9%, for the period ended December 31, 2005 to $0.5 million as compared to the comparable 2004 period. Research and development expenses declined with the focusing of efforts on the production of specialty equipment. As a percentage of sales our research and development expenses decreased to 6.0% of revenue in 2005 from 19.8% of revenue in 2004.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses. Selling, general and administrative expenses decreased $0.6 million, or 17.6%, to $3.2 million for the period ended December 31, 2005 from $3.8 million for the 2004 period. Selling, general, and administrative expenses for 2004 included the creation of a reserve for costs and earnings in excess of billings of approximately $1.6 million due to doubt that a customer would take delivery of a specialty machine. During 2005, additional reserves totaling $0.2 million for two separate machines were recorded. Excluding these reserves, SG&A expenses increased $0.8 million for the year. This increase is primarily attributable to increased staffing incurred in order to implement the growth strategy of commercializing testing

 

31


Table of Contents

services and manufacturing precision driveshafts, increased travel expenses incurred servicing foreign-based customers, and public company related expenses.

Operating Profit (Loss). As a result of the foregoing factors, operating profit increased $0.5 million to a loss of $3.4 million for the 2005 period from a loss of $3.9 million for 2004.

Interest Income (Expense). As a result of a successful initial public offering in February 2005, the Company repaid the outstanding balance on the revolving credit facility and did not utilize it during the remainder of the year. In addition, our subordinated debt obligation, which totaled approximately $7.2 million at December 31, 2004, was converted into common stock. As a result, interest expense decreased $1.2 million to $0.1 million for the 2005 period from $1.3 million for the same period in 2004. The Company also earned interest income of $0.2 million during the year ended December 31, 2005 by investing cash balances in short-term marketable securities. The Company had no interest income during the year ended December 31, 2004.

Income Tax Expense (Benefit). Income tax benefit was $1.1 million for the period ended December 31, 2005 compared to a tax benefit of $1.8 million for the prior year.

Net Earnings (Loss). As a result of the foregoing factors, net loss from operations was $2.3 million for the period ended December 31, 2005 compared to a net loss of $3.5 million in 2004.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Cash and cash equivalents were $0.6 million at December 31, 2006 compared to $2.0 million at December 31, 2005. The decrease in cash and cash equivalents is principally attributed to the use of cash to reduce Manitex’s revolving credit facility. As of December 31, 2006, the Company had approximately $2.4 million available to borrow under its merged credit facility. Additionally, the Company’s Manitex Liftking subsidiary had credit facility which allows for borrowings up to $3.5 million CAD. At December 31, 2006, there were no outstanding borrowings against the Canadian facility.

The Company needs cash to meet its working capital needs as the business grows, to acquire capital equipment, and to fund acquisitions and debt repayment. Cash flows from operations and existing availability under the current revolving credit facilities are available when the Company needs cash in the future. In the December 2006, the Company reached an agreement with its bank to extend the maturity of the Company’s $16.5 million credit facility and our $14.0 million note payable to April 1, 2008.

The Company’s revolving credit facility dated December 15, 2003, had an original maturity date of January 2, 2005. The maturity date has been extended numerous times in various increments and the maturity date is currently April 1, 2008. The agreement contains the customary limitations including, but not limitations on acquisitions, dividends, repurchase of the Company’s stock and capital expenditures. It also requires the Company to have on the last date of the quarter a minimum “Tangible Effective Net Worth”, which is defined in the agreement as equity plus subordinated debt minus intangible assets and related party receivables. The Company also has a $14 million note payable to Comerica Bank, which was due on September 10, 2006. The maturity date has been extended; the note is now due on April 1, 2008.

The Company’s ability to meet its commitments and contractual obligations is dependent on the Company’s ability to either negotiate extensions of its current credit agreements, replace the existing credit agreements with a new credit agreement with acceptable terms or to raise additional equity capital. Although management believes it has the ability to negotiate the necessary extension, to find new financing with acceptable terms, or to raise additional equity capital, there is no assurance that the Company will be successful in raising the necessary capital.

 

32


Table of Contents

2006

Operating activities generated cash of $0.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2006. The Company’s net loss of $8.9 million was more than offset by non-cash items of $6.7 million, and a change in working capital of $2.7 million. The non-cash items are principally composed of amortization and depreciation of $1.6 million and an impairment charge of $6.6 million offset by an increase in deferred taxes of $1.4 million, net of a valuation allowance. The increase in deferred taxes is principally related to $1.3 million tax benefit recorded in connection with the current year’s net loss. In March 2007, the Company adopted a plan to dispose of the Testing & Assembly segment operations based in Wixom, Michigan and expects that the final sale and disposal of the assets will be completed in the year 2007. The Company determined that the carrying values of some of the underlying assets exceeded their fair values. Consequently, the Company recorded an impairment loss of $6.6 million, which represents the excess of the carrying values of the assets over their fair values, less cost to sell. (See note 26 to the consolidated financial statements) The decrease in working capital is principally the result of decreases of $2.2 million in cost in excess of billings. The decrease is related to the decline in revenues in the Testing & Assembly equipment segment.

The Company used cash in investing activities of $4.0 million for year ended December 31, 2006. In 2006, the Company used $3.3 million to purchase Manitex and Manitex Liftking and also invested an additional $0.6 million in capital assets and patents.

Financing activities contributed $2.0 million in cash for the year ended December 31, 2006. Approximately $10.3 million was generated by the issuance of the Company stock through a sale of stock and warrants to institutional investors in a private placement. Cash available from the prior year’s initial public offering and funds raised in the private placement was used to reduce the Company’s line of credit by approximately $2.0 million and to reduce the $20.0 million bank note by $6.0 million to $14.0 million and to reduce capital lease obligations by $0.2 million.

2005

The Company used cash in operations of $4.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2005. Net cash used by continuing operations in the 2005 period was primarily the result of increases in accounts receivable, costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings, inventories and our loss from operations.

The Company used cash in investing activities of $1.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2005. This was primarily the result of costs capitalized by us as we built a series of driveshaft assembly equipment with the intention to own and operate in support of our business plan to commence manufacturing of precision driveshafts.

Cash provided by financing activities of $8.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2005, was the result of our successful initial public offering which raised $15.1 million net of investment banking fees and expenses. Additionally, the Company generated approximately $1.0 million by borrowing against the line of credit. Approximately $8.0 million of the offering proceeds was used in repayment of the revolving credit facility. In conjunction with our 2005 initial public offering, subordinated debt totaling approximately $7.2 million was converted into 1,195,900 shares of common stock at $6.00 per share.

Contingencies

The Company is involved in various legal proceedings, including product liability and workers’ compensation matters which have arisen in the normal course of operations. Certain cases are at a preliminary stage, and it is not possible to estimate the amount or timing of any cost to the Company. However, the Company does not believe that these contingencies, in aggregate, will have a material adverse effect on the Company.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

The Company has no off-balance sheet arrangements as defined in Item 303(a)(4)(ii) of Regulation S-K.

 

33


Table of Contents

Contractual Obligations

The following is a schedule at December 31, 2006 of our long-term contractual commitments, future minimum lease payments under non-cancelable operating lease arrangements and other long-term obligations.

 

(In thousands)    Payments due by period

Contract obligations

   Total    2007    2008-
2009
   2010-
2011
   Thereafter

Revolving credit Facility

   $ 14,121    $ —      $ 14,121    $ —      $ —  

Term Loan

     14,000      —        14,000      —        —  

Note to Former QVM members

     1,072      —        —        —        1,072

Note to Liftking Industries, Inc.

     2,745      515      1,373      857   

Operating Lease Obligations

     1,267      685      582      —        —  

Capital Lease Obligations

     9,296      936      1,660      1,608      5,092

Purchase Obligations

     16,879      16,879      —        —        —  
                                  

Total

   $ 59,380    $ 19,015    $ 31,736    $ 2,465    $ 6,164
                                  

Related Party Transactions

For a description of the Company’s related party transations, please see Note 23 to the Company’s consolidated financial statements entitled “Transactions Between the Company and Related Parties.”

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

The preparation of our financial statements and related disclosures in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and judgments that affect our reported amounts of assets and liabilities, revenues and expenses, and related disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities. On an on-going basis, we evaluate our estimates and assumptions based upon historical experience and various other factors and circumstances. Management believes that our estimates and assumptions are reasonable under the circumstances; however, actual results may vary from these estimates and assumptions under different future circumstances. We have identified the following critical accounting policies that affect the more significant judgments and estimates used in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements.

Revenue Recognition. For products shipped FOB destination, sales are recognized when the product reaches its FOB destination, or when the services are rendered, which represents the point when the risks and rewards of ownership are transferred to the customer. For products shipped FOB shipping point, revenue is recognized when the product is shipped, as this is the point when title and risk of loss pass from us to our customers. The proportionate performance method is used to recognize income from the design and manufacturing of testing equipment.

Customers may be invoiced prior to the time customers take physical possession. Revenue is recognized in such cases only when the customer has a fixed commitment to purchase the units, the units have been completed, tested and made available to the customer for pickup or delivery, and the customer has authorized in writing that we hold the units for pickup or delivery at a time specified by the customer. In such cases, the units are invoiced under our customary billing terms, title to the units and risks of ownership pass to the customer upon invoicing, the units are segregated from our inventory and identified as belonging to the customer and we have no further obligations under the order.

The Company establishes reserve for future warranty expense at the point when revenue is recognized by the Company and is based on percentage of revenues. The provision for estimated warranty claims, which is included in cost of sales, is based on sales.

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts. Accounts Receivable is reduced by an allowance for amounts that may become uncollectible in the future. The Company’s estimate for the allowance for doubtful accounts related to trade receivables includes evaluation of specific accounts where we have information that the customer may have an inability to meet its financial obligations.

 

34


Table of Contents

Inventories and Related Reserve for Obsolete and Excess Inventory Inventories are valued at the lower of cost or market and are reduced by a reserve for excess and obsolete inventories. The estimated reserve is based upon specific identification of excess or obsolete inventories.

Shipping and Handling. The Company records the amount of shipping and handling costs billed to customers as revenue. The cost incurred for shipping and handling is included in the cost of sales.

Costs and Earnings in Excess of Billings . Costs and earnings in excess of billings pertain only to our manufacturing of specialty equipment. This balance is the direct result of the revenue recognized through the proportionate performance method that has not yet been billed to the customer. Each project purchase order contains milestones for billing. As projects progress, the revenue recognized is placed in this account and is removed from this account as milestones are reached. The Company assumes risk in committing considerable capital to a project before we are paid by our customer. Typically, commitment of capital to a project begins four to nine months before receiving cash from the sale of the product, thus, the cash effect of non-payment on the Company is heightened. These delayed payments terms also increases capital requirements as investment in a project occurs for a considerable period before being paid.

Other Intangible Assets. The Company accounts for Other Intangible Assets under the guidance of SFAS No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets”. Under SFAS No. 142, Other Intangible Assets with definite lives are amortized over their estimated useful lives. Indefinite and definite lived intangible assets are subject to annual impairment testing.

The Company capitalizes certain costs related to patent technology. Additionally, a substantial portion of the purchase price related to the Company’s acquisitions has been assigned to patents or unpatented technology, trade name, customer backlog, and customer relationships. The intangibles acquired in acquisitions have been valued using a discounted flow approach. Intangibles, except goodwill, are being amortized over their estimated useful lives.

Impairment of Long Lived Assets . In accordance with SFAS No. 144, Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets, the Company reviews its long-lived assets, including property and equipment, and other identifiable intangibles for impairment annually in the fourth quarter of the year or whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the assets may not be fully recoverable.

To determine recoverability of its long-lived assets, the Company evaluates the probability that future undiscounted net cash flows, without interest charges, will be less than the carrying amount of the assets. Impairment is measured at fair value.

As required by SFAS No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangibles,” the Company evaluates goodwill for impairment annually in the fourth quarter of the year or whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the assets may not be fully recoverable. The Company evaluates goodwill for impairment using the required business valuation method, which is calculated as of a measurement date by determining the present value of debt-free, after-tax projected future cash flows, discounted at the weighted average cost of capital of a hypothetical third party buyer.

The Company has recorded $5,932 loss on impairment of long-lived assets during 2006. No impairment charges were recorded in 2005 and 2004. (See Note 26 for detail regarding the impairment charge)

Research and Development Expenses . The Company expenses research and development costs as incurred. For the periods ended December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004 expenses were $0.2 million, $0.5 million, and $1.6 million, respectively.

Warranty Expense. The Company establishes reserve for future warranty expense at point when revenue is recognized by the Company and is based on percentage of revenues. The provision for estimated warranty claims, which is included in cost of sales, is based on sales.

 

35


Table of Contents

Litigation Claims. In determining whether liabilities should be recorded for pending litigation claims, the Company must assess the allegations and the likelihood that it will successfully defend itself. When the Company believes it is probable that it will not prevail in a particular matter, it will then make an estimate of the amount of liability based, in part, on the advice of outside legal counsel.

Deferred Income Taxes. In evaluating our ability to recover our deferred tax assets, the Company considers all available positive and negative evidence including our past operating results, the existence of cumulative losses in our most recent fiscal years and our forecast of future taxable income. A valuation allowance is required when it is more likely than not that all or a portion of a deferred tax asset will not be realized. Forming a conclusion that a valuation allowance is not needed is difficult when there is negative evidence such as cumulative losses in recent years as cumulative losses weigh heavily in the overall assessment. At December 31, 2006, we provided a valuation allowance against our net deferred tax assets based on our cumulative losses in recent years.

At December 31, 2005, the Company believed there was more positive evidence than negative evidence to support the conclusion that the establishment of a valuation allowance was not required. The conclusion was based on several significant developments, specifically, the consideration of our financial plan for 2006 that incorporated the planned acquisition of profitable business and cost reduction activities. Based on the expected cost of the acquisition, the Company anticipated having significant future reversals of temporary differences from intangible assets. Targeted business was historically profitable, which is a strong indicator it will continue to generate taxable income in future years based on existing sales prices and cost structure. The Company also entered into various cost reduction initiatives including (i) raising capital through a public offering in which the proceeds were used to retire the Company’s outstanding debt with the effect of reducing interest costs in future years and (ii) adopting new sourcing arrangements and bringing “in-house” formerly outsourced component manufacturing to defray increasing steel prices.

Computation of Earnings per Share. Basic Earnings per Share (“EPS”) was computed by dividing net loss by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period.

In September 2004, the Emerging Issues Task Force reached a final consensus on Issue N. 04-8, “The Effect of Contingently Convertible Debt on Diluted EPS” (EITF 04-8). Contingently convertible debt instruments are financial instruments that add a contingent feature to a convertible debt instrument. The conversion feature is triggered when one or more specified contingencies occur and at least one of these contingencies is based on market price. Prior to the issuance of EITF 04-8, SFAS 128 had been widely interpreted to allow the exclusion of common shares underlying contingently convertible debt instruments from the calculation of diluted EPS in instances where conversion depends on the achievement of a specified market price of the issuer’s shares. The consensus requires that these underlying common shares be included in the diluted EPS computations, if dilutive, regardless of whether the market price contingency or any other contingent factor has been met. The consensus, which is effective for reporting periods ending after December 15, 2004, requires the restatement of diluted EPS for all prior periods presented. As of December 31, 2004, Veri-Tek had a contingently convertible debt instrument. In February 2005, $7.2 million of subordinated debt was converted to shares of common stock upon consummation of the initial public offering.

The number of shares related to options, warrants, and similar instruments included in diluted EPS (“EPS”) is based on the “Treasury Stock Method” prescribed in SFAS No. 128. This method assumes theoretical repurchase of shares using proceeds of the respective stock option or warrant exercise at a price equal to the issuer’s average stock price during the related earnings period. Accordingly, the number of shares includable in the calculation of EPS in respect of the stock options, warrants, and similar instruments is dependent on this average stock price and will increase as the average stock price increases.

Securities of a subsidiary that are convertible into its parent company’s common stock shall be considered among potential common shares of the parent company for the purposes of computing consolidated diluted EPS.

 

36


Table of Contents

Including the contingently convertible debt in the diluted EPS calculation is anti-dilutive when there is a loss and is, therefore, excluded from the diluted per share calculation under paragraph 16 of SFAS 128. The effect of applying paragraph 16 of SFAS 128 was to exclude 820,044, 26,283, and 199,863 shares from the diluted EPS calculation of the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively.

Stock Warrants. On November 15, 2006, the Company closed a $11.1 million private placement of its common stock and warrants (the “Private Placement”) pursuant to the terms of a security purchase agreement entered into among the Company and certain institutional investors on November 3, 2006 (the “Securities Purchase Agreement”). Pursuant to the Securities Purchase Agreement, Veri-Tek sold 2,750,000 shares of its common stock, Series A Warrants to purchase 550,000 shares of the Company’s common stock, and series B Warrants to purchase 550,000 shares of the Company’s common stock. Roth Capital Partners, LLC acted as exclusive placement agent for the Private Placement and received cash and warrants to purchase the Company’s common stock as a placement agent fee.

The Series A Warrants and the Series B Warrants (together the “Warrants”) were issued upon the closing of the Private Placement and will be exercisable after the sixth month anniversary of the issuance date of the Warrants until November 15, 2011. The Series A Warrants have an exercise price of $4.05 per share, and the Series B Warrants have an exercisable price of $4.25 per share. The Warrants will be exercisable on a cashless basis under certain circumstances, and are callable under certain circumstances. The Company also issued warrants to purchase an aggregate of 192,500 shares of the Company’s common stock to a finder and to Roth Capital Partners, LLC for acting as placement agent in connection with the Private Placement. These warrants will be exercisable until November 15, 2011, and have an exercise price of $4.62 per share.

Including warrants in the diluted EPS calculation is anti-dilutive when there is a loss. Therefore, they are excluded from the diluted EPS calculation.

New Accounting Pronouncements

In November 2004, the FASB issued SFAS No. 151, “Inventory Costs, an amendment of ARB No. 43, Chapter 4.” This statement amends the guidance in ARB No. 43 Chapter 4, “Inventory Pricing”, to clarify the accounting for abnormal amounts of idle facility expense, freight, handling costs, and wasted material (spoilage). Paragraph 5 of ARB No. 43, Chapter 4, previously stated that, “…under some circumstances, items such as idle facility expense, excessive spoilage, double freight, and rehandling costs may be so abnormal to require treatment as a current period charges…” This statement requires that those items be recognized as current-period charges regardless of whether they meet the criterion of “so abnormal.” In addition, this statement requires that allocation of fixed production overheads to the costs of conversion be based on the normal capacity of the production facilities. The provisions of this statement will be effective for inventory costs during the fiscal years beginning after June 15, 2005. The Company adopted the statement on January 1, 2006. The adoption of this statement did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

On December 16, 2004, the FASB issued SFAS No. 123 (revised 2004), “Share-Based Payment”, which is a revision of SFAS No. 123, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation” (SFAS 123R). SFAS 123R supersedes APB Opinion No. 25, “Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees,” and amends SFAS 95, “Statement of Cash Flows.” Generally, the approach in SFAS 123R is similar to the approach described in SFAS 123. However, SFAS 123R requires all share-based payments to employees, including grants of employee stock options, to be recognized in the income statement based on their fair values. Pro forma disclosure is no longer an alternative. SFAS 123R must be adopted no later than July 1, 2005. Early adoption will be permitted in periods in which financial statements have not yet been issued. The Company adopted SFAS 123R on July 1, 2005. The adoption of this statement did not have an impact on the Company’s financial condition, results of operations or cash flows since the Company has not issued any employee stock options.

In March 2005, the SEC released Staff Accounting Bulletin No 107, “Share Based Payment” (“SAB 107”), which provides interpretive guidance related to the interaction between SFAS 123(R) and certain SEC rules and

 

37


Table of Contents

regulations. In April 2005, the SEC amended the compliance dates for SFAS 123(R) to allow companies to implement the standard at the beginning of the next fiscal year, instead of the next reporting period beginning after June 15, 2005. The Company adopted the Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 107 on January 1, 2006. The adoption of this statement did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

In March 2005, the FASB issued FASB Interpretation No. 47, Accounting for Conditional Asset Retirement Obligations” (“FIN 47”). FIN 47 provides guidance relating to the identification of and financial reporting for legal obligations to perform an asset retirement activity. The Interpretation requires recognition of a liability for the fair value of a conditional asset retirement obligation when incurred if the liability’s fair value can be reasonably estimated. FIN 47 also defines when an entity would have sufficient information to reasonably estimate the fair value of an asset retirement obligation. The provision is effective no later than the end of fiscal years ending after December 15, 2005. The Company adopted FIN 47 on January 1, 2006. The adoption did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial position, results of operations, or cash flows.

In May 2005, the FASB issued FASB Statement No. 154, “Accounting Changes and Error Corrections.” This new standard replaces APB Opinion No. 20, “Accounting Changes, and FASB Statement No. 3, Reporting Accounting Changes in Interim Financial Statements,” and represents another step in the FASB’s goal to converge its standards with those issued by the IASB. Among other changes, Statement 154 requires that a voluntary change in accounting principle be applied retrospectively with all prior period financial statements presented on the new accounting principle, unless it is impracticable to do so. Statement 154 also provides that (1) a change in method of depreciating or amortizing a long-lived non-financial asset be accounted for as a change in estimate (prospectively) that was effected by a change in accounting principle, and (2) correction of errors in previously issued financial statements should be termed a “restatement.” The new standard is effective for accounting changes and correction of errors made in fiscal years beginning after December 5, 2005. Early adoption of this standard is permitted for accounting changes and correction of errors made in fiscal years beginning after June 1, 2005. The Company adopted the SFAS No. 154 on January 1, 2006. The adoption of the Statement did not have a material impact on its financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

In February of 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 155, “Accounting for Certain Hybrid Financial Instruments,” which is intended to simplify the accounting and improve the financial reporting of certain hybrid financial instruments (i.e. derivatives embedded in other financial instruments). The statement amends SFAS No. 133, “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities”, and SFAS No. 140, “Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishments of Liabilities – a replacement of FASB Statement No. 125.” SFAS No. 155 is effective for all financial instruments issued or acquired after the beginning of an entity’s first fiscal year beginning after September 15, 2006. The Company is currently evaluating the impact SFAS No. 155 will have on its financial statements, if any.

In March 2006, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 156, “Accounting for Servicing of Financial Assets – an amendment of FASB Statement No. 140” which is effective for the fiscal years beginning after September 15, 2006. The FASB issues this statement to simplify the accounting for servicing rights and to reduce the volatility that results from using different measurement attributes. The Company has evaluated the new statement and determined that this statement will not have a significant impact on the determination or reporting of the Company’s financial results.

In September 2006, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 157, “Fair Value Measurements” which is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007 and for interim periods within those years. This statement defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value, and expands the related disclosure requirements. The Company is currently evaluating the potential impact of this statement.

In September 2006, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 158, “Employers’ Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans—an amendment of FASB Statements

 

38


Table of Contents

No. 87, 88, 106 and 132(R)” (SFAS 158). This statement requires balance sheet recognition of the overfunded or underfunded status of pension and postretirement benefit plans. Under SFAS 158, actuarial gains and losses, prior service costs or credits, and any remaining transition assets or obligations that have not been recognized under previous accounting standards must be recognized in Accumulated Other Non-Shareowners’ Changes in Equity, net of tax effects, until they are amortized as a component of net periodic benefit cost. In addition, the measurement date, the date at which plan assets and the benefit obligation are measured, is required to be the company’s fiscal year end. SFAS 158 is effective for publicly-held companies for fiscal years ending after December 15, 2006, except for the measurement date provisions, which are effective for fiscal years ending after December 15, 2008. The adoption of SFAS No. 158 is not expected to have a significant impact on the Company’s overall results or financial position.

In June 2006, the FASB issued FASB Interpretation No. 48 “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes (an interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109)” which is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2006. This interpretation was issued to clarify the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in the financial statements by prescribing a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. The Company is currently evaluating the potential impact of this interpretation.

In September 2006, the SEC issued Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 108, Considering the Effects of Prior Year Misstatements when Quantifying Misstatements in Current Year Financial Statements (SAB 108), to address diversity in practice in quantifying financial statement misstatements. SAB 108 requires that misstatements be quantified based on their impact on each of the Company’s financial statements and related disclosures. On December 31, 2006, the Company adopted SAB 108. The adoption of SAB 108 did not impact the Company’s financial statements.

ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

We are exposed to various market risks as a part of our operations, and we anticipate that this exposure will increase as a result of our planned growth. In an effort to mitigate losses associated with these risks, we may at times enter into derivative financial instruments, although we have not historically done so. These may take the form of forward sales contracts, option contracts, foreign currency exchange contracts and interest rate swaps. We do not, and do not intend to, engage in the practice of trading derivative securities for profit.

Interest Rates —We are exposed to market risks relating to changes in interest rates. Our credit facility allows for borrowings based on the Eurodollar rate or a base rate. The interest rate incurred by us is based on these rates plus a premium. If these rates rise, our interest expense will increase accordingly.

Interest Rate Changes —The Company’s debt agreements allow for borrowings based on the Eurodollar rate or a base rate. The interest rate incurred by us is based on these rates plus a premium. If these rates rise, our interest expense will increase accordingly. The effect of a 10% interest rate increase on all outstanding debt for Veri-Tek would have been an increase in interest expense of approximately $294 for 2006.

Foreign Exchange Risk— The Company is exposed to fluctuations in the exchange rates principally Canadian dollars and Euros which effects cash flows related to third party purchases and sales, intercompany product shipments and intercompany loans. We are also exposed to fluctuations in the value of foreign currency investment in our Canadian subsidiary and cash flows related to repatriation of this investment. Additionally, we are exposed to volatility in the translation of foreign currency earnings to U.S. Dollars from Canadian dollars. (See section 1A, Risk Factors for further discussion on risk factors.)

 

39


Table of Contents

ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA.

The report of independent registered public accounting firm and the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements and Financial Statement Schedule are filed pursuant to this Item 8 and are included in this report. See Index to Financial Statements and Financial Statement Schedule.

Unaudited Quarterly Financial Data

Summarized quarterly financial data for 2006 and 2005 are as follows (in thousands, except per share amounts).

 

    2006     2005  
    1st Qtr     2nd Qtr     3rd Qtr     4th Qtr     1st Qtr     2nd Qtr     3rd Qtr     4th Qtr  

Sales

  $ 2,237     $ 1,675     $ 20,658     $ 21,198     $ 1,059     $ 1,142     $ 3,522     $ 1,918  

Gross Profit

    10       (42 )     2,303       1,851       (296 )     158       726       (352 )

Net Loss

    (370 )     (414 )     (566 )     (7,539 )     (811 )     (473 )     (63 )     (906 )

Loss per share

               

Basic and diluted

    (0.08 )     (0.08 )     (0.11 )     (1.16 )   $ (0.30 )   $ (0.10 )   $ (0.01 )   $ (0.21 )

Shares outstanding

               

Basic and diluted

    4,875,000       4,875,000       5,104,769       6,514,766       2,731,818       4,875,000       4,875,000       4,875,000  

Acquisitions accounted for as purchases have been included in the Company’s results from their respective dates of acquisition. QVM and Manitex Liftking were acquired on July 3, 2006 and November 30, 2006, respectively.

In the fourth quarter 2006, the Company allocated goodwill to the following specific intangibles: patented and unpatented technology, trade name and trademarks, customer relationships and customer backlog. The foregoing intangible assets are assets with definite lives. Under SFAS No. 142, Intangible Assets with definite lives are amortized over their estimated useful lives. In the fourth quarter, the Company recorded amortization against these intangibles of $992 for the period from the date of the acquisition through December 31, 2006. Approximately $485 relates to amortization for the period from acquisition date through September 30, 2006

Index to Financial Statements

The financial statements of the registrant required to be included in Item 8 are listed below:

 

      

Page

Reference

Reports of Independent Registered Public Firms

   41-42

Financial Statements:

  

Balance Sheet

   43

Statement of Operations

   44

Statement of Shareholders’ Equity (Deficit)

   45

Statement of Cash Flows

   46

Notes to Financial Statements

   47-78

 

40


Table of Contents

REPORT OF THE INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANT

To the Board of Directors

Veri-Tek International, Corp.

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of Veri-Tek International, Corp. as of December 31, 2006, and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders’ equity and comprehensive income, and cash flows for the year then ended December 31, 2006. These financial statements are the responsibility of the company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated statements are free of material misstatement. The company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audit included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the company’s internal control over financial accounting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements, assessing the accounting principals used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Veri-Tek International, Corp. as of December 31, 2006 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

 

 

/s/    UHY LLP

UHY LLP
Sterling Heights, MI
April 9, 2007

 

41


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accountant

To the Board of Directors

Veri-Tek International Corp.

50120 Pontiac Trail

Wixom, MI 48393-2019

We have audited the accompanying balance sheet of Veri-Tek International Corp. as of December 31, 2005 and the related statements of income, stockholders’ equity (deficit) and cash flows for each of the two years then December 31, 2005 and 2004. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. The company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audit included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Veri-Tek International Corp. as of December 31, 2005 and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the two years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Respectfully,

 

/s/    Freedman & Goldberg

Freedman & Goldberg
Certified Public Accountants
Farmington Hills, MI
March 13, 2006

 

42


Table of Contents

VERI-TEK INTERNATIONAL CORP.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET

(In thousands, except per share data)

As of December 31,

 

     2006     2005  
ASSETS     

Current Assets

    

Cash

   $ 615     $ 2,025  

Trade Receivables (Net)

     14,573       1,837  

Receivables from Related Parties

     1,744       —    

Other Receivables

     —         2  

Cost and Estimated Earnings in Excess of Billings (Net)

     200       2,462  

Inventory (Net)

     17,430       1,162  

Deferred Tax Asset

     893       —    

Prepaid Expense and Other

     659       136  
                

Total Current Assets

     36,114       7,624  
                

Total Fixed Assets (Net)

     6,417       2,085  
                

Receivable from Related Parties

     2,978       —    

Intangible Assets (Net)

     21,283       4,212  

Deferred Tax Asset

     3,747       3,106  

Goodwill

     13,305       —    

Other Assets

     —         200  
                

Total Assets

   $ 83,844     $ 17,227  
                
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY     

Current Liabilities

    

Note Payable—Short Term

   $ 515     $ —    

Current Portion of Capital Lease Obligations

     356       —    

Accounts Payables

     14,468       767  

Accrued Expenses

     3,195       269  

Other Current Liabilities

     787       —    
                

Total Current Liabilities

     19,321       1,036  
                

Long-Term Liabilities

    

Line of Credit

     14,121       —    

Deferred Tax Liability

     4,640       20  

Notes Payable

     17,303       —    

Capital Lease Obligations

     4,685       —    

Deferred Gain on Sale of Building

     4,310       —    
                

Total Long-Term Liabilities

     45,059       20  
                

Total Liabilities

     64,380       1,056  
                

Minority Interest

     1,024       —    

Shareholders’ Equity

    

Common Stock—no par value, Authorized, 20,000,000 shares authorized

    

Issued and outstanding, 7,859,875 and 4,875,000 at December 31, 2006 and
December 31, 2005, respectively

     31,274       22,332  

Warrants

     2,272       —    

Accumulated Deficit

     (15,050 )     (6,161 )

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss

     (56 )     —    
                

Shareholders’ Equity

     18,440       16,171  
                

Total Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity

   $ 83,844     $ 17,227  
                

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements

 

43


Table of Contents

VERI-TEK INTERNATIONAL CORP.

STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS

(In thousands, except per share data)

For the years ended December 31,

 

     2006     2005     2004  

Net sales

   $ 45,768     $ 7,641     $ 7,929  

Cost of sales

     41,646       7,405       6,460  
                        

Gross profit

     4,122       236       1,469  

Operating expenses

      

Research and development costs

     209       456       1,572  

Selling, general and administrative expenses

     6,251       3,212       3,786  

Impairment of long lived assets

     5,932       —         —    
                        

Total operating expenses

     12,392       3,668       5,358  
                        

Loss from operations

     (8,270 )     (3,432 )     (3,889 )
                        

Other income (expense)

      

Interest income

     39       155       —    

Interest expense

     (1,969 )     (54 )     (1,335 )

Other income (expense)

     (15 )     (5 )     —    
                        

Total other income (expense)

     (1,945 )     96       (1,335 )
                        

Loss before income taxes

     (10,215 )     (3,336 )     (5,224 )

Income tax (benefit)

     (1,326 )     (1,084 )     (1,770 )
                        

Net Loss

   $ (8,889 )   $ (2,252 )   $ (3,454 )
                        

Net loss per common share (See note 3)

      

Basic and diluted

   $ (1.66 )   $ (0.52 )   $ (4.30 )

Weighted average common shares outstanding

      

Basic and diluted

     5,346,225       4,339,649       804,100  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements

 

44


Table of Contents

VERI-TEK INTERNATIONAL CORP.

STATEMENT OF SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY (DEFICIT)

December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004

(In thousands, except per share data)

 

    Common Stock  

Warrants

  Retained
Earnings
(Accumulated
Deficit)
   

Other
Comprehensive
Income

(Loss)

   

Total

 
    Shares     Amount        

Balance, January 1, 2004

  10,000     $ 100   $ —     $ (455 )   $ —       $ (355 )

3.730879244 for 1 reverse stock split (February 7, 2005)

  (2,195,900 )             —    

300 for 1 stock split (July 2004)

  2,990,000               —    

Net income (loss)

          (3,454 )       (3,454 )
                                         

Balance, December 31, 2004

  804,100     $ 100   $ —     $ (3,909 )   $ —       $ (3,809 )
                                         

Balance, January 1, 2005

  3,000,000     $ 100   $ —     $ (3,909 )   $ —       $ (3,809 )

3.730879244 for 1 reverse stock split (February 7, 2005)

  (2,195,900 )             —    

Stock issued in initial public offering (February 15, 2005)

  2,500,000       12,964           12,964  

Conversion of subordinated debt to equity

  1,195,900       7,175           7,175  

Additional stock issued to underwriter

  375,000       2,093           2,093  

Net income (loss)

          (2,252 )       (2,252 )
                                         

Balance, December 31, 2005

  4,875,000     $ 22,332   $ —     $ (6,161 )   $ —       $ 16,171  
                                         

Balance, January 1, 2006

  4,875,000     $ 22,332   $ —     $ (6,161 )   $ —       $ 16,171  

QVM acquisition

  234,875       916           916  

Private placement

  2,750,000       8,026           8,026  

Warrants issued

        2,272         2,272  

Net income (loss)

          (8,889 )       (8,889 )

Loss on foreign currency translation

            (56 )     (56 )
                                         

Comprehensive income (loss)

              (8,945 )
                                         

Balance, December 31, 2006

  7,859,875     $ 31,274   $ 2,272   $ (15,050 )   $ (56 )   $ 18,440  
                                         

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements

 

45


Table of Contents

VERI-TEK INTERNATIONAL CORP.

STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

(Thousands of Dollars)

For the years ended December 31,

 

     2006     2005     2004  

Cash flows from operating activities:

      

Net loss

   $ (8,889 )   $ (2,252 )   $ (3,454 )

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to cash provided by operating activities:

      

Depreciation and amortization

     1,643       449       361  

Unrealized loss on cost in excess of billing

     55       169       1,565  

Provisions for customer allowances

     75       45       —    

Impairment of long lived assets

     5,932       —         —    

Interest paid-in-kind

     —         —         1,075  

Loss on disposal of assets

     —         5       —    

Deferred income taxes

     (1,432 )     (1,084 )     (1,770 )

Inventory reserves

     476       —         —    

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

      

(Increase) Decrease in accounts receivable

     (66 )     (137 )     (1,584 )

(Increase) Decrease in accounts receivable – related party

     230       —         —    

(Increase) Decrease in inventory

     235       (933 )     (325 )

(Increase) Decrease in cost and estimated earnings in excess of billings

     2,206       (534 )     1,842  

(Increase) Decrease in prepaid expenses

     126       446       (386 )

(Increase) Decrease in other assets

     237       (4 )     —    

Increase (Decrease) in accounts payable

     449       (170 )     327  

Increase (Decrease) in accrued expense

     (1,026 )     (138 )     153  

Increase (Decrease) in other current liabilities

     194       (203 )     203  
                        

Net cash provided by (used) for operating activities

     445       (4,343 )     (1,993 )
                        

Cash flows from investing activities:

      

Proceeds from sale of assets

     —         1       21  

Purchase of property and equipment

     (490 )     (1,523 )     (127 )

Acquisition of business, net of cash acquired

     (3,330 )     —         —    

Investment in intangible assets other than goodwill

     (130 )     (33 )     (122 )

Investment in software

     —         (134 )     —    
                        

Net cash used for investing activities

     (3,950 )     (1,689 )     (228 )
                        

Cash flows from financing activities:

      

Borrowing on revolving credit facility

     —         1,021       13,586  

Repayment on revolving credit facility

     (2,035 )     (7,981 )     (11,359 )

Note payments

     (6,000 )     —         —    

Proceeds from issuance of stock

     8,866       17,250       —    

Proceeds from warrants

     2,272       —      

Payment for expenses related to stock offerings

     (840 )     (2,193 )     —    

Payment for loan fees

     —         (46 )     —    

Capital lease obligations

     (216 )     —         —    
                        

Net cash provided by financing activities

     2,047       8,051       2,227  
                        

Effect of exchange rate change on cash

     48       —         —    

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     (1,458 )     2,019       6  

Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year

     2,025       6       —    
                        

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

   $ 615     $ 2,025     $ 6  
                        

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:

      

Cash paid during the year for

      

Interest

     40       54       261  

Income taxes

     631       —         —    

(See note 11 for other supplemental cash flow information)

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements

 

46


Table of Contents

VERI-TEK INTERNATIONAL CORP.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(in thousands, except per share data)

For the Year Ended December 31, 2006 and 2005

 

Note 1. Nature of Operations

Prior to July 3, 2006, Veri-Tek International Corp. and its subsidiaries (the “Company”) had a single line of business. The Company designed and manufactured testing and assembly equipment used primarily in the manufacture of driveline components in the automotive and heavy equipment industries. In addition, the Company utilized this technology to provide testing services to original equipment manufacturers and tier 1 suppliers in order to verify the manufacturing process.

Effective July 3, 2006, the Company entered into a second line of business (Lifting Equipment segment) through the purchase of Manitex, Inc. (“Manitex”) via an acquisition of all of the membership interests in Quantum Value Management, LLC (an entity owned by certain stockholders). (See Note 17.) Manitex is based in Georgetown, Texas. Manitex designs, manufactures, and markets a comprehensive line of boom trucks, sign cranes and trolley boom unloaders. Manitex’s boom trucks and crane products are primarily used for industrial projects, energy exploration, and infrastructure development including: roads, bridges and commercial construction.

On November 30, 2006, the Company completed the acquisition of the operating assets of Liftking Industries, Inc. headquartered in Woodbridge (Toronto), Ontario. Liftking manufactures a complete line of rough terrain forklifts, and specialty mission oriented vehicles, as well as other specialized carriers, and heavy material transporters and steel mill equipment. The acquired business will operate under the name Manitex Liftking, ULC and will be part of the Company’s Lifting Equipment segment. (See Note 17.)

Note 2. Basis of Presentation

The consolidated financial statements, included herein, have been prepared by the Company pursuant to the rules and regulations of the United States Securities and Exchange Commission. Pursuant to these rules and regulations, the financial statements are prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. The consolidated financial statement includes the accounts of Veri-Tek International Corp., and its subsidiaries. Significant intercompany transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. Acquisitions accounted for as purchases have been included in the Company’s results from their respective dates of acquisition July 3, 2006 for the QVM acquisition and November 30, 2006 for the Manitex Liftking acquisition.

Restatement

In connection with the Company’s filing of a Form S-3 Registration Statement the SEC has reviewed the Company’s 2005 10-K Annual Report, the 10-Q Quarterly Report for the quarter ended September 30,2006 and the 8-K/A filed on September 19, 2006.

As result of this review, the Company has restated its diluted earnings per share calculations for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004. Reported diluted earnings per share have been changed to equal basic earnings per share, as anti dilutive shares included in the diluted share calculation have been removed. Additionally, certain footnote disclosures have been modified and expanded.

 

See accompanying accountants’ audit report.

 

47


Table of Contents

VERI-TEK INTERNATIONAL CORP.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

For the Year Ended December 31, 2006 and 2005

Note 2. Basis of Presentation—(Continued)

 

As a result of the SEC review, the Company will amend its 2005 10-K Annual Report, its 1O-Q Quarterly Report for the Quarter ended September 30, 2006 and the 8-K/A filed on September 19, 2006. The Company does not expect to change reported net loss that was reported in either the 2005 10-K annual report or its 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2006. As stated above, report diluted earnings per share will changed to equal basic earnings per share, as anti dilutive shares included in the diluted share calculation have been removed. Our amended filing will include additional changes including changes to our cash flow statement to exclude non-cash items and additional or modified footnote disclosures. Additional disclosures in our 2005 10-K included the addition of quarterly selected data required by Item 302 of Regulation S-K and the entity wide disclosures required by paragraphs 36-39 of SFAS 131 regarding sales by geographic area, long lived assets by geographic area and information about customers with more than 10% of total sales.

Additionally 2003 information, which was erroneously omitted from the Statement of Operations, Statement of Shareholders’ Equity (Deficit) and Statement of Cash Flows, in our 2005 10-K will be added. The omitted 2003 information can be found in our 2004 10-K annual report.

Earning per share information:

 

     Per 2005 10-K     Per
September 30, 2006
10-Q Quarterly Report
 
     2005     2004     Nine Months Ended
September 30, 2005(2)
 
As reported:       

Earnings per share

      

Basic

   $ (0.52 )   $ (4.30 )   $ (0.32 )

Diluted

   $ (0.52 )   $ (3.44 )   $ (0.31 )

Weighted Average Common shares

      

Basic

     4,339,649       804,100       4,168,456  

Diluted

     4,365,932       1,003,963       4,369,963  

As restated:

      

Basic and diluted

   $ (0.52 )   $ (4.30 )   $ (0.32 )

Weighted Average Common shares

      

Basic and diluted

     4,339,649       804,100       4,168,456  
Cash Flow Changes:                   
     September 30, 2006
10-Q Quarterly Report
       
     Nine Months Ended
September 30, 2006
       
     Reported     Restated        

Net cash provided by (used) for operating activities

   $ 1,787     $ 1,787    

Net cash used for investing activities(1)

     (2,546 )     (558 )  

Net cash from financing activities(1)

     (1,230 )     (3,218 )  
                  

Net increase (decrease) in cash

     (1,989 )     (1,989 )  

Cash and cash equivalents—Beginning of Period

     2,025       2,025    

Cash and cash equivalents—End of Period

   $ 36     $ 36    
                  

 

See accompanying accountants’ audit report.

 

48


Table of Contents

VERI-TEK INTERNATIONAL CORP.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

For the Year Ended December 31, 2006 and 2005

Note 2. Basis of Presentation—(Continued)

 


(1) In connection with QVM (Manitex) acquisition the Company issued a note in the amount of $1,072 and stock with a value of $916. Since no cash was exchanged at the time of the acquisition closing both items are properly considered non-cash items. The restated cash flow removes these two items from investing and financing activities.

 

(2) The nine months ended September 30, 2005 as reported are the prior year numbers shown in third quarter 2006 10-Q.

Note 3. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

This summary of significant accounting policies of Veri-Tek International Corp. is presented to assist in understanding the Company’s financial statements. The financial statements and notes are representations of the Company’s management who is responsible for their integrity and objectivity. These accounting policies conform to generally accepted accounting principles and have been consistently applied in the preparation of the financial statements.

Cash and Cash Equivalents —For purposes of the statement of cash flows, the Company considers all short-term securities purchased with maturity dates of three months or less to be cash equivalents.

Marketable Securities —The Company has investments in corporate debt instruments that are available for sale to meet working capital needs. These investments are short term and considered cash equivalents. Cost represents estimated fair value at the balance sheet date and there are no gross unrealized gains or losses. Interest earned is included in interest income.

Revenue Recognition —For products shipped FOB destination, sales are recognized when the product reaches its FOB destination, or when the services are rendered, which represents the point when the risks and rewards of ownership are transferred to the customer. For products shipped FOB shipping point, revenue is recognized when the product is shipped, as this is the point when title and risk of loss pass from us to our customers. The proportionate performance method is used to recognize income from the design and manufacturing of testing equipment.

Customers may be invoiced prior to the time customers take physical possession. Revenue is recognized in such cases only when the customer has a fixed commitment to purchase the units, the units have been completed, tested and made available to the customer for pickup or delivery, and the customer has authorized in writing that we hold the units for pickup or delivery at a time specified by the customer. In such cases, the units are invoiced under our customary billing terms, title to the units and risks of ownership pass to the customer upon invoicing, the units are segregated from our inventory and identified as belonging to the customer and we have no further obligations under the order.

The Company establishes reserves for future warranty expense at the point when revenue is recognized by the Company and is based on percentage of revenues. The provision for estimated warranty claims, which is included in cost of sales, is based on sales.

Accounts Receivable (Trade) —The Company has adopted a policy consistent with U.S. GAAP for the periodic review of its accounts receivable to determine whether the establishment of an allowance for doubtful accounts is

 

See accompanying accountants’ audit report.

 

49


Table of Contents

VERI-TEK INTERNATIONAL CORP.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

For the Year Ended December 31, 2006 and 2005

Note 3. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies—(Continued)

 

warranted based on the Company’s assessment of the collectibility of the accounts. The Company established an allowance for bad debt of $195 and $24 December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively.

Property, Equipment and Depreciation —Property and equipment are stated at cost. Depreciation of property and equipment is provided over the following useful lives:

 

Asset Category

   Depreciable Life

Machinery and Equipment

   5 – 15 years

Furniture and Fixtures

   7 – 12 years

Leasehold Improvements

   12 years

Expenditures for major renewals and betterments that extend the useful lives of property and equipment are capitalized. Expenditures for maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred. Depreciation expense for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004 was $355, $125, and $66, respectively.

Other Intangible Assets The Company accounts for Other Intangible Assets under the guidance of SFAS No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets”. Under SFAS No. 142, Other Intangible Assets with definite lives are amortized over their estimated useful lives. Indefinite and definite lived intangible assets are subject to annual impairment testing.

The Company capitalizes certain costs related to patent technology. Additionally, a substantial portion of the purchase price related to the Company’s acquisitions has been assigned to patents or unpatented technology, trade name, customer backlog, and customer relationships. The intangibles acquired in acquisitions have been valued using a discounted cash flow approach. Intangibles, except goodwill, are being amortized over their estimated useful lives.

Impairment of Long Lived Assets —In accordance with SFAS No. 144, Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets, the Company reviews its long-lived assets, including property and equipment, and other identifiable intangibles for impairment annually in the fourth quarter of the year or whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the assets may not be fully recoverable.

To determine recoverability of its long-lived assets, the Company evaluates the probability that future undiscounted net cash flows, without interest charges, will be less than the carrying amount of the assets. Impairment is measured at fair value.

As required by SFAS No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangibles,” the Company evaluates goodwill for impairment annually in the fourth quarter of the year or whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the assets may not be fully recoverable. The Company evaluates goodwill for impairment using the required business valuation method, which is calculated as of a measurement date by determining the present value of debt-free, after-tax projected future cash flows, discounted at the weighted average cost of capital of a hypothetical third party buyer.

The Company has recorded $5,932 loss on impairment of long-lived assets during 2006. No impairment charges were recorded in 2005 and 2004. (See Note 26 for detail regarding the impairment charge)

 

See accompanying accountants’ audit report.

 

50


Table of Contents

VERI-TEK INTERNATIONAL CORP.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

For the Year Ended December 31, 2006 and 2005

Note 3. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies—(Continued)

 

Costs and Earnings in Excess of Billings —Costs and earnings in excess of billings are the result of earned revenue on projects that are not immediately billable to customers due to agreed upon billing arrangements.

As of December 31, 2006 and 2005, the Company has established a reserve of $1,565 and $1,734 respectively, against costs in excess of billings due to doubt as to the ultimate collectibility of certain contracts.

In 2004, a customer delayed delivery on a piece of equipment currently under contract and substantially completed. The customer’s failure to take delivery has raised doubt as to the realization of amounts to be billed under the contract. Therefore, management established a reserve of $1,565, net of the recoverable value of the equipment, against cost in excess in billings. In 2005, additional reserves of $168 related to two different customers were established, as the collectibility was in doubt.

Inventory —Inventory consists of stock materials and equipment stated at the lower of cost (first in, first out) or market. All equipment classified as inventory is available for sale. Equipment held for sale, located at the Company’s Wixom, Michigan facility may also be used for demonstration purposes. An immaterial amount of equipment ($50) in inventory is used for demonstration purposes was not for sale. The company records excess and obsolete inventory reserves.

On March 29, 2007, our Board of Directors approved a plan, to sell the Testing & Assembly Equipment segment, in order to focus management’s attention and financial resources on our Lifting Equipment segment. The Company is attempting to sell the Testing & Assembly Equipment segment as a going concern. There is, however, no guarantee that the Company will be successful in selling the Testing & Assembly Equipment segment and as such, the impairment was calculated assuming liquidation. In connection with the preparation of our 2006 year-end financial statements, a reserve of $476 was set-up to reduce the Testing & Assembly Equipment segment’s inventory to estimated liquidation value.

Financial Instruments and Credit Risk Concentrations —Financial instruments which potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of cash, trade receivables and payables.

The Company maintains its cash balances and marketable securities at banks in Detroit, Michigan and Toronto, Canada. Accounts in the United States are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation up to $100. At December 31, 2006 and 2005, the Company had uninsured balances of $515 and $1,925, respectively.

As of December 31, 2006 two customers accounted for 22% of accounts receivable. Two customers accounted for 96% of unbilled revenue at December 31, 2006. Two customers accounted for 22% of the revenue for the year ended December 31, 2006. As of December 31, 2005 three customers accounted for 80% of accounts receivable. Four customers accounted for 97% of unbilled revenue at December 31, 2005. Five customers accounted for 81% of the revenue for the year ended December 31, 2005.

During the year ended December 31, 2006 one supplier had purchases that exceeded 10% of total Company purchases (18%) and in 2005 no supplier accounted for more than 10% of purchases.

Research and Development Expenses . The Company expenses research and development costs as incurred. For the periods ended December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004 expenses were $209, $456, and $1,572, respectively.

 

See accompanying accountants’ audit report.

 

51


Table of Contents

VERI-TEK INTERNATIONAL CORP.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

For the Year Ended December 31, 2006 and 2005

Note 3. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies—(Continued)

 

Advertising —Advertising costs are expensed as incurred and were $87, $66 and $0 for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004, respectively.

Litigation Claims —In determining whether liabilities should be recorded for pending litigation claims, the Company must assess the allegations and the likelihood that it will successfully defend itself. When the Company believes it is probable that it will not prevail in a particular matter, it will then make an estimate of the amount of liability based, in part, on advice of outside legal counsel.

Shipping and Handling —The Company records the amount of shipping and handling costs billed to customers as revenue. The cost incurred for shipping and handling is included in the cost of sales.

Foreign Currency Translation —The financial statements of the company’s non-U.S. subsidiary is translated using the current exchange rate for current assets and liabilities, historical rates for long-term assets and liabilities and the weighted- average exchange rate for the year for income and expense items. Resulting translation adjustments are recorded to Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) (OCI) as a component of stockholder’s equity.

Use of Estimates —The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect certain reported amounts and disclosures. Accordingly, actual results could differ from those estimates.

Income Taxes —The Company accounts for income taxes under the provisions of SFAS No. 109, “Accounting for Income Taxes,” which requires recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been included in the Company’s financial statements or tax returns. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the differences between the financial accounting and tax basis of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse.

In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets, management considers whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income prior to the expiration of any net operating loss carryforwards. The Company could not conclude that it was more likely than not that the entire deferred tax asset related to 2006 net operating loss (“NOL”) would be fully utilized. As such, a valuation allowance of $2,128 was established, which represents the amount that total deferred tax assets exceed total deferred tax liabilities.

Accrued Warranties —Effective January, 1, 2006, warranty costs are accrued at the time revenue is recognized. Prior to January 1, 2006 warranty services were expensed in the period in which the services were provide. In 2006, additional charges of approximately $53 were recorded to provide for unasserted warranty claims that existed at December 31, 2005.

The Company’s products are typically sold with a warranty covering defects that arise during a fixed period of time. The specific warranty offered is a function of customer expectations and competitive forces.

Effective January 1, 2006, a liability for estimated warranty claims is accrued at the time of sale. The liability is established using historical warranty claim experience. Historical warranty experience is, however, reviewed by

 

See accompanying accountants’ audit report.

 

52


Table of Contents

VERI-TEK INTERNATIONAL CORP.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

For the Year Ended December 31, 2006 and 2005

Note 3. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies—(Continued)

 

management. The current provision may be adjusted to take into account unusual or non-recurring events in the past or anticipated changes in future warranty claims. Adjustments to the initial warranty accrual are recorded if actual claim experience indicates that adjustments are necessary. Warranty reserves are reviewed to ensure critical assumptions are updated for known events that may impact the potential warranty liability.

Sale and Leaseback —In accordance with FASB 13, 66 and 98, the Company has recorded deferred revenue in relationship to the sale and leaseback of one of our operating facilities. As such, the gain on the sale of the land and building has been deferred and is being amortized on a straight line basis over the life of the lease.

Computation of EPS —Basic Earnings per Share (“EPS”) was computed by dividing net loss by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period.

In September 2004, the Emerging Issues Task Force reached a final consensus on Issue N. 04-8, “The Effect of Contingently Convertible Debt on Diluted EPS” (EITF 04-8). Contingently convertible debt instruments are financial instruments that add a contingent feature to a convertible debt instrument. The conversion feature is triggered when one or more specified contingencies occur and at least one of these contingencies is based on market price. Prior to the issuance of EITF 04-8, SFAS 128 had been widely interpreted to allow the exclusion of common shares underlying contingently convertible debt instruments from the calculation of diluted EPS in instances where conversion depends on the achievement of a specified market price of the issuer’s shares. The consensus requires that these underlying common shares be included in the diluted EPS computations, if dilutive, regardless of whether the market price contingency or any other contingent factor has been met. The consensus, which is effective for reporting periods ending after December 15, 2004, requires the restatement of diluted EPS for all prior periods presented. As of December 31, 2004, Veri-Tek had a contingently convertible debt instrument. In February 2005, $7,125 of subordinated debt was converted to shares of common stock upon consummation of the initial public offering.

The number of shares related to options, warrants, and similar instruments included in diluted EPS (“EPS”) is based on the “Treasury Stock Method” prescribed in SFAS No. 128. This method assumes theoretical repurchase of shares using proceeds of the respective stock option or warrant exercise at a price equal to the issuer’s average stock price during the related earnings period. Accordingly, the number of shares includable in the calculation of EPS in respect of the stock options, warrants, and similar instruments is dependent on this average stock price and will increase as the average stock price increases.

Securities of a subsidiary that are convertible into its parent company’s common stock shall be considered among potential common shares of the parent company for the purposes of computing consolidated diluted EPS.

Including the contingently convertible debt in the diluted EPS calculation is anti-dilutive when there is a loss and is, therefore, excluded from the diluted per share calculation under paragraph 16 of SFAS 128. The effect of applying paragraph 16 of SFAS 128 resulted in the exclusion of 820,044, 26,283, and 199,863 shares related to convertible debt, exchangeable securities, or warrants from the diluted EPS calculation of the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively.

Comprehensive income —Statement of Financial Accounting Standard (“SAFS”) No. 130 “Reporting Comprehensive Income” requires reporting and displaying comprehensive income and its components.

 

See accompanying accountants’ audit report.

 

53


Table of Contents

VERI-TEK INTERNATIONAL CORP.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

For the Year Ended December 31, 2006 and 2005

Note 3. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies—(Continued)

 

Comprehensive income includes, in addition to net earnings, other items that are reported as direct adjustments to stockholder’s equity. Currently, the only Comprehensive income adjustment required for the Company is a foreign currency translation adjustment. Comprehensive income was ($8,945), ($2,252), ($3,454) for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004.

Reclassifications — Certain reclassifications have been made to the 2005 and 2004 financial statements to conform to the 2006 presentation.

Variable Interest Entities

In December 2003, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued Interpretation No. 46 (Revised), Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities (“FIN No. 46R”). This pronouncement clarifies the application of Accounting Research Bulletin No. 51, Consolidated Financial Statements, and changes the criteria by which one Company includes another entity in its consolidated financial statements. This may occur when equity investors do not have the characteristics of a controlling financial interest or do not have sufficient equity at risk for the entity to finance its activities without additional financial subordinated support from other parties. Although the Company is not required to consolidate under FIN 46R; the Company has determined that it has a significant variable interest in a related entity, for which it is not the primary beneficiary.

At December 31, 2006, the company had a significant variable interest in a related entity GT Distribution, LLC in the form of a receivable in the amount of $4,722. Primarily because of the common shareholder ownership between the Company and GT Distribution, LLC, the Company is exposed to risk in regards to its variable interest. At the end of 2006, the carrying amount of the assets of GT Distribution, LLC totaled $11,940 and the carrying amount of its debt totaled $14,014. During the year ended December 31, 2006 GT Distribution, LLC had revenue of approximately $20,223. The maximum exposure to the Company is the carrying amount of the receivable recorded at $4,722.

Note 4. Initial Public Offering

On February 14, 2005, the Company offered 2,500,000 shares of common stock at $6.00 per share in its initial public offering. All shares were purchased and the Company received $13,950, net of fees of $1,050, on February 18, 2005.

On March 2, 2005, the underwriter exercised its option to purchase an additional 375,000 shares at $6.00 per share. The Company received $2,093, net of fees of $157, on March 2, 2005.

The Company had additional expenses related to its initial public offering of $985, which includes accounting, legal and printing costs. The Company’s net cash proceeds after fees and expenses were $15,057.

Upon completion of the initial public offering, the Company used approximately $8,000 of the net proceeds to repay the then outstanding balance of a revolving credit facility. Approximately $4,600 of the initial public offering proceeds was primarily used by the Company to fund operations or acquire capital equipment. Approximately, $2,500 of initial offering proceeds remained at the time of the Quantum Value Management (“QVM”) acquisition. The remaining funds were used to pay down debt acquired in the QVM acquisition that occurred on July 3, 2006.

 

See accompanying accountants’ audit report.

 

54


Table of Contents

VERI-TEK INTERNATIONAL CORP.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

For the Year Ended December 31, 2006 and 2005

 

Note 5. Inventory

The components of inventory at December 31 are summarized as follows:

 

     2006    2005

Raw Materials and Purchased Parts

   $ 12,498    $ 119

Work in Process

     3,919      —  

Finished Goods and Replacement Parts

     1,013      1,043
             

Inventories, net

   $ 17,430    $ 1,162
             

At December 31, 2006 and 2005, the Company’s inventory included $438 and $1,014 of equipment. Equipment included in inventory is not subject to amortization or depreciation. In 2005, the Company transferred approximately $528 of equipment from inventory to property, plant and equipment. This equipment was reclassified when the Company decided to use the equipment to manufacture driveshafts and no longer held the equipment out for sale.

Note 6. Property, Plant and Equipment

Property, plant and equipment consists of the following:

 

     2006     2005  

Building

   $ 4,913     $ —    

Machinery and Equipment

     802       680  

Furniture and Fixtures

     9       22  

Leasehold Improvements

     157       43  

Assets under Development

     703       1,305  

Computer Software & Equipment

     59       223  

Motor Vehicles

     52       —    
                

Totals

     6,695       2,273  

Less: Accumulated Depreciation

     (278 )     (188 )
                

Net Property and Equipment

   $ 6,417     $ 2,085  
                

Depreciation expense was $355 (net of $190 amortization of deferred gain on building), $125, and $66 in 2006, 2005, and 2004 respectively. All Company assets were recorded in compliance with the provisions of SFAS No. 13. The gross value of the building capitalized was $4,913. Included in accumulated depreciation is the $208 of depreciation recorded related to the building capitalized during 2006.

Note 7. Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

The Company accounts for Other Intangible Assets under the guidance of SFAS No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets”. Under SFAS No. 142, Other Intangible Assets with definite lives are amortized over their estimated useful lives. Indefinite and definite lived intangible assets are subject to annual impairment testing.

 

See accompanying accountants’ audit report.

 

55


Table of Contents

VERI-TEK INTERNATIONAL CORP.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

For the Year Ended December 31, 2006 and 2005

Note 7. Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets—(Continued)

 

The Company capitalizes certain costs related to patent technology. Additionally, a substantial portion of the purchase price related to the Company’s acquisitions has been assigned to patents or unpatented technology, trade name, customer backlog, and customer relationships. The intangibles acquired in acquisitions have been valued using a discounted flow approach. Intangibles, except goodwill, are being amortized over their estimated useful lives.

 

     December 31,    

Useful Lives

     2006     2005    

Patented and unpatented technology

   $ 14,939     $ 4,851     10-17 years

Amortization

     (1,420 )     (639 )  

Impairment reserve, net of Accumulated Amortization

     (3,915 )    

Customer relationships

     7,348       —       20 years

Amortization

     (172 )     —      

Trade names and trademarks

     4,337       —       25 years

Amortization

     (85 )     —      

Customer Backlog

     506       —       < 1 year

Amortization

     (255 )     —      
                  

Intangible assets

     21,283       4,212    

Goodwill

     13,305       —      
                  

Goodwill and other intangibles

   $ 34,588     $ 4,212    
                  

Amortization expense was $1,288 for the period ended December 31, 2006 and $296 and $296 for the periods ended December 31, 2005 and 2004. As part of the Company’s required annual impairment analysis and its segment disposal review, an impairment charge in the Testing & Assembly Equipment segment of $3,915 was made relating to patent carrying value as of December 31, 2006 resulting in a $0 carrying value.

Estimated amortization expense for the next five years is as follows:

 

2007

   $ 1,800

2008

   $ 1,549

2009

   $ 1,549

2010

   $ 1,549

2011

   $ 1,549

And subsequent

   $ 13,287

 

See accompanying accountants’ audit report.

 

56


Table of Contents

VERI-TEK INTERNATIONAL CORP.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

For the Year Ended December 31, 2006 and 2005

 

Note 8. Accrual Detail

 

     As of Year Ended
December 31,
       2006    2005

Account Balances:

     

Trade Payable

   $ 13,641    $ 767

Bank Overdraft

     827      —  
             

Accounts Payable

   $ 14,468    $ 767
             

Accrued Payroll

   $ 596    $ 72

Accrued Bonus

     369      —  

Accrued Interest

     256      —  

Accrued Commissions

     133      143

Accrued Expenses—Other

     259      54

Accrued Warranty

     871      —  

Accrued Income Tax

     64      —  

Accrued Product Liability

     647      —  
             

Total Accrued Expenses

   $ 3,195    $ 269
             

Note 9. Line of Credit and Debt

Revolving Credit Facility

At December 31, 2006, the Company had drawn $14,121 under a revolving credit agreement with Comerica bank. The Company is eligible to borrow up to $16,500 with interest at prime plus 1% (prime was 8.25% at December 31, 2006). The maximum amount of outstanding is limited to the sum of 85% of eligible receivable, 75% eligible Canadian accounts and the lesser of 65% of eligible inventory or $7,500 plus $2,500. The credit facility’s original maturity dated was January 2, 2005. The maturity date has subsequently been extended and the note is now due on April 1, 2008. The indebtedness is collateralized by substantially all of the Company assets. Additionally, certain shareholders’ of the Company have personally guaranteed $2,500 of the note. The facility contains customary limitations including, but not limited to, acquisitions, dividends, repurchase of the Company’s stock and capital expenditures. The Agreement also requires the Company to have a minimum Tangible Effective Net Worth, as defined in the agreement.

Revolving Canadian Credit Facility

At December 31, 2006 Manitex Liftking ULC, had a revolving credit agreement with a bank. The Company is eligible to borrow up to $3,500 (CDN) with interest at Canadian prime rate plus 2%. The maximum amount outstanding is limited to the sum of 80% of eligible receivables and the lesser of 50% of eligible inventory or $2,500 (CDN). The indebtedness is collateralized by substantially all of Manitex Liftking ULC’s assets. At December 31, 2006, the Canadian Line of Credit did not have an outstanding balance.

Revolving Credit Facility

As a result of the initial public offering in February 2005, the Company’s outstanding balance on its revolving credit facility was reduced to zero and the credit facility was terminated. On February 28, 2005, the Company entered into an agreement with its bank for a new credit facility, one with more favorable terms. The new facility

 

See accompanying accountants’ audit report.

 

57


Table of Contents

VERI-TEK INTERNATIONAL CORP.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

For the Year Ended December 31, 2006 and 2005

Note 9. Line of Credit and Debt—(Continued)

 

was a two year, $8,000 revolving credit facility secured by substantially all of the Company’s assets. The facility was to expire on February 28, 2007. The facility contained customary limitations including, but not limited to, acquisitions, dividends, and capital expenditures. The interest rate was variable and advances could bear interest at the Eurodollar based rate or the prime based rate. As of June 30, 2006, the facility had a zero balance. The unused facility was merged into Quantum Value Management, LLC’s (“QVM”) existing $16,500 revolving credit facility as part of the acquisition of QVM.

Note Payable Issued to Acquire QVM

In connection with the Acquisition, the Company has a note payable to the former Members of QVM for $1,072. The note matures on July 2, 2009 or earlier if there is a change in control as defined in the note or if the Company receives cash proceeds of at least $25,000 from the sale of its common stock or securities convertible or exchange for its common stock. Interest is payable on the first day of each calendar quarter, commencing on September 1, 2006. The Interest is computed using the prime rate announced by Comerica Bank at its Detroit office on the last business day immediately preceding the applicable interest payment date. In the event of default interest is accelerated and increase to prime plus 3%.

Note Payable Issued to Acquire Liftking Industries

In connection with the Liftking Industries’ Acquisition, the Company has a note payable to the seller for $3,200 (CDN). The Note shall provide for interest at 1% over the prime rate of interest charged by Comerica Bank, calculated from the closing date and payable quarterly in arrears commencing April 1, 2007, and for principal payments of two hundred thousand dollars (CDN) quarterly commencing April 1, 2007, with the final installment of principal and interest thereon due December 31, 2011. The note payable is subject to a general security agreement which subordinates the seller’s security interest to the interest of the buyer’s senior secured credit facility, but shall otherwise rank ahead of the seller’s other secured creditors.

Note Payable—Bank

At December 31, 2006, the Company has a $14,000 note payable to a bank. The note payable to the bank was assumed in connection with the QVM acquisition. The note was due on September 10, 2006 .The maturity date has subsequently been extended and the note is now due on April 1, 2008. The note has an interest rate of prime plus 1% until maturity, whether by acceleration or otherwise, or until default, as defined in the agreement, and after that at a default rate of prime plus 4%. Interest is payable the first day of each month. The bank has been granted security interest in substantially all the assets of the Company’s Manitex subsidiary. The former members of QVM unconditionally guarantee the note.

Subordinated Debt

The Company had a note payable to a shareholder with interest at 20% per annum which required quarterly interest only payments of 8% with the remaining 12% added to principal when due. The principal balance and all outstanding interest were originally due in full on August 1, 2008. The note was subordinate to the line of credit. In April 2004, the agreement was modified to accrue all interest and add the interest to the principal. In October 2004, the rate was modified to include a conversion option to convert the total amount due, including interest, upon the Company’s completion of its initial public offering. In February 2005, the Company issued 1,195,900 shares of common stock as settlement for the $7,175 of debt, including $1,275 of interest.

 

See accompanying accountants’ audit report.

 

58


Table of Contents

VERI-TEK INTERNATIONAL CORP.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

For the Year Ended December 31, 2006 and 2005

 

Note 10. Income Taxes

Information pertaining to the Company’s income before income taxes is as follows:

 

     Year ended December 31,  
     2006     2005     2004  

Income (loss) before income taxes:

      

Domestic

   $ (9,724 )   $ (3,336 )   $ (5,224 )

Foreign

     (491 )     —         —    
                        

Total income before taxes

   $ (10,215 )   $ (3,336 )   $ 5,224 )
                        

Information pertaining to the Company’s provision (benefit) for income taxes is as follows:

 

     Year ended
December 31,
 
     2006     2005  

Provision (benefit) for income taxes:

    

Current:

    

Federal

   $ 64     $ —    

State and local

     42       —    
                
     106       —    

Deferred:

    

Federal

     (1,432 )     (1,084 )

State and local

     —         —    
                

Total provision for income taxes

   $ (1,326 )   $ (1,084 )
                

The Company recorded a tax provision (benefit) of ($1,326) (an effective tax rate of 12.98%) and ($1,084) (an effective tax rate of 32.49%) for the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively. The Company also recorded net deferred tax liabilities of $4,518 in the purchase accounting for Manitex, Inc.

 

See accompanying accountants’ audit report.

 

59


Table of Contents

VERI-TEK INTERNATIONAL CORP.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

For the Year Ended December 31, 2006 and 2005

Note 10. Income Taxes—(Continued)

 

Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and income tax purposes. Significant components of the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows:

 

     Year ended
December 31,
     2006     2005

Deferred tax assets:

    

Current:

    

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

   $ 1,303     $ 577

Long-term:

    

Deferred gain

     1,465       —  

Property, plant and equipment

     613       —  

Unrealized foreign currency loss

     30       —  

Net operating loss carryforwards

     3,326       2,529

Tax credit carryforwards

     31    
              

Total deferred tax asset

     6,768       3,106

Valuation allowance

     (2,128 )     —  
              

Total deferred tax asset net of valuation allowance

     4,640       3,106

Deferred tax liabilities:

    

Long-term:

    

Property, plant and equipment

     —         20

Intangibles

     4,640       —  
              

Total deferred tax liability

     4,640       20
              

Net deferred tax liabilities

   $ —       $ 3,086
              

The effective tax rate before income taxes varies from the current statutory federal income tax rate as follows:

 

     Year ended
December 31,
 
     2006     2005  

Statutory rate

   34.00 %   34.00 %

State and local taxes

   -0.27     0.00  

Permanent differences

   -0.22     -1.51  

Change in valuation allowance

   -20.55     0.00  
            
   12.98 %   32.49 %
            

In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets, management considers whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income prior to the expiration of any net operating loss carryforwards. Due to the uncertainty regarding the Company’s ability to utilize its net operating losses in the future, the Company has provided a full valuation allowance against its net deferred tax assets. For the year ended December 31, 2006, a valuation allowance of $2,128 was recorded.

 

See accompanying accountants’ audit report.

 

60


Table of Contents

VERI-TEK INTERNATIONAL CORP.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

For the Year Ended December 31, 2006 and 2005

Note 10. Income Taxes—(Continued)

 

The Company has approximately $9,800 and $7,400 of federal net operating loss carryforwards at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively. Such loss carryforwards expire beginning in 2023 through 2026, if not utilized, and may be subject to certain utilization limitations provided by the Internal Revenue Code.

In October 2004, the American Jobs Creation Act of 2004 (the “Act”) became effective. The Act made changes to the income tax laws that affected the Company beginning in 2005, the most significant of which is a new deduction relating to qualifying domestic production activities. The deduction is equal to 3% of qualifying income for 2005 and 2006, 6% in 2007 through 2009, and by 2010, 9% of such income. Due to limitations associated with claiming the benefits of this deduction, the Company did not derive any benefits in 2006 or 2005.

Note 11. Supplemental Cash Flow Disclosures

Interest received and paid, income taxes paid and non-cash transactions incurred during the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004 were as follows:

 

     2006    2005    2004

Interest Received

   $ 39    $ 155    $ —  

Interest Paid

     1,713      54      261

Income Taxes

     631      —        —  

Non-Cash Transactions:

        

Acquisition note—QVM

     1,072      —        —  

Acquisition note—Lifting Industries, Inc.

     2,796      —        —  

Acquisition stock—QVM

     916      —        —  

Acquisition stock—Liftking Industries, Inc

     1,024      —        —  

Interest Expense added to Principal Debt

     —        —        1,075

Conversion of Debt to Stock

     —        7,175      —  

Capitalization of Machines from Inventory

     —        527      —  

Note 12. Operating and Capital Leases

The Company has a twelve year lease which expires in April 2018 that provides for monthly lease payments of $67 for its Georgetown, Texas facility. The lease has been classified as a capital lease under the provisions of FASB Statement No. 13. The Company has also entered into several small equipment leases, with lease terms of three years or less that it has determined are required to be capitalized under the provisions of FASB Statement No. 13. The remaining minimum lease payments for these leases are approximately $199.

The Company leases its Wixom, MI facility under an operating lease. Monthly payments under the lease are $22. The lease expires September 1, 2007. Total rent expense related to this lease was $262 each for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004, respectively.

The Company leases its Woodbridge, Ontario facility under an operating lease. Monthly payments under the lease are $32. The lease expires May 31, 2009. Total rent expense related to this lease was $32 for the year ended December 31, 2006.

 

See accompanying accountants’ audit report.

 

61


Table of Contents

VERI-TEK INTERNATIONAL CORP.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

For the Year Ended December 31, 2006 and 2005

Note 12. Operating and Capital Leases—(Continued)

 

The Company leases certain equipment and vehicles under leases that are classified as operating leases under FASB No. 13. Total rent expense for to these leases were $26 and $38, and $81 for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004.

Future Minimum Lease Payments are:

 

Years

   Operating Leases    Capital Leases

2007

   $ 685    $ 936

2008

     418      856

2009

     164      804

2010

     —        804

2011

     —        804

Subsequent

     —        5,092
             

Total Minimum Lease Payments

   $ 1,267    $ 9,296
             

Less: imputed interest of approximately 12%

        4,255
         

Present value of minimum lease payment

      $ 5,041
         

 

Capital Item

   Cost    Accumulated
Depreciation
   Depreciation
Expense
   Interest
Expense

Building—Georgetown, TX

   $ 4,913    $ 208    $ 18    $ 307

Other Capitalized lease

     87      8      2      3
                           

Capital Equipment Totals

   $ 5,000    $ 216    $ 20    $ 310
                           

Sales and Leaseback —In accordance with FASB 13, 66 and 98, at December 31, 2006, the Company has deferred revenue of $4,310 related to the sales and leaseback of Georgetown operating facilities.

Note 13. 401K Profit Sharing Plan

The Company’s Testing & Assembly Equipment segment sponsors a 401K profit sharing plan that covers all Testing & Assembly Equipment segment employees of the Company. The plan allows eligible employees to withhold amounts from their pay on a pre-tax basis and invest in self directed investment accounts.

The Company’s Manitex, Inc. subsidiary also sponsors a 401K plan for all Manitex employees. The plan is open to employees 21 years of age & older. There is no minimum employment duration required before eligibility. The plan allows for monthly enrollment and contribution changes.

The current discretionary match authorized by Manitex, Inc. is a dollar for dollar match on the first 3% of income, followed by a $.50 contribution for each dollar invested on the next 3% of income. There is currently no dollar limit regarding matched funds and the plan also calls for immediate vesting of the employer contribution component. The employer match is paid when payroll is processed.

The amount paid in matching contributions by the company since the QVM acquisition is approximately $91.

 

See accompanying accountants’ audit report.

 

62


Table of Contents

VERI-TEK INTERNATIONAL CORP.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

For the Year Ended December 31, 2006 and 2005

 

Note 14. Accrued Warranties

Effective January 1, 2006, a liability for estimated warranty claims is accrued at the time of sale. The liability is established using historical warranty claim experience. Historical warranty experience is, however, reviewed by management.

The current provision may be adjusted to take into account unusual or non-recurring events in the past or anticipated changes in future warranty claims. Adjustments to the initial warranty accrual are recorded if actual claim experience indicates that adjustments are necessary. Warranty reserves are reviewed to ensure critical assumptions are updated for known events that may impact the potential warranty liability.

The following table summarizes the changes in product warranty liability:

 

     2006  

Balance December 31, 2005

   $ —    

Business Acquired

     849  

Accrual for warranties issued during the year

     870  

Warranty Services provided

     (873 )

Changes in estimates

     25  
        

Balance December 31, 2006

   $ 871  
        

Note 15. Unrealized Loss on Cost in Excess of Billing

During the year ended December 31, 2006, the Company wrote off $169 of outstanding reserves against cost in excess of billings and reduced the outstanding reserves associated with the two contracts where payment was determined to be permanently impaired due to customer refusal to tender payment.

During the year ended December 31, 2005, the Company recorded reserves totaling $169 against cost in excess of billings related to two contracts for two different customers. The customers have raised questions regarding the capabilities of the specialty equipment being constructed for them. The reserves reduce the carrying value of the contracts to the estimated net realizable value of the contracts.

During the year ended December 31, 2004, a customer delayed delivery on a piece of equipment currently under contract and substantially completed. The customer’s failure to take delivery has raised doubt to the realization of the amounts to be billed under the contract. Therefore, management has recorded a reserve of $1,565, net of recoverable value of the equipment, against cost in excess of billings.

 

See accompanying accountants’ audit report.

 

63


Table of Contents

VERI-TEK INTERNATIONAL CORP.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

For the Year Ended December 31, 2006 and 2005

 

Note 16. Segment Information

The following is financial information for our two operating segments, i.e., Lifting Equipment and Testing & Assembly Equipment. The financial information for the Lifting segment is included from the date of acquisition(s).

 

     Year ended December 31,  
     2006     2005     2004  

Net Sales

      

Lifting Equipment

   $ 40,676     $ —       $ —    

Testing & Assembly Equipment

     5,092       7,641       7,929  
                        

Total

   $ 45,768     $ 7,641     $ 7,929  

Operating Earnings

      

Lifting Equipment

   $ 1,976     $ —       $ —    

Testing & Assembly Equipment

     (10,246 )     (3,432 )     (3,889 )
                        

Total

   $ (8,270 )   $ (3,432 )   $ (3,889 )

Total Assets

      

Lifting Equipment

   $ 70,452     $ —       $ —    

Testing & Assembly Equipment

     13,392       17,227       11,885  
                        

Total

   $ 83,844     $ 17,227     $ 11,885  

Acquisitions accounted for as purchases have been included in the Company’s results from their respective dates of acquisition. QVM and Manitex Liftking were acquired on July 3, 2006 and November 30, 2006, respectively. Expenses of corporate nature incurred after the QVM acquisition have been allocated to the two segments.

The percentage of our revenue by country for the past three years is as follows:

 

     2006     2005     2004  

United States

   80 %   33 %   81 %

Canada

   10     —       —    

Brazil

   5     19     —    

Korea

   3     33     4  

Mexico

   1     15     15  

China

   1     —       —    
                  
   100 %   100 %   100 %
                  

 

See accompanying accountants’ audit report.

 

64


Table of Contents

VERI-TEK INTERNATIONAL CORP.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

For the Year Ended December 31, 2006 and 2005

Note 16. Segment Information—(Continued)

 

The Company attributes revenue to different geographic areas based on the location of the installation or shipment of the equipment sold. Long-Lived Assets are based on where the operating unit is domiciled. Revenues and Long-Lived Assets for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004 are as follows:

Long Lived Asset break-out

 

     2006    2005

United States

   $ 46,036    $ 9,603

Other North America

     1,694      —  
             

Total Long-Lived Assets

   $ 47,730    $ 9,603
             

Due to the nature of the Company’s business, the Company’s sales are concentrated with a small number of customers representing more than 10% of the total revenues. In 2006, the Company had two customers with revenues that equaled or exceeded 10% of total revenues. The percentage for these two customers was 12% and 10%. In 2005, the Company had five customers with revenues that exceeded 10% of total revenues. The percents for each of the five customers are 19.3%, 18.5%, 17.3%, 13.7% and 12.7%. In 2004, the Company had three customers with revenues that exceeded 10% of total revenues. The percents for each of the three customers are 35.7%, 24.4% and 16.8%.

Note 17. Acquisitions

QVM (Manitex) Acquisition

On July, 3, 2006, pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, dated as of May 16, 2006 and as amended on July 3, 2006 with Quantum Value Management, LLC (“QVM” or the “Parent”) and all of the members of the Parent (the “Members”), the Company purchased from the Members all the outstanding membership interest of the Parent (the “Acquisition”). The Company acquired Manitex through its acquisition of all the membership interest in the Parent. The aggregate consideration (the “Consideration”) paid in connection with the Acquisition was approximately $1,998, which is subject to post-closing working capital adjustments, consisting of (i) 234,875 shares of the Company common stock valued at $916, and (ii) a Non-Negotiable Subordinated Promissory Note for approximately $1,072.

The issuance of $1,072 negotiable subordinate promissory note and stock issued valued at $916 did not result in any actual cash receipts or disbursements; therefore, they are non-cash items. As such, the $1,988 is not reflected in the Company’s Statement of Cash Flows; however, it does affect both investing and financing activities of the Company.

The Acquisition has been accounted for as a purchase business combination. Under the purchase method of accounting, the assets acquired and liabilities assumed are recorded at the date of acquisition at their respective fair values.

 

See accompanying accountants’ audit report.

 

65


Table of Contents

VERI-TEK INTERNATIONAL CORP.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

For the Year Ended December 31, 2006 and 2005

Note 17. Acquisitions—(Continued)

 

The results of operations for the Acquisition have been included in the accompanying consolidated statement of operations from the date of the Acquisition. The total cost of the acquisition is as follows:

 

Acquisition Cost:

  

Promissory note issued by Veri-Tek

   $ 1,072  

Veri-Tek common stock (234,875 @$3.90)

     916  

Direct transaction fees and expenses

     11  

Cash and cash equivalents received

     (1 )
        

Total purchase price paid

   $ 1,998  

Less non-cash items:

  

Note

     (1,072 )

Common Stock

     (916 )
        

Net consideration paid

   $ 10  
        

The stock issued in connection with the acquisition of QVM is valued based on the average of closing prices for a four day period starting two days before the announcement of the acquisition and two days after the announcement of the acquisition.

The above purchase price has been allocated based on an estimate of the fair values of assets acquired and liabilities assumed. The final valuation of net assets is expected to be completed as soon as possible, but no later than one year from the acquisition date in accordance with generally accepted accounting principals.

The purchase price has been preliminarily allocated based on management’s estimates as follows (in thousands):

 

Purchase Price Allocation:

 

Trade receivables (net)

   $ 10,453  

Receivable from related parties

     4,945  

Inventories

     10,197  

Prepaid expense

     480  

Building and Equipment

     5,913  

Tradename & Trademarks

     4,200  

Patented & Unpatented Technology

     9,500  

Customer Backlog

     400  

Customer Relationships

     6,800  

Goodwill

     13,305  

Accounts payable

     (10,241 )

Accrued expenses & other current liabilities

     (7,494 )

Federal taxes Payable

     (579 )

Line of credit

     (16,156 )

Note payable

     (20,000 )

Capital Lease Obligations

     (5,207 )

Deferred tax liability

     (4,518 )
        

Total purchase price paid

   $ 1,998  
        

 

See accompanying accountants’ audit report.

 

66


Table of Contents

VERI-TEK INTERNATIONAL CORP.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

For the Year Ended December 31, 2006 and 2005

Note 17. Acquisitions—(Continued)

 

The above purchase price allocation is materially different from the one that is in our 8-K/A that was filed on September 19, 2006. Building and equipment is now estimated at $5,913. In the earlier filing, it was estimated at $1,000. The material increase is the result of capitalizing the lease related to the Georgetown facility. Subsequent to the filing of the 8-K/A, it was determined that the lease was required to be capitalized under the provisions of FASB Statement No. 13. Capitalization of the lease results in an increase in building and equipment and a corresponding increase in capital lease obligations.

Intangibles assets and goodwill increased from $27,180 to $34,588 which is principally the result of increases in liabilities at the date of acquisition. The increase reflects a deferred tax change of $6,208 (resulting in a deferred tax liability of $4,518) and an increase in accounts payable and accruals. The deferred tax liability is based on analysis of the differences between financial accounting and tax basis of the assets liabilities.

Also since the 8-K/A was filed on September 19, 2006, a valuation study has been completed to allocate the purchase price. This resulted in a significant reduction of goodwill with an offsetting increase in identifiable intangibles. The identifiable intangibles have definitive lives and, therefore, are amortized. The amortization of the identifiable intangibles is not deductible for taxes purposes and, therefore, gives rise to a deferred tax liability. The non-deductible amortization was taken into account in completing the analysis referred to in preceding paragraph.

Accounts payable and accruals were adjusted to account for additional liabilities that were discovered after the 8-K/A was filed.

A history of operating margins and profitability, service and manufacturing base and a leading presence in the lifting equipment industry resulted in the recognition of $13,305 of Goodwill.

Note payable Assumed in the QVM Acquisition

QVM, at the date of the Acquisition, had a $20,000 note payable to a bank that was due on September 10, 2006. The maturity date has subsequently been extended and the note is now due on April 1, 2008. The note has an interest rate of prime plus 1% until maturity, whether by acceleration or otherwise, or until default, as defined in the agreement, and after that at a default rate of prime plus 4%. Interest is payable the first day of each month. The bank has been granted security interest in substantially all the assets of the Company’s Manitex subsidiary. The former members of QVM unconditionally guarantee the note.

Liftking Acquisition

On November 30, 2006, the Company, through its wholly owned subsidiary, Manitex Liftking, ULC, an Alberta unlimited liability company (“Manitex Liftking”) completed the acquisition (the “Liftking Acquisition”) of all of the operating assets of Liftking Industries, Inc. an Ontario, Canada corporation (“Lifting”). The aggregate consideration (the “Consideration”) paid in connection with the Acquisition was approximately $7,140, which is subject to post-closing working capital adjustment. The Consideration paid includes $3,320 of cash, 266,000 exchangeable shares of common stock of Manitex Liftking, valued at $1,024 and a Non-Negotiable Subordinated Promissory Note for approximately $2,796.

 

See accompanying accountants’ audit report.

 

67


Table of Contents

VERI-TEK INTERNATIONAL CORP.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

For the Year Ended December 31, 2006 and 2005

Note 17. Acquisitions—(Continued)

 

The total cost of the Liftking Industries acquisition is as follows:

 

Acquisition Cost:

  

Promissory note issued

   $ 2,796  

Manitex common stock (266,000 @$3.85)

     1,024  

Cash and cash equivalents

     3,320  
        

Total purchase price paid

   $ 7,140  

Less non cash items:

  

Note

     (2,796 )

Exchangeable Subsidiary Stock

     (1,024 )
        

Net consideration paid

   $ 3,320  
        

The issuance of $2,796 negotiable subordinate promissory note and exchangeable stock issued valued at $1,024 did not result in any actual cash receipts or disbursements; therefore, they are non-cash items. As such, the $3,820 is not reflected in the Company’s Statement of Cash Flows; however, it does affect both investing and financing activities of the Company.

The purchase price has been preliminarily allocated based on management’s estimates as follows:

 

Purchase Price Allocation:

  

(Thousands of Dollars)

  

Accounts Receivable (Net)

   $ 2,337  

Inventory

     6,926  

Prepaid Expenses

     174  

Equipment

     361  

Other Assets

     36  

Trade names & Trademarks

     137  

Technology

     582  

Customer Backlog

     106  

Customer Relationships

     549  

Accounts Payable

     (3,077 )

Accrued Expense

     (386 )

Progress & Customer Deposits

     (605 )
        

Total Purchase Price paid

   $ 7,140  
        

 

See accompanying accountants’ audit report.

 

68


Table of Contents

VERI-TEK INTERNATIONAL CORP.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

For the Year Ended December 31, 2006 and 2005

Note 17. Acquisitions—(Continued)

 

The following unaudited pro forma information assumes the acquisitions of QVM and Liftking occurred on January 1, 2005. The unaudited pro forma results have been prepared for informational purposes only and do not purport to represent the results of operations that would have been had the Acquisition occurred as of the date indicated, nor of future results of operations. The unaudited pro forma results for the year ended December 31, 2006 and 2005 are as follows (in thousand, except per share data)

 

     Twelve months Ended  
     December 31,
2006
    December 31,
2005
 

Net Sales

   $ 94,860     $ 85,980  

Net Earnings

   $ (11,572 )   $ (2,986 )

EPS:

    

Basic

   $ (2.02 )   $ (0.62 )

Diluted

   $ (2.02 )   $ (0.62 )

Pro Forma Adjustment Note

Pro Forma adjustments were made to give effect to the amortization of the intangibles recorded as a result of the acquisition, which would have resulted in $823 and $2,082 of additional amortization expense in 2006 and 2005, respectively. Additionally, Pro Forma adjustments were made to give effect to the interest on the notes to sellers issued in connection with the acquisitions (Manitex and Manitex Liftking), which would have resulted in $184 and $279 of additional interest expense in 2006 and 2005, respectively.

Note 18. Equity

Issuance of Common Stock and Warrants

Stock Split

On July 1, 2004 the Board of Directors authorized a 300 to 1 stock split to be implemented by stock dividend of 299 shares for each share outstanding to shareholders of record July 21, 2004 payable on July 21, 2004.

On February 7, 2005, the Board of Directors authorized a 1 for 3.730879244 reverse stock split to shareholders of record on February 7, 2005 effective on February 7, 2005.

Initial Public Offering

In February 2005, in connection with the Company’s initial offering the Company issued 2,875,000 shares of common stock. (See Note 4.)

Conversion of Debt Securities

In February 2005, Veri-Tek’s $7,175 contingently convertible subordinated debt was converted into 1,195,900 shares of common stock upon consummation of the initial public offering.

Stock Issuance

On July 3, 2006, the Company issued 234,875 shares of common stock in connection with its purchase of Manitex through the acquisition of all the membership interests of QVM.

 

See accompanying accountants’ audit report.

 

69


Table of Contents

VERI-TEK INTERNATIONAL CORP.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

For the Year Ended December 31, 2006 and 2005

Note 18. Equity—(Continued)

 

Private Placement

On November 15, 2006, the Company closed a $11,136 private placement of its common stock (the “Private Placement”) pursuant to the terms of a security purchase agreement entered into among the Company and certain institutional investors on November 3, 2006 (the “Securities Purchase Agreement”). Pursuant to the Securities Purchase Agreement, Veri-Tek issued 2,750,000 shares of its common stock. In connection with the sale of stock the Company incurred investment banking fees of $778 and legal fees of approximately $61. The Company’s net cash proceeds after fees and expenses were $10,298 with $8,026 and $2,272 being allocated to common stock and warrants, respectively.

In connection with the Private Place the Company has filed a Form S-3 Registration Statement to register the securities issued in the Private Placement. The Security and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) is currently reviewing the S-3 Registration Statement. As such, the S-3 Registration Statement has not yet been declared effective.

Stock Warrants

The Security Purchase Agreement provided for the issuance of series A and Series B warrants. The Series A Warrants and the Series B Warrants (together the “Warrants”) were issued upon the closing of the Private Placement and will be exercisable after the sixth month anniversary of the issuance date of the Warrants until November 15, 2011. The Series A warrant holders can purchase 550,000 shares of the Company’s common stock. The Series A Warrants have an exercise price of $4.05 per share. The Series B warrant holders can purchase 550,000 shares of the Company’s common stock. The Series B Warrants have an exercise price of $4.25 per share.

Roth Capital Partners, LLC acted as exclusive placement agent for the Private Placement and received cash and warrants to purchase the Company’s common stock as a placement agent fee.

The Company issued warrants to purchase an aggregate of 192,500 shares of the Company’s common stock to a finder and to Roth Capital Partners, LLC for acting as placement agent in connection with the Private Placement. These warrants will be exercisable until November 15, 2011, and have an exercise price of $4.62 per share.

The Warrants will be exercisable on a cashless basis under certain circumstances, and are callable under certain circumstances. In 2006, the Company issued warrants as follows:

 

Number of Shares

   Exercise Price    Expiration Date    In Connection With

550,000

   $4.05    November 15, 2011    Private placement

550,000

   $4.25    November 15, 2011    Private placement

192,500

   $4.62    November 15, 2011    Placement Agent Fee

In 2005 the Company did not issue any warrants.

 

See accompanying accountants’ audit report.

 

70


Table of Contents

VERI-TEK INTERNATIONAL CORP.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

For the Year Ended December 31, 2006 and 2005

Note 18. Equity—(Continued)

 

The following table contains information regarding warrants for the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005 respectively:

 

     2006    2005
     Warrants    Price per Share    Warrants    Price per Share

Outstanding on January 1

     —        —      —      —  

Issued

     1,292,500    $ 4.05-$4.62    —      —  

Exercised

     —        —      —      —  

Cancelled

     —        —      —      —  

Outstanding on December 31

     1,292,500    $ 4.05-$4.62    —      —  

Weighted average exercise price

   $ 4.22       —     

Weighted average fair value of warrants granted during the year

   $ 2,272,291       —     

Weighted average remaining life of warrants at December 31

     4.87 years       —     

The fair value of the warrants at date of issuance was estimated using the Black-Scholes Model with the following assumptions:

 

     2006     2005

Risk-free interest rate

   4.632 %   —  

Expected life

   5 years     —  

Expected dividends

   None     —  

Expected volatility

   52.189 %   —  

2004 Equity Incentive Plan

In 2004, the Company adopted the 2004 Equity Incentive Plan. The maximum number of shares of common stock reserved for issuance under the plan is 350,000 shares. The total number of shares reserved for issuance may, however, may be adjusted to reflect certain corporate transactions or changes in our capital structure. Our employees and members of our board of directors who are not our employees or employees of our affiliates are eligible to participate in the plan. The plan is administered by a committee of our board comprised of members who are outside directors. The plan provides that the committee has the authority to, among other things, select plan participants, determine the type and amount of awards, determine award terms, fix all other conditions of any awards, interpret the plan and any plan awards. Under the plan, the committee can grant stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units, performance shares and performance units, except Directors may not be granted stock appreciation rights, performance shares and performance units. During any calendar year, participants are limited in the number of grants they may receive under the plan. In any year, an individual may not receive options for more than 15,000 shares, stock appreciate rights with respect to more than 20,000 shares, more than 20,000 shares of restricted stock and/or an award for more than 10,000 performance

 

See accompanying accountants’ audit report.

 

71


Table of Contents

VERI-TEK INTERNATIONAL CORP.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

For the Year Ended December 31, 2006 and 2005

Note 18. Equity—(Continued)

 

shares or restricted stock units or performance units. The plan requires that the exercise price for stock options and stock appreciation rights be not less than fair market value of our common stock on date of grant.

Through December 31, 2006, no grants have been made under the 2004 Equity Incentive Plan.

Note 19. Minority Interest

On November 30, 2006, the Company issued 266,000 shares of stock in Manitex Liftking Canadian Subsidiary with a value of $1,024. These shares are exchangeable into 266,000 shares of the Company’s Common Stock. As of December 31, 2006, the shares had not yet been exchanged for Veri-Tek International Corp. Common Stock. Until the shares are exchanged, the value of the exchangeable shares is shown as a minority interest. The Company expects that the shares will be exchanged for Veri-Tek International Corp. Common Stock.

Note 20. Employee Stock Based Compensation

The Company adopted SFAS No. 123R. SFAS No. 123R requires the recognition of all stock-based payments in the financial statements based on the fair value of the award on the grant date after July 1, 2005. Prior to the adoption of SFAS No. 123R, the Company accounted for its stock-based compensation using the intrinsic value method under Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25, “Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees” and related interpretations as allowed under SFAS No. 123, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation.” The adoption of SFAS No. 123R had no effect as no options or stock appreciation rights have been issued under the Company’s 2004 Equity Incentive Plan.

Note 21. New Accounting Pronouncements

In November 2004, the FASB issued SFAS No. 151, “Inventory Costs, an amendment of ARB No. 43, Chapter 4.” This statement amends the guidance in ARB No. 43 Chapter 4, “Inventory Pricing”, to clarify the accounting for abnormal amounts of idle facility expense, freight, handling costs, and wasted material (spoilage). Paragraph 5 of ARB No. 43, Chapter 4, previously stated that, “…under some circumstances, items such as idle facility expense, excessive spoilage, double freight, and rehandling costs may be so abnormal to require treatment as a current period charges…” This statement requires that those items be recognized as current-period charges regardless of whether they meet the criterion of “so abnormal.” In addition, this statement requires that allocation of fixed production overheads to the costs of conversion be based on the normal capacity of the production facilities. The provisions of this statement will be effective for inventory costs during the fiscal years beginning after June 15, 2005. The Company adopted the statement on January 1, 2006. The adoption of this statement did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

On December 16, 2004, the FASB issued SFAS No. 123 (revised 2004), “Share-Based Payment”, which is a revision of SFAS No. 123, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation” (SFAS 123R). SFAS 123R supersedes APB Opinion No. 25, “Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees,” and amends SFAS 95, “Statement of Cash Flows.” Generally, the approach in SFAS 123R is similar to the approach described in SFAS 123. However, SFAS 123R requires all share-based payments to employees, including grants of employee stock options, to be recognized in the income statement based on their fair values. Pro forma disclosure is no longer an alternative. SFAS 123R must be adopted no later than July 1, 2005. Early adoption will be permitted in periods in which

 

See accompanying accountants’ audit report.

 

72


Table of Contents

VERI-TEK INTERNATIONAL CORP.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

For the Year Ended December 31, 2006 and 2005

Note 21. New Accounting Pronouncements—(Continued)

 

financial statements have not yet been issued. The Company adopted SFAS 123R on July 1, 2005. The adoption of this statement did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

In March 2005, the SEC released Staff Accounting Bulletin No 107, “Share Based Payment” (“SAB 107”), which provides interpretive guidance related to the interaction between SFAS 123(R) and certain SEC rules and regulations. In April 2005, the SEC amended the compliance dates for SFAS 123(R) to allow companies to implement the standard at the beginning of the next fiscal year, instead of the next reporting period beginning after June 15, 2005. The Company adopted the Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 107 on January 1, 2006. The adoption of this statement did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

In March 2005, the FASB issued FASB Interpretation No. 47, Accounting for Conditional Asset Retirement Obligations” (“FIN 47”). FIN 47 provides guidance relating to the identification of and financial reporting for legal obligations to perform an asset retirement activity. The Interpretation requires recognition of a liability for the fair value of a conditional asset retirement obligation when incurred if the liability’s fair value can be reasonably estimated. FIN 47 also defines when an entity would have sufficient information to reasonably estimate the fair value of an asset retirement obligation. The provision is effective no later than the end of fiscal years ending after December 15, 2005. The Company adopted FIN 47 on January 1, 2006. The adoption did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial position, results of operations, or cash flows.

In May 2005, the FASB issued FASB Statement No. 154, “Accounting Changes and Error Corrections.” This new standard replaces APB Opinion No. 20, “Accounting Changes, and FASB Statement No. 3, Reporting Accounting Changes in Interim Financial Statements,” and represents another step in the FASB’s goal to converge its standards with those issued by the IASB. Among other changes, Statement 154 requires that a voluntary change in accounting principle be applied retrospectively with all prior period financial statements presented on the new accounting principle, unless it is impracticable to do so. Statement 154 also provides that (1) a change in method of depreciating or amortizing a long-lived non-financial asset be accounted for as a change in estimate (prospectively) that was effected by a change in accounting principle, and (2) correction of errors in previously issued financial statements should be termed a “restatement.” The new standard is effective for accounting changes and correction of errors made in fiscal years beginning after December 5, 2005. Early adoption of this standard is permitted for accounting changes and correction of errors made in fiscal years beginning after June 1, 2005. The Company adopted the SFAS No. 154 on January 1, 2006. The adoption of the Statement did not have a material impact on its financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

In February of 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 155, “Accounting for Certain Hybrid Financial Instruments,” which is intended to simplify the accounting and improve the financial reporting of certain hybrid financial instruments (i.e. derivatives embedded in other financial instruments). The statement amends SFAS No. 133, “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities”, and SFAS No. 140, “Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishments of Liabilities – a replacement of FASB Statement No. 125.” SFAS No. 155 is effective for all financial instruments issued or acquired after the beginning of an entity’s first fiscal year beginning after September 15, 2006. The Company is currently evaluating the impact SFAS No. 155 will have on its financial statements, if any.

 

See accompanying accountants’ audit report.

 

73


Table of Contents

VERI-TEK INTERNATIONAL CORP.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

For the Year Ended December 31, 2006 and 2005

Note 21. New Accounting Pronouncements—(Continued)

 

In March 2006, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 156, “Accounting for Servicing of Financial Assets – an amendment of FASB Statement No. 140” which is effective for the fiscal years beginning after September 15, 2006. The FASB issues this statement to simplify the accounting for servicing rights and to reduce the volatility that results from using different measurement attributes. The Company has evaluated the new statement and determined that this statement will not have a significant impact on the determination or reporting of the Company’s financial results.

In September 2006, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 157, “Fair Value Measurements” which is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007 and for interim periods within those years. This statement defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value, and expands the related disclosure requirements. The Company is currently evaluating the potential impact of this statement.

In September 2006, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 158, “Employers’ Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans—an amendment of FASB Statements No. 87, 88, 106 and 132(R)” (SFAS 158). This statement requires balance sheet recognition of the overfunded or underfunded status of pension and postretirement benefit plans. Under SFAS 158, actuarial gains and losses, prior service costs or credits, and any remaining transition assets or obligations that have not been recognized under previous accounting standards must be recognized in Accumulated Other Non-Shareowners’ Changes in Equity, net of tax effects, until they are amortized as a component of net periodic benefit cost. In addition, the measurement date, the date at which plan assets and the benefit obligation are measured, is required to be the company’s fiscal year end. SFAS 158 is effective for publicly-held companies for fiscal years ending after December 15, 2006, except for the measurement date provisions, which are effective for fiscal years ending after December 15, 2008. The adoption of SFAS No. 158 is not expected to have a significant impact to the Company’s overall results or financial position.

In June 2006, the FASB issued FASB Interpretation No. 48 “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes (an interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109)” which is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2006. This interpretation was issued to clarify the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in the financial statements by prescribing a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. The Company is currently evaluating the potential impact of this interpretation.

In September 2006, the SEC issued Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 108, Considering the Effects of Prior Year Misstatements when Quantifying Misstatements in Current Year Financial Statements (SAB 108), to address diversity in practice in quantifying financial statement misstatements. SAB 108 requires that misstatements be quantified based on their impact on each of the Company’s financial statements and related disclosures. On December 31, 2006, the Company adopted SAB 108. The adoption of SAB 108 did not impact the Company’s financial statements.

 

See accompanying accountants’ audit report.

 

74


Table of Contents

VERI-TEK INTERNATIONAL CORP.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

For the Year Ended December 31, 2006 and 2005

 

Note 22. Contractual Obligations

     Payments due by period
     Total    2007    2008-2009    2010-2011    Thereafter

Revolving credit Facility

   $ 14,121    $ —      $ 14,121    $ —      $ —  

Term Loan

     14,000      —        14,000      —        —  

Note to Former QVM members

     1,072      —        —        —        1,072

Note to Liftking Industries, Inc.

     2,745      515      1,373      857   

Operating Lease Obligations

     1,267      685      582      —        —  

Capital Lease Obligations

     9,296      936      1,660      1,608      5,092

Purchase Obligations

     16,879      16,879      —        —        —  
                                  

Total

   $ 59,380    $ 19,015    $ 31,736    $ 2,465    $ 6,164
                                  

1) Purchase obligations include commitments of approximately $16,700 relating to inventory items. The balance is attributable to non-inventory items, including fixed assets, research and development materials, supplies and services.

Note 23. Transactions Between the Company and Related Parties

In the course of conducting its business, the Company has entered into certain related party transactions. In April, 2006, prior to its acquisition by the Company, Manitex completed a sale and leaseback transaction of its Georgetown, Texas facility to an entity controlled by one of its affiliates, who was also a significant shareholder of the Company. The sale price was $5,000 and the proceeds of the transactions were used to reduce Manitex’s debt under its credit facility. The lease has a twelve year term and provides for monthly rent of $67. Although the Company did not obtain an independent valuation of the property or the terms of the sale and leaseback transaction in connection with its acquisition of Manitex, it believes the terms of the lease are at least as favorable to the Company as they could have obtained from an unaffiliated third party.

The sale and leaseback transaction resulted in a gain of approximately $4,600. Per paragraph 33 of FASB Statement No. 13 “Accounting for Leases”, sales-leaseback transactions are treated as a single financing transaction in which any profit or loss on the sale is deferred and amortized. As such, the gain has been deferred and is being amortized on a straight line basis over the life of the lease. The lease has been classified as a capital lease under the provisions of FASB Statement No. 13. Furthermore, the land and building are treated as a single unit in this transaction because the fair value of the land is less than 25% the total fair value of the leased property at the inception of the lease. The amortization of the deferred gain offsets depreciation expense.

The Company, through its Manitex and Manitex Liftking subsidiaries, purchase and sell parts to GT Distribution, Inc. (“GT”). GT is owned in part by the Company’s Chairman and Chief Executive Officer. Although the Company does not independently verify the cost of such parts, it believes the terms of such purchases and sales were at least as favorable to the Company as terms that it could obtain from a third party. As of December 31, 2006, the Company had $37 outstanding Accounts Receivable from GT and $253 outstanding Accounts Payable due to GT with respect to the purchase and sale of parts.

GT has three operating subsidiaries, BGI USA, Inc. (“BGI”), Crane & Machinery, Inc., and Schaeff Lift Truck, Inc. BGI is a distributor of assembly parts used to manufacture various lifting equipment. Crane & Machinery, Inc. distributes Terex and Manitex cranes, and services and sells replacement parts for most brands of light duty

 

See accompanying accountants’ audit report.

 

75


Table of Contents

VERI-TEK INTERNATIONAL CORP.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

For the Year Ended December 31, 2006 and 2005

Note 23. Transactions Between the Company and Related Parties—(Continued)

 

and rough terrain cranes. Schaeff Lift Truck, Inc. manufactures electric forklifts and a line of heavy duty, rough terrain, diesel powered forklifts. Schaeff Lift Truck, Inc. has a 100% owned subsidiary domiciled in Bulgaria, SL Industries, Ltd.

The following is a summary of the amounts attributable to certain related party transactions as described in the footnotes to the table, for the periods indicated:

 

     2006    2005

Georgetown Facility 1

   $ 565    n.a

Woodbridge Facility 2

     32    n.a

Allocation of Insurance Expense 3

     139    n.a

Sales to:

     

Crane & Machinery

     67    n.a.
         

Total Sales

     67    n.a.

Purchases from:

     

BGI

     367    n.a.

SL Industries, Ltd

     512    n.a.

Noble International

     168    n.a.
         

Total Purchases

   $ 1,047    n.a.

1 The Company leases its 188,000 sq. ft. Georgetown, Texas manufacturing facility from an entity owned by one of the Company’s significant shareholders in fiscal 2006. Pursuant to the terms of the lease, the Company makes monthly lease payment of $67. The Company is also responsible for all the associated operating expenses including, insurance, property taxes and repairs. Under the lease, which expires April 30, 2018, monthly rent is adjusted annually by the lesser of increase in the Consumer Price Index or 2%.

 

2 The Company leases its 85,000 sq. ft. Woodbridge facility from an entity owned by a stockholder of the Company and relative of Manitex Liftking ULC’s, president and CEO. Pursuant to the terms of the lease, the Company makes monthly lease payments of $32. The Company is also responsible for all the associated operations expenses, including insurance, property taxes, and repairs. The lease will expire on May 31, 2009.

 

3 For 2006, GT Distribution, Inc. and its subsidiaries are covered under Manitex’s general, product liability and umbrella insurance policies. In exchange for this coverage, GT Distribution will pay Manitex $139 based on GT Distribution’s annual sales. The above table includes a prorated portion covering the amount relating to the period starting from the date of the acquisition.

In February 2005, the Company issued 1,195,900 shares of common stock to a significant shareholder as settlement for its $7,175 of subordinated debt, including interest of $1,275 owed to such shareholder.

As of December 31, 2006, the Company had a receivable of $4,722 from GT Distribution, which includes amounts owed to Crane & Machinery, Inc. GT Distribution expects to settle this receivable within twelve months by transferring certain of its assets to Veri-Tek International, Corp. On March 29, 2007, the Company and GT Distribution entered into a non-binding letter of intent in which GT agreed to transfer to the Company all of its rights to and interests in the assets constituting the Noble forklift product line, including all inventory, contract

 

See accompanying accountants’ audit report.

 

76


Table of Contents

VERI-TEK INTERNATIONAL CORP.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

For the Year Ended December 31, 2006 and 2005

Note 23. Transactions Between the Company and Related Parties—(Continued)

 

rights and intellectual property. The consummation of such transaction is subject to the Company obtaining an opinion as to the fairness, from a financial point of view to the Company and its shareholders, of the consideration to be paid by the Company in the transaction for the above-described assets, the negotiation and execution of a definitive purchase agreement, and approval of the transaction by a special committee of the Company’s independent directors. Management believes that the value of the Noble assets that the Company will receive are at least equal to the amount of the outstanding receivable from GT. Management has not, however, obtained an independent valuation of such assets.

The Company has a note payable to the former members of QVM for $1,072 issued in connection with the acquisition of the membership interests of QVM. Upon the closing of such acquisition, Michael C. Azar, served as the Company’s Vice President and Secretary and David Langevin served as the Company’s Chief Executive Officer. In addition, three of the members of QVM, Michael Azar, David Langevin and Robert J. Skandalaris, owned 6.1%, 12.1% and 12.1%, respectively, of the Company’s outstanding common stock at such time.

The Company has a note payable to the former owners of Liftking Industries, Inc. for $2,796 issued in connection with the acquisition of Liftking Industries ULC. It was determined subsequent to the acquisition, that the note would be a related party transaction since Manitex Liftking’s President & CEO is a relative of the primary holder of the note.

Note 24. Legal Proceedings and Other Contingencies

The Company is involved in various legal proceedings, including product liability and workers’ compensation matters which have arisen in the normal course of operations. The Company has product liability insurance with self insurance retention that range form $50 to $1,000. Certain cases are at a preliminary stage, and it is not possible to estimate the amount or timing of any cost to the Company. However, the Company does not believe that these contingencies, in the aggregate, will have a material adverse effect on the Company. When it is probable that a loss has been incurred and possible to make a reasonable estimates of the Company’s liability with respect to such matters, a provision is recorded for the amount of such estimate or the minimum amount of a range of estimates when it is not possible to estimate the amount within the range that is most likely to occur.

It is reasonably possible that the “Estimated Reserve for Product Liability Claims” may change within the next 12 months. A change in estimate could occur if a case is settled for more or less than anticipated, or if additional information becomes known to the Company.

Note 25. Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited)

 

    2006     2005  
    1st Qtr     2nd Qtr     3rd Qtr     4th Qtr     1st Qtr     2nd Qtr     3rd Qtr     4th Qtr  

Sales

  $ 2,237     $ 1,675     $ 20,658     $ 21,198     $ 1,059     $ 1,142     $ 3,522     $ 1,918  

Gross Profit

    10       (42 )     2,303       1,851       (296 )     158       726       (352 )

Net Loss

    (370 )     (414 )     (566 )     (7,539 )     (811 )     (473 )     (63 )     (906 )

Loss per share

               

Basic and diluted

    (0.08 )     (0.08 )     (0.11 )     (1.16 )   $ (0.30 )   $ (0.10 )   $ (0.01 )   $ (0.21 )

Shares outstanding

               

Basic and diluted

    4,875,000       4,875,000       5,104,769       6,514,766       2,731,818       4,875,000       4,875,000       4,875,000  

Acquisitions accounted for as purchases have been included in the Company’s results from their respective dates of acquisition. QVM and Manitex Liftking were acquired on July 3, 2006 and November 30, 2006, respectively.

 

See accompanying accountants’ audit report.

 

77


Table of Contents

VERI-TEK INTERNATIONAL CORP.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

For the Year Ended December 31, 2006 and 2005

Note 25. Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited)—(Continued)

 

In the fourth quarter 2006, the Company allocated goodwill to the following specific intangibles: patented and unpatented technology, trade name and trademarks, customer relationships and customer backlog. The foregoing intangible assets are assets with definite lives. Under SFAS No. 142, Intangible Assets with definite lives are amortized over their estimated useful lives. In the fourth quarter, the Company recorded amortization against these intangibles of $992 for the period from the date of the acquisition through December 31, 2006. Approximately $485 relates to amortization for the period from acquisition date through September 30, 2006.

Note 26. Impairment of Testing & Assembly Equipment Segment

Against the background of the operating losses generated in recent history by the Testing & Assembly Equipment segment operations based at Wixom, Michigan, the Company conducted a strategic review of these operations and in March 2007 adopted a plan to dispose of most of its plant assets, machinery and equipment, and furniture and fixtures and patents. The Company expects that the final sale and disposal of the assets will be completed in the year 2007. In connection with the plan of disposal, but recognizing the fact that there can be no certainty that a buyer can be identified and that disposal may therefore be by other than sale, the Company determined that the carrying values of some of the underlying assets exceeded their fair values. Management’s estimation of realizable value established that the value of patents was fully impaired, ($3,915), tangible assets and software were impaired ($2,017), costs in excess of billing impaired, ($224), and inventory impaired ($476). Consequently, the Company recorded an impairment loss of $6,632 which represents the excess of the carrying values of the assets over their fair values, less cost to sell. The impairment loss is recorded within the following expense categories:

 

Cost of Sales:

   $ 700

•      Reserve for costs in excess of billing

  

•      Inventory reserve for lower of cost or market

  

Long lived assets

   $ 5,932

•      Reserve for impairment of PP&E

  

•      Reserve for impairment of patents

  

Total impairment cost

   $ 6,632

 

See accompanying accountants’ audit report.

 

78


Table of Contents

ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE.

None.

ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES.

Disclosure controls and procedures are controls and other procedures that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by the Company in the reports it files or submits under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”) is recorded, processed, summarized, and reported, within the time periods specified by the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) rules and forms. Disclosure controls and procedures include, without limitation, controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by the Company in the reports it files or submits under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to management, including the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a control system, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that it will uncover or detect failures within the Company to disclose material information otherwise required to be set forth in the Company’s periodic reports.

Under the supervision of, and with the participation of our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, we conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures, as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act, as of the end of the period covered by this report, and, based upon this evaluation, the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have concluded that these controls and procedures were ineffective in ensuring that information requiring disclosure is recorded, processed, summarized, and reported within the time periods specified by the SEC’s rules and forms due to the restatements and the identification of the material weakness in the financial statement close and reporting process, as described below.

Notwithstanding the material weakness described below, management believes the consolidated financial statements included in this report fairly present, in all material respects, our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows for the periods presented. In preparing the Company’s consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2006, the Company performed additional analyses and other post-closing procedures in an effort to ensure that the Company’s consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. UHY LLP’s report, dated April 9, 2007, expressed an unqualified opinion on the Company’s consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2006.

Our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer determined that, as of December 31, 2006, a material weakness existed in our internal control over financial reporting that consisted of inadequate resources in our accounting and financial reporting group. As a result of our growth in the second half of 2006 through the acquisition of two private companies that have not been required to report to public company or SEC requirements, and the increased complexity of our business and of accounting principles, we have determined that we do not have sufficient accounting resources to support our financial reporting requirements. This was further evidenced by our inability to timely file our annual report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006. Management is currently assessing our need for additional accounting resources in terms of the number and experience of additional staff and training of existing staff.

As a result of the SEC’s review of our registration statement on Form S-3, filed with the SEC on December 21, 2006, the Company agreed to restate its audited consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2005, its unaudited interim consolidated financial statements for the quarter ended September 30, 2006, and its unaudited pro forma consolidated statement of income giving effect to the purchase of QVM, L.L.C., included in the Company’s Form 8-K/A filed on September 19, 2006, as more fully described in Note 2

 

79


Table of Contents

to our audited consolidated financial statements contained herein. The correction of these matters had no impact on our net income, net worth or cash and cash equivalents as reflected in our statement of cash flows, as previously reported for 2005 and the third quarter ended September 30, 2006.

In addition, in the course of conducting the audit of our financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2006, the Company’s auditors, UHY LLP, noted several significant internal control deficiencies over financial reporting, which when considered in the aggregate, they believe constitute a material weakness over financial reporting at December 31, 2006. UHY LLP determined that we were unable to properly account for a complex financing transaction, which included warrants. Our auditors also advised us that we do not have a sufficient organization to facilitate an efficient financial statement close and reporting process and permit the preparation of our financial statements in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. For example, there were several post-closing adjustments to our financial statements during the course of the 2006 audit.

We have been and continue to be engaged in efforts to remediate the material weakness in our disclosure controls and procedures described above. In connection with our remediation efforts, we hired a new Vice President and Chief Financial Officer with public company reporting and Sarbanes-Oxley implementation experience in October 2006. We hired a President and Chief Operating Officer in March 2007. We also recently engaged a tax consultant to assist with the Company’s tax accounting and reporting and a consulting firm to assist with Sarbanes-Oxley implementation, which will include a Sarbanes Oxley implementation plan and recommendations regarding the Company’s financial reporting processes and procedures. In addition, we expect to hire additional senior accounting personnel and increase training and supervision of policies and procedures, particularly with respect to matters noted above. We expect that these efforts will, over time, positively address the weakness noted by us and our independent auditors.

Except as described above, no changes in the Company’s internal controls over financial reporting have come to management’s attention that occurred during the quarter ended December 31, 2006, that have materially affected or are reasonably likely to affect the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION

On December 20, 2006, Quantum Value Management, LLC. (“QVM”) entered into a second amendment to that certain Variable Rate-Single Payment Note in the original principal amount of $20 million dated March 10, 2005, as amended on September 11, 2006, whereby the lender, Comerica Bank, agreed to extend the maturity date of the Note from January 2, 2007 to April 1, 2008.

PART III

Certain information required by Part III is omitted from this Form 10-K as the Company intends to file with the Commission its definitive Proxy Statement for its 2007 Annual Meeting of Shareholders (the “2007 Proxy Statement”) pursuant to Regulation 14A of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, not later than 120 days after December 31, 2006.

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS, AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE.

The information under the headings “Board of Directors,” “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance,” “Information About the Board of Directors and Corporate Governance—The Audit Committee” and “Information About the Board of Directors and Corporate Governance—The Board and Board Committees” in our 2007 Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by reference.

The information under the principal heading “EXECUTIVE OFFICERS” in our 2007 Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by reference.

Code of Ethics

The Company has adopted a code of ethics applicable to our principal executive officer and principal financial and accounting officer, in accordance with Section 406 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the rules of the SEC promulgated thereunder, and the American Stock Exchange rules. The code of ethics also applies to all

 

80


Table of Contents

employees of the Company as well as the Board of Directors. In the event that any changes are made or any waivers from the provisions of the code of ethics are made, these events would be disclosed on the Company’s website or in a report on Form 8-K within four business days of such event. The code of ethics is posted on our website at www.veri-tek.com. Copies of the code of ethics will be provided free of charge upon written request directed to Investor Relations, Veri-Tek, 7402 W. 100 th Place, Bridgeview, IL 60455.

ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION.

The information under the headings “Information About the Board of Directors and Corporate Governance—Director Compensation” and the information under the principal headings “EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION,” “REPORT OF THE COMPENSATION COMMITTEE,” AND “COMPENSATION COMMITTEE INTERLOCKS AND INSIDER PARTICIPATION” in our 2007 Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS.

The information under the principal heading “EQUITY COMPENSATION PLAN INFORMATION” and the information under the heading “Ownership of Equity Securities in the Company” in our 2007 Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS.

The information under the headings “Information About the Board of Directors and Corporate Governance” and “Certain Related Person Transactions” and the information under the principal heading “COMPENSATION COMMITTEE INTERLOCKS AND INSIDER PARTICIPATION” in our 2007 Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES.

The information under the heading “Audit Fees and All Other Fees” in our 2007 Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by reference.

PART IV

ITEM 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES.

(a) The following documents are filed as part of this Report:

 

  (1) Financial Statements

See Index to Financial Statements on page 38.

 

  (2) Supplemental Schedules

None.

All schedules have been omitted because the required information is not present in amounts sufficient to require submission of the schedule, or because the required information is included in the consolidated financial statements or notes thereto.

 

81


Table of Contents

(b) Exhibits

See Exhibit Index following the signature page.

 

(c) Financial Statement Schedules

All information for which provision is made in the applicable accounting regulations of the SEC is either included in the financial statements, is not required under the related instructions or is inapplicable, and therefore has been omitted.

 

82


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this Report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

Dated: April 13, 2007

 

VERI-TEK INTERNATIONAL, CORP.    

By:

 

/ S /    D AVID H. G RANSEE        

   
   

David H. Gransee

Vice President, Chief Financial Officer

       
   

(On behalf of the Registrant and as

Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

       

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints David J. Langevin and David H. Gransee his or her attorneys-in-fact, each with the power of substitution, for him in any and all capacities, to sign any amendments to this Report on Form 10-K, and to file the same, with Exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith with the Securities and Exchange Commission, hereby ratifying and confirming all that each of said attorneys-in-fact, or substitute or substitutes may do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this Report has been signed below by the persons on behalf of the Registrant in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

/ S /    D AVID J. L ANGEVIN          

April 13, 2007

David J. Langevin,  
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer  
(Principal Executive Officer)  
/ S /    T ERRENCE P. M C K ENNA          

April 13, 2007

Terrence P. McKenna,

Director

 
/ S /    R OBERT S. G IGLIOTTI          

April 13, 2007

Robert S. Gigliotti,

Director

 
/ S /    M ARVIN B. R OSENBERG          

April 13, 2007

Marvin B. Rosenberg,

Director

 

 

83


Table of Contents

Exhibit Index

 

Exhibit
No.
    

Description

2.1      Asset Purchase Agreement by and among Quantum-Veri-Tek, Inc., Veri-Tek International, Corp. and James Juranitch, dated October 15, 2003 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on September 3, 2004 (Registration No. 333-11830)).
2.2      Purchase Agreement, dated May 16, 2006, among the Company, Quantum Value Management, LLC and the members of Quantum Management Partners, LLC. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Form 8-K filed on May 19, 2006) .
2.3      First Amendment to Purchase Agreement, effective July 3, 2006, among the Company, Quantum Value Management, LLC and the members of Quantum Value Management, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Form 8-K filed on July 10, 2006) .
2.4      Purchase Agreement, dated October 19, 2006, among the Company, Quantum Value Management, LLC and the members of Quantum Management Partners, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Form 8-K filed on October 23, 2006) .
3.1      Articles of Incorporation of Veri-Tek International, Corp., as amended (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on September 3, 2004 (Registration No. 333-11830)).
3.2      Amended and Restated Bylaws of Veri-Tek International, Corp. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on September 3, 2004 (Registration No. 33311830)) .
4.1      Specimen Common Stock certificate of Veri-Tek International, Corp. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Amendment No. 4) filed on December 15, 2004 (Registration No. 333-11830)) .
4.2 *    2004 Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on September 3, 2004 (Registration No. 333-11830)) .
10.1      Assignment and Assumption of Lease among Veri-Tek International, Corp., Quantum-Veritek, Inc. and Pontiac Trail, LLC dated October 31, 2003 (Lease Agreement attached as Exhibit A thereto) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Amendment No. 1) filed on November 12, 2004 (Registration No. 333-11830)) .
10.2      Assignment and Assumption of Equipment Lease among Veri-Tek International, Corp., Quantum-Veritek, Inc. and Pontiac Trail, LLC dated October 31, 2003 (Equipment Lease attached as Exhibit A thereto) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Amendment No. 1) filed on November 12, 2004 (Registration No. 333-11830)) .
10.3 *    Employment Agreement between Quantum-Veritek, Inc. and James Juranitch dated October 31, 2003, as amended by Amendment No. 1 thereto dated October 10, 2004 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Amendment No. 2) filed on December 1, 2004 (Registration No. 333-11830)) .
10.4      Promissory Note of Veri-Tek International Corp., in of favor Comerica Bank dated October 28, 2004 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Amendment No. 1) filed on November 12, 2004 (Registration No. 333-11830)) .
10.5      Loan Agreement by and between Comerica Bank and Veri-Tek International, Corp. dated November 19, 2004 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Amendment No. 2) filed on December 1, 2004 (Registration No. 333-11830)) .

 

84


Table of Contents
Exhibit
No.
   

Description

10.6     Settlement Agreement and Complete and Permanent Release, between David V. Harper and Veri-Tek International, Corp. dated November 2, 2005 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to the Form 8-K filed on November 5, 2005) .
10.7     Settlement Agreement and Complete and Permanent Release, between Todd Antenucci and Veri-Tek International, Corp. dated March 10, 2006 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to the Form 8-K filed on March 14, 2006) .
10.8 *   Employment Agreement, effective July 3, 2006, between the Company and David J. Langevin (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Form 8-K filed on July 10, 2006) .
10.9     Demand Promissory Note, dated May 31, 2006, by Crane & Machinery, Inc. to the Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Form 8-K filed on July 10, 2006) .
10.10     Non-Negotiable Subordinated Promissory Note, dated July 3, 2006, by the Company to Michael C. Azar, solely as escrow agent for, on behalf of and for further distribution to the members of Quantum Value Management, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Form 8-K filed on July 10, 2006) .
10.11 *   Employment Agreement between Veri-Tek International, Corp. and David H. Gransee dated October 6, 2006 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to the Form 8-K filed on October 12, 2006) .
10.12     Securities Purchase Agreement, dated as of November 3, 2006, between the Company and the investors identified on the signature pages thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Form 8-K filed on November 16, 2006) .
10.13    

Form of Series A Warrant dated November 15, 2006 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Form 8-K filed on November 16, 2006) .

10.14     Form of Series B Warrant dated November 15, 2006 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Form 8-K filed on November 16, 2006) .
10.15     Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of November 3, 2006, between the Company and the investors identified on the signature pages thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Form 8-K filed on November 16, 2006) .
10.16     Form of Warrant dated November 15, 2006 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Form 8-K filed on November 16, 2006) .
10.17     QVM $20 million Note to Comerica Bank (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99(i) to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on November 14, 2006) .
10.18     Amendment to QVM $20 million Note to Comerica Bank (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99(ii) to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed November 14, 2006) .
10.19 (1)   Amendment No. 2 to QVM $20 million Note to Comerica Bank, dated December 20, 2006.
10.20 (1)   Amended and Restated Credit Agreement by and between Quantum Construction Equipment, LLC, Quantum Equipment, LLC, Manitowoc Boom Trucks, Inc. and and Comerica Bank, dated December 15, 2003, as amended. (Amendment No. 15 to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated December 20, 2006, also filed as Exhibit 2.1 to the Form 8-K filed on December 21, 2006) .
10.21 (1)   Lease dated April 17, 2006 between Krislee-Texas, LLC and Manitex, Inc. for facility located in Georgetown, Texas.
10.22 (1)   Lease dated December 1, 2006 between Aldrovandi Equipment Limited and Manitex Liftking, ULC for facility located in Woodbridge, Ontario.

 

85


Table of Contents
Exhibit
No.
   

Description

21.1 (1)   Subsidiaries of the Company
23.1 (1)   Consent of Freedman & Goldberg, CPAs, PC
23.2 (1)   Consent of UHY LLP
31.1 (1)   Certification of Principal Executive Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended
31.2 (1)   Certification of Principal Financial Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended
32.1 (1)   Certification by Principal Executive Officer and Principal Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. 1350

* Denotes a management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement required to be filed as an exhibit to this Form 10-K.
(1) Filed herewith.

 

86

Exhibit 10.19

Amendment No. 2 to Note

This Amendment to Note (“Amendment”), made, delivered, and effective as of December 20, 2006, by and between QUANTUM VALUE MANAGEMENT, LLC (“Borrower”) and COMERICA BANK (“Bank”).

WHEREAS, Borrower and Bank are parties to that certain Variable Rate – Single Payment Note in the original principal amount of $20,000,000 dated March 10, 2005, as amended (“ Note”); and

WHEREAS, Bank and Borrower desire to amend the Note as set forth below:

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual promises contained in this Amendment, Borrower and Bank agree as follows:

 

1. The Maturity Date of the Note is now April 1, 2008.

 

2. The execution of this Amendment shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any Default or Event of Default.

 

3. All the terms used in this Amendment which are defined in the Note shall have the same meaning as used in the Note, unless otherwise defined in this Amendment.

 

4. This Amendment is not an agreement to any further or other amendment of the Note.

 

5. Borrower expressly acknowledges and agrees that except as expressly amended in this Amendment, the Note, as amended, remains in full force and effect and is ratified, confirmed and restated.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties have executed and delivered this Amendment on the date set forth above.

 

QUANTUM VALUE MANAGEMENT, LLC     COMERICA BANK
By:  

/s/

    By:  

/s/

Its:  

MANAGING MEMBER

    Its:  

F.V.P.

Exhibit 10.20

EXECUTION COPY

 


AMENDED AND RESTATED

CREDIT AGREEMENT

BY AND BETWEEN

QUANTUM CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT, LLC,

QUANTUM EQUIPMENT, LLC,

MANITOWOC BOOM TRUCKS, INC.

AND

COMERICA BANK

DATED AS OF DECEMBER 15, 2003

 



CREDIT AGREEMENT

THIS AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT, made as of the 15 TH day of December, 2003, by and between QUANTUM CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Construction”), MANITOWOC BOOM TRUCKS, INC., a Texas corporation (“Manitowoc”), and QUANTUM EQUIPMENT, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company , formerly known as QUANTUM HEAVY EQUIPMENT, LLC (“Holdings”, and together with Construction and Manitowoc, the “Companies”, and individually a “Company”), and COMERICA BANK, a Michigan banking corporation, of Detroit, Michigan (“Bank”);

RECITALS:

A. Companies have requested that Bank extend to them credit and letters of credit as previously extended by Bank under the Credit Agreement dated as of December 30, 2002, as amended (the “Prior Credit Agreement”), on the terms and conditions set forth herein.

B. Bank is prepared to extend such credit as aforesaid, but only upon the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

C. This Agreement shall constitute an amendment and restatement of the Prior Credit Agreement as provided in Section 12.12 hereof.

NOW, THEREFORE, Bank and Companies agree as follows:

1. DEFINITIONS

For the purposes of this Agreement the following capitalized terms will have the following meanings:

“Account” shall have the meaning given to it in the Michigan Uniform Commercial Code on the date of this Agreement.

“Account Debtor” shall mean the Person who is obligated on or under any Account.

“Advance” shall mean a borrowing requested by Revolver Companies and made by Bank under Section 2 of this Agreement, including any refunding or conversions of such borrowings pursuant to Section 3.3 hereof, and shall include a Eurodollar-based Advance and a Prime-based Advance.

“Affiliate” shall mean, with respect to any Person, any other Person or group acting in concert in respect of the first Person that, directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with such first Person. For purposes of this definition, “control” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms “controlled by” and “under common control with”), as used with respect to any Person or group of Persons, shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of


the power to direct or cause the direction of management and policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities or by contract or otherwise. Unless otherwise specified to the contrary herein, or the context requires otherwise, Affiliate shall refer to the Affiliates of Companies and Quantum Value Partners, L.P.

“Alternate Base Rate” shall mean for any day a rate per annum (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next higher 1/16 of 1%) equal to the Federal Funds Effective Rate in effect on such day plus one percent (1%).

“Applicable Margin” shall mean the following margins:

 

     Revolving Credit Note     Term Note  

Eurodollar-based Advances

   3.25 %   3.50 %

Prime-based Advances

   0.75 %   1.00 %

“Borrowing Base Report” shall mean the reports to be furnished by Companies to Bank pursuant to Section 8.1(c) in the form attached as Exhibit “F”.

“Borrowing Base” shall mean as of any date of determination, the sum of (a) eighty percent (80%) of Eligible Accounts plus (b) the lesser of (i) fifty (50%) of Eligible Inventory and (ii) $7,500,000.

“Business Day” shall mean any day on which commercial banks are open for domestic and international business (including dealings in foreign exchange) in Detroit, London and New York.

“Capital Expenditure” shall mean, without duplication, any payment made directly or indirectly for the purpose of acquiring or constructing fixed assets, real property or equipment which in accordance with GAAP would be added as a debit to the fixed asset account of Holdings or any Subsidiary, including, without limitation, amounts paid or payable under any conditional sale or other title retention agreement or under any lease or other periodic payment arrangement which is of such a nature that payment obligations of Holdings or a Subsidiary, as applicable, thereunder would be required by GAAP to be capitalized and shown as liabilities on the Consolidated balance sheet of Holdings.

“Capital Lease” shall mean any lease of any property (whether real, personal or mixed) by Holdings or any Subsidiary as lessee which, in conformity with GAAP, is, or is required to be accounted for as a capital lease on the Consolidated balance sheet of Holdings, together with any renewals of such leases (or entry into new leases) on substantially similar terms.

“Capitalization Ratio” shall mean, as of any date, the ratio of all Consolidated Funded Debt as of such date to the sum of Consolidated Net Worth plus all Consolidated Funded Debt as of such date.

 

2


“Collateral Assignment” shall mean the Assignment as Collateral Security dated as of December 30, 2002, executed and delivered by Construction to Bank.

“Company Guaranty” shall mean the unconditional Guaranty of all obligations of Holdings and Manitowoc to Bank dated as of March 7, 2003, executed and delivered by Construction to Bank.

“Compliance Certificate” shall mean a certificate to be executed and delivered by a senior officer of Holdings as provided in Section 8.10, in the form of Exhibit “C” attached hereto.

“Consolidated” or “Consolidating” shall mean, when used with reference to any financial term in this Agreement, the aggregate for two or more Persons of the amounts signified by such term for all such Persons determined on a consolidated or combined, as applicable, basis in accordance with GAAP. Unless otherwise specified herein, references to Consolidated financial statements or data of Holdings includes consolidation with its Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP.

“Consolidated Funded Debt” shall mean as of any date all Funded Debt of Holdings and its Subsidiaries as of such date.

“Consolidated Income Taxes” shall mean for any period the aggregate amount of federal consolidated income taxes based on income or profits for such period of the operations of Holdings and its Subsidiaries determined in accordance with GAAP (to the extent such income and profits were included in computing Consolidated Net Income).

“Consolidated Interest Expense” shall mean for any period the aggregate gross interest expense (excluding amortization of original issue discount and non-cash interest expense and including the interest component of obligations under Capital Leases of Holdings and its Subsidiaries for such period as determined in accordance with GAAP (to the extent such interest expense was included in computing Consolidated Net Income).

“Consolidated Net Income” shall mean the consolidated net income (or loss) of Holdings and its Subsidiaries for any period determined in accordance with GAAP but excluding in any event any gains or losses on the sale or other disposition, not in the ordinary course of business, of investments or fixed or capital assets, and any taxes on the excluded gains and any tax deductions or credits on account of any excluded losses.

“Consolidated Net Worth” shall mean at any time the net worth of Holdings and its Subsidiaries as determined in accordance with GAAP.

“Current Ratio” shall mean, as of any date, the ratio of Holdings’s Consolidated current assets to Holdings’s Consolidated current liabilities as of such date, as determined according to GAAP.

“Debt Service Coverage Ratio” shall mean as of the last day of each fiscal quarter, a ratio, the numerator of which is Consolidated EBITDA for the four fiscal quarters then ended and the denominator of which is the sum of all principal payments due and payable with respect to any indebtedness of Holdings and its Subsidiaries (including the principal component of obligations under Capital Leases) during such period.

 

3


“Default” shall mean any event or omission which, with the passage of time, the giving of notice, or both, would constitute an Event of Default.

“EBITDA” shall mean for any period the sum of Consolidated Net Income for such period plus Consolidated Income Taxes and Consolidated Interest Expense for such period, plus , to the extent deducted in determining Consolidated Net Income, depreciation and amortization expense.

“Eligible Account” shall mean an Account (but shall not include interest and service charges) arising in the ordinary course of business of either Revolving Company which meets each of the following requirements:

 

  (a) it is not owing more than ninety (90) days after the date of the original invoice or other writing evidencing such Account;

 

  (b) it is not owing by an Account Debtor who has failed to pay twenty-five percent (25%) or more of the aggregate amount of its Accounts owing to Revolving Companies within ninety (90) days after the date of the respective invoices or other writings evidencing such Accounts;

 

  (c) it arises from the sale or lease of goods and such goods have been shipped or delivered to the Account Debtor under such Account; or it arises from services rendered and such services have been performed;

 

  (d) it is evidenced by an invoice, dated not later than the date of shipment or performance, rendered to such Account Debtor or some other evidence of billing acceptable to Bank;

 

  (e) it is not evidenced by any note or other negotiable instrument or by any chattel paper;

 

  (f) it is a valid, legally enforceable obligation of the Account Debtor thereunder, and is not subject to any offset, counterclaim or other defense on the part of such Account Debtor or to any claim on the part of such Account Debtor denying liability thereunder in whole or in part;

 

  (g) it is not subject to any sale of accounts, any rights of offset, assignment, lien or security interest whatsoever other than to Bank;

 

  (h) it is not owing by a Subsidiary or Affiliate of Holdings or any Subsidiary,

 

4


  (i) it is not owing by an Account Debtor which (i) does not maintain its chief executive office in the United States of America, (ii) is not organized under the laws of the United States of America, or any state thereof (unless the Account is covered by FCIA insurance or a letter of credit issued by a domestic bank which is acceptable to Bank in the exercise of its sole discretion), or (iii) is the government of any foreign country or sovereign state, or of any state, province, municipality or other instrumentality thereof;

 

  (j) it is not an account owing by the United States of America or any state or political subdivision thereof, or by any department, agency, public body corporate or other instrumentality of any of the foregoing, unless all necessary steps are taken to comply with the Federal Assignment of Claims Act of 1940, as amended, or with any comparable state law, if applicable, and all other necessary steps are taken to perfect Bank’s security interest in such account;

 

  (k) it is not owing by an Account Debtor for which Holdings or any Subsidiary has received a notice of (i) the death of the Account Debtor or any partner of the Account Debtor, (ii) the dissolution, liquidation, termination of existence, insolvency or business failure of the Account Debtor, (iii) the appointment of a receiver for any part of the property of the Account Debtor, or (iv) an assignment for the benefit of creditors, the filing of a petition in bankruptcy, or the commencement of any proceeding under any bankruptcy or insolvency laws by or against the Account Debtor;

 

  (l) it is not an account billed in advance, payable on delivery, for consigned goods, for guaranteed sales, for unbilled sales, for progress billings, payable at a future date in accordance with its terms, subject to a retainage or holdback by the Account Debtor or insured by a surety company;

 

  (m) it is not owing by any Account Debtor whose obligations Bank (in its sole discretion) shall have notified Holdings are not deemed to constitute Eligible Accounts.

An Account which is at any time an Eligible Account, but which subsequently fails to meet any of the foregoing requirements, shall forthwith cease to be an Eligible Account.

“Eligible Inventory” shall be valued at the lesser of cost or present market value in accordance with GAAP, and shall mean all Inventory of Revolving Companies which is in good and merchantable condition, is not obsolete or discontinued, and which would properly be classified as “raw materials” or “finished goods inventory” under GAAP, excluding (a) work in process, consigned goods and Inventory located outside the United States of America, (b) Inventory covered by or subject to a seller’s right to repurchase, or any consensual or nonconsensual lien or security interest (including without limitation purchase money security interests but

 

5


excluding liens permitted by Section 9.4(d)) other than in favor of Bank, whether senior or junior to Bank’s security interest, and (c) Inventory that Bank (in its sole discretion) after having notified Holdings, excludes. Inventory which is at any time Eligible Inventory, but which subsequently fails to meet any of the foregoing requirements, shall forthwith cease to be Eligible Inventory. Eligible Inventory shall be valued net of liens permitted by Section 9.4(d).

“Environmental Laws” shall mean all federal, state and local laws including statutes, regulations, ordinances, codes, rules, and other governmental restrictions and requirements, relating to environmental pollution, contamination or other impairment of any nature, any hazardous or other toxic substances of any nature, whether liquid, solid and/or gaseous, including smoke, vapor, fumes, soot, acids, alkalis, chemicals, wastes, by-products, and recycled materials. These Environmental Laws shall include but not be limited to the Federal Solid Waste Disposal Act, the Federal Clean Air Act, the Federal Clean Water Act, the Federal Resource Conservation and Recovery Act of 1976, the Federal Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, the Federal Superfund Amendments and Reauthorization Act of 1986, regulations of the Environmental Protection Agency, regulations of the Nuclear Regulatory Agency, regulations of any state department of natural resources or state environmental protection agency now or at any time hereafter in effect and local health department ordinances.

“ERISA” shall mean the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, or any successor act or code.

“Eurodollar-based Advance” shall mean an Advance which bears interest at the Eurodollar-based Rate.

“Eurodollar-based Rate” shall mean a per annum interest rate which is equal to the sum of the Applicable Margin plus the quotient of:

 

  (a) the per annum interest rate at which Bank’s Eurodollar Lending Office is offered deposits by other prime banks in the eurodollar market in an amount comparable to the relevant Eurodollar-based Advance or portion of the Term Loan and for a period equal to the relevant Interest Period at approximately 11:00 a.m. Detroit time on the first day of such Interest Period; divided by

 

  (b) a percentage equal to 100% minus the maximum rate on such date at which Bank is required to maintain reserves on “Euro-currency Liabilities” as defined in and pursuant to Regulation D of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System or, if such regulation or definition is modified, and as long as Bank is required to maintain reserves against a category of liabilities which includes eurodollar deposits or includes a category of assets which includes eurodollar loans, the rate at which such reserves are required to be maintained on such category;

all as conclusively determined by Bank, such sum to be rounded upward, if necessary, to the nearest whole multiple of 1/16th of 1%.

“Eurodollar Lending Office” shall mean Bank’s office located at Grand Cayman, British West Indies or such other branch of Bank, domestic or foreign, as it may hereafter designate as its Eurodollar Lending Office by notice to Company.

 

6


“Event of Default” shall mean any of the Events of Default specified in Sections 11.1 and 11.2 hereof.

“Federal Funds Effective Rate” shall mean, for any day, a fluctuating interest rate per annum equal to the weighted average of the rates on overnight Federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by Federal funds brokers, as published for such day (or, if such day is not a Business Day, for the next preceding Business Day) by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, or, if such rate is not so published for any day which is a Business Day, the average of the quotations for such day on such transactions received by Bank from three Federal funds brokers of recognized standing selected by it.

“Funded Debt” of any Person shall mean (a) all indebtedness of such Person for borrowed money or for the deferred purchase price of property or services as of such date (other than operating leases and trade liabilities incurred in the ordinary course of business and payable in accordance with customary practices) or which is evidenced by a note, bond, debenture or similar instrument, (b) the principal component of all obligations of such Person under Capitalized Leases, (c) all reimbursement obligations (actual, contingent or otherwise) of such Person in respect of letters of credit, acceptances or similar obligations issued or created for the account of such Person, (d) all liabilities secured by any liens on any property owned by such Person as of such date even though such Person has not assumed or otherwise become liable for the payment thereof, in each case determined in accordance with GAAP; provided however that so long as such Person is not personally liable for such liabilities, the amount of such liability shall be deemed to be the lesser of the fair market value at such date of the property subject to the lien securing such liability and the amount of the liability secured, and (e) all Guarantee Obligations in respect of any liability which constitutes Funded Debt; provided, however that Funded Debt shall not include any interest rate swap transaction, basis swap transaction, forward rate transaction, commodity swap transaction, equity transaction, equity index transaction, foreign exchange transaction, cap transaction, floor transaction (including any option with respect to any of these transactions and any combination of any of the foregoing) entered into by such Person prior to the occurrence of a termination event with respect thereto.

“GAAP” shall mean, as of any applicable date of determination, generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied, as in effect on the date of this Agreement.

“Guaranties” shall mean the Holdings Guaranty, the Manitowoc Guaranty, the Company Guaranty, and any future guaranty of the Indebtedness, and “Guaranty” shall mean any of such Guaranties.

“Guarantor” shall mean any Person executing one or more of the Guaranties.

“Holdings Guaranty” shall mean the unconditional Guaranty of all obligations of Manitowoc and Construction to Bank dated as of December 30, 2003, executed and delivered by Holdings.

 

7


“Indebtedness” shall mean all loans, advances, fees, indebtedness, obligations and liabilities of Companies to Bank under this Agreement, together with all other indebtedness, obligations and liabilities whatsoever of Companies to Bank arising under or in connection with this Agreement, whether matured or unmatured, liquidated or unliquidated, direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, joint or several, due or to become due, now existing or hereafter arising.

“Interest Period” shall mean a period of one (1), two (2), three (3) or six (6) months, as selected by Companies pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement, commencing on the day a Eurodollar-based Advance is made, or on the effective date of an election of the Eurodollar-based Rate made under Section 3.

“Inventory” shall have the meaning given to it in the Michigan Uniform Commercial Code on the date of this Agreement.

“Letter of Credit” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.6.

“Letter of Credit Reserve” shall mean as of any date of determination, an amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of all undrawn Letters of Credit issued by Bank for the account of Revolving Companies under and pursuant to this Agreement and the amount of all draws under Letters of Credit paid by Bank and not reimbursed by Companies.

“Leverage Ratio” shall mean, as of the last day of each fiscal quarter, a ratio, the numerator of which shall be Consolidated Funded Debt as of such date, and the denominator of which shall be EBITDA as of the fiscal quarter ending on such date.

“Loan Documents” shall mean collectively, this Agreement, the Notes, the Guaranties, the Pledge Agreements, the Mortgage, the Mexican Mortgage, the Collateral Assignment, the Security Agreements, and any other instruments or agreements executed at any time pursuant to or in connection with any such documents.

“Manitowoc Guaranty” shall mean the guaranty of all obligations of Holdings and Construction to Bank, dated March 7, 2003, executed and delivered by Manitowoc to Bank.

“Mexican Mortgage” shall mean a mortgage (or equivalent security instrument) of the real estate located in Mexico owned by Mexican Subsidiary.

“Mexican Subsidiary” shall mean Equipos de Acuña, S.A. de C.V.

“Mortgage” shall mean the Deed of Trust dated as of August 6, 2003, executed and delivered by Manitowoc to Bank, encumbering real property located in Georgetown, Texas.

“Note” shall mean the Revolving Credit Note and the Term Note, as the case may be, as any may be amended or modified from time to time, and “Notes” shall refer to both of them.

“Notice of Term Rate” shall mean a Notice of Term Rate issued by Holdings under this Agreement in the form attached to this Agreement as Exhibit “D”.

 

8


“Pension Plans” shall mean all pension plans of Holdings or any Subsidiary which are subject to ERISA.

“Permitted Liens” shall mean with respect to any Person:

(a) liens for taxes not yet due and payable or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently pursued, provided that provision for the payment of all such taxes has been made on the books of such Person as may be required by GAAP;

(b) mechanics’, materialmen’s, banker’s, carriers’, warehousemen’s and similar liens and encumbrances arising in the ordinary course of business and securing obligations of such Person that are not overdue for a period of more than 60 days or are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently pursued, provided that in the case of any such contest (i) any proceedings commenced for the enforcement of such liens and encumbrances shall have been duly suspended; and (ii) such provision for the payment of such liens and encumbrances has been made on the books of such Person as may be required by GAAP;

(c) liens arising in connection with worker’s compensation, unemployment insurance, old age pensions and social security benefits and similar statutory obligations which are not overdue or are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently pursued, provided that in the case of any such contest (i) any proceedings commenced for the enforcement of such liens shall have been duly suspended; and (ii) such provision for the payment of such liens has been made on the books of such Person as may be required by GAAP;

(d) (i) liens incurred in the ordinary course of business to secure the performance of statutory obligations arising in connection with progress payments or advance payments due under contracts with the United States government or any agency thereof entered into in the ordinary course of business and (ii) liens incurred or deposits made in the ordinary course of business to secure the performance of statutory obligations, bids, leases, fee and expense arrangements with trustees and fiscal agents and other similar obligations (exclusive of obligations incurred in connection with the borrowing of money, any lease-purchase arrangements or the payment of the deferred purchase price of property), provided that full provision for the payment of all such obligations set forth in clauses (i) and (ii) has been made on the books of such Person as may be required by GAAP;

(e) minor survey exceptions or minor encumbrances, easements or reservations, or rights of others for rights-of-way, utilities and other similar purposes, or zoning or other restrictions as to the use of real properties, which do not materially interfere with the business of such Person; and

(f) liens described in attached Schedule 9.7.

“Person” shall mean a natural person, corporation, limited liability company, partnership, limited liability company, trust, incorporated or unincorporated organization, joint venture, joint stock company, or a government or any agency or political subdivision thereof or other entity of any kind.

 

9


“Pledge Agreements” shall mean the Security Agreement (Negotiable Collateral) dated March 7, 2003, and the Collateral Assignment of Membership Interest dated December 30, 2003, executed and delivered by Holdings to Bank.

“Prime Rate” shall mean the per annum interest rate established by Bank as its prime rate for its borrowers as such rate may vary from time to time, which rate is not necessarily the lowest rate on loans made by Bank at any such time.

“Prime-based Advance” shall mean an Advance which bears interest at the Prime-based Rate.

“Prime-based Rate” shall mean for any day a per annum interest rate which is equal to the greater of (i) the Prime Rate plus the Applicable Margin, and (ii) the Alternate Base Rate.

“Request for Advance” shall mean a Request for Advance issued by either Revolver Company under this Agreement in the form attached to this Agreement as Exhibit “B”.

“Revolver Companies” shall mean Manitowoc and Construction.

“Revolving Credit” shall mean the revolving credit facility provided by Bank to Revolving Companies under Section 2 of this Agreement.

“Revolving Credit Maturity Date” shall mean January 2, 2005.

“Revolving Credit Maximum Amount” shall mean Thirteen Million Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($13,500,000).

“Revolving Credit Note” shall mean the Note described in Section 2.1 hereof made by Revolving Companies to Bank in the form attached to this Agreement as Exhibit “A”.

“Security Agreements” shall mean the separate Security Agreements (All Assets) dated December 30, 2003 (as to Construction) and March 7, 2003 (as to Manitowoc), executed and delivered by Revolver Companies to Bank.

“Subsidiary” shall mean a corporation or other entity of which more than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding voting stock or equivalent equity interests are owned by Holdings, either direct or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries. Revolving Companies are Subsidiaries.

“Term Loan” shall mean the loan requested by Holdings and made by Bank under Section 3 of this Agreement.

“Term Loan Maturity Date” shall mean January 1, 2009.

 

10


“Term Note” shall mean the term note issued by Holdings under Section 3 of this Agreement in the form attached to this Agreement as Exhibit “E”.

2. THE INDEBTEDNESS: REVOLVING CREDIT

2.1 Bank agrees to make Advances to Revolver Companies at any time and from time to time from the effective date hereof until the Revolving Credit Maturity Date, not to exceed the Revolving Credit Maximum Amount in aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding. Advances under this Section 2 shall be evidenced by the Revolving Credit Note under which advances, repayments and readvances may be made, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

2.2 The Revolving Credit Note shall mature on the Revolving Credit Maturity Date and each Advance from time to time outstanding thereunder shall bear interest at its Applicable Interest Rate. The amount and date of each Advance, its Applicable Interest Rate, its Interest Period, if applicable, and the amount and date of any repayment shall be noted on Bank’s records, which records will be presumed correct absent manifest error.

2.3 Either Revolver Company may request an Advance under this Section 2 upon the delivery to Bank of a Request for Advance executed by an authorized officer of such Revolver Company, subject to the following:

 

  (a) each such Request for Advance shall set forth the information required on the Request for Advance form attached hereto as Exhibit “B”;

 

  (b) each such Request for Advance shall be delivered to Bank by 11:00 a.m. on the proposed date of Advance;

 

  (c) the principal amount of such Advance, plus the amount of any outstanding indebtedness to be then combined therewith having the same Applicable Interest Rate and Interest Period, if any, shall be, in the case of a Eurodollar-based Advance, at least $250,000 or any larger amount in $100,000 increments; and

 

  (d) a Request for Advance, once delivered to Bank, shall be irrevocable.

Bank may, at its option, lend under this Section 2 upon the telephone request of an authorized officer of either Revolver Company and, in the event Bank makes any such advance upon a telephone request, the requesting officer shall, if so requested by Bank, mail to Bank, on the same day as such telephone request, a Request for Advance in the form attached as Exhibit “B.” Revolver Companies hereby authorize Bank to disburse advances under this Section 2 pursuant to the telephone instructions of any person purporting to be an authorized officer of either Revolver Company and Revolver Companies shall bear all risk of loss resulting from disbursements made upon any telephone request. Each telephone request for an Advance shall constitute a certification of the matters set forth in the Request for Advance form as of the date of such requested Advance.

2.4 Proceeds of Advances under the Revolving Credit Note shall be used solely for general corporate and working capital purposes.

 

11


2.5 The aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding under the Revolving Credit Note plus the Letter of Credit Reserve shall never exceed the Borrowing Base. Revolver Companies shall immediately make all payments necessary to comply with this provision. Any such payments shall be applied first to outstanding Prime-based Advances and the remainder, if any, to outstanding Eurodollar-based Advances.

2.6 In addition to Advances under the Revolving Credit Note to be provided to Revolver Companies by Bank pursuant to Section 2.1 of this Agreement, Bank further agrees to issue, or commit to issue, from time to time, standby letters of credit for the account of Revolver Companies (herein individually called a “Letter of Credit” and collectively “Letters of Credit”) in aggregate undrawn amounts not to exceed One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) at any one time outstanding; provided, however that the sum of the aggregate amount of Advances outstanding under the Revolving Credit Note plus the Letter of Credit Reserve shall not exceed the Revolving Credit Maximum Amount at any one time; and provided further that no Letter of Credit shall, by its terms, have an expiration date which extends beyond the fifth (5 th ) Business Day before the Revolving Credit Maturity Date or one (1) year after issuance, whichever first occurs. In addition to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the issuance of any Letters of Credit shall also be subject to the terms and conditions of any letter of credit applications and agreements executed and delivered by Revolver Companies to Bank with respect thereto. Revolving Companies shall pay to Bank annually in advance a per annum fee equal to three and one-quarter percent (3-1/4%) of the amount of each Letter of Credit.

2.7 All obligations of Revolver Companies under the Revolving Credit Note and in respect of the Letters of Credit shall be joint and several.

3. THE INDEBTEDNESS: Term Loan

3.1 Bank agrees to loan to Holdings and Holdings agrees to borrow, on the date of execution of this Agreement, the sum of Six Million Dollars ($6,000,000). At the time of borrowing, Holdings agrees to execute the Term Note with appropriate insertions as evidence of the indebtedness hereunder. The loan made under this Section 3 shall be subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

3.2 The indebtedness represented by the Term Note shall be repaid in equal consecutive monthly principal installments in the amount of $100,000 each, commencing on February 1, 2004, and on the first day of each calendar month thereafter until the Term Loan Maturity Date, when the entire unpaid balance of principal and interest thereon shall be due and payable.

3.3 $3,500,000 of the Term Note shall constitute a renewal of indebtedness previously outstanding under this Agreement, and no new monies will be advanced in respect thereof. $2,500,000 of the Term Note shall be advanced as new money and shall be used solely to repay revolving credit indebtedness outstanding under the Prior Credit Agreement and for working capital purposes.

 

12


3.4 Interest on the Term Note shall accrue and be payable as set forth in Section 4B.

4A. INTEREST, INTEREST PERIODS, CONVERSIONS, PREPAYMENTS – REVOLVING CREDIT NOTE

4A.1 Interest . Advances under the Revolving Credit Note shall bear interest from the date thereof on the unpaid principal balance thereof from time to time outstanding, at a rate per annum equal to the Prime-based Rate or the Eurodollar-based Rate, as the Revolver Companies may elect subject to the provisions of this Agreement. With respect to Prime-based Advances, interest shall be payable monthly on the first day of each month, commencing on the first day of the month following the month during which such Advance is made, and at maturity. With respect to Eurodollar-based Advances, interest shall be payable on the last day of each Interest Period applicable thereto; provided, however, that if such Interest Period is longer than three months, interest shall be payable at intervals of three months from the first day of such Interest Period and on the last day of such Interest Period. Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon the occurrence of a Default or an Event of Default, the Advances shall bear interest, payable on demand, at a rate per annum equal to: (i) in the case of Prime-based Advances, three percent (3%) above the Prime-based Rate; and (ii) in the case of a Eurodollar-based Advance, three percent (3%) above the rate which would otherwise be applicable under this Section 4.1 until the end of the then current Interest Period, at which time such Advance shall bear interest at the rate provided for in clause (i) of this Section 3.1. Interest on all Advances shall be calculated on the basis of a 360 day year for the actual number of days elapsed. The interest rate with respect to any Prime-based Advance shall change on the effective date of any change in the Prime-based Rate.

4A.2 Interest Periods . Each Interest Period for a Eurodollar-based Advance shall commence on the date such Eurodollar-based Advance is made or is converted from an Advance of another type pursuant to Section 4A.3 hereof or on the last day of the immediately preceding Interest Period for such Eurodollar-based Advance, and shall end on the date one, two, three or six months thereafter, as the Revolver Companies may elect as set forth below, subject to the following:

(i) no Interest Period shall extend beyond the Revolving Credit Maturity Date; and

(ii) any Interest Period which would otherwise end on a day which is not a Business Day shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day unless the next succeeding Business Day falls in another calendar month, in which case such Interest Period shall end on the immediately preceding Business Day and when an Interest Period begins on a day which has no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month during which such Interest Period is to end, it shall end on the last Business Day of such calendar month.

The Revolver Companies shall elect the initial Interest Period applicable to a Eurodollar-based Advance by their Request for Advance given to the Bank pursuant to Section 2.3 or by their notice of conversion given to the Bank pursuant to Section 4A.3, as the case may

 

13


be. Provided that no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Revolver Companies may elect to continue an Advance as a Eurodollar-based Advance by giving irrevocable written, telephonic or telegraphic notice thereof to the Bank, not later than 11:00 a.m. (Detroit, Michigan time) on the last day of the then current Interest Period applicable to such Eurodollar-based Advance, specifying the duration of the succeeding Interest Period therefor. If the Bank does not receive timely notice of the election and the Interest Period elected by the Revolver Companies, the Revolver Companies shall be deemed to have elected to convert such Eurodollar-based Advance to a Prime-based Advance at the end of the then current Interest Period.

4A.3 Conversion of Advances . Provided that no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Revolver Companies may, on any Business Day, convert any outstanding Advance into an Advance of another type in the same aggregate principal amount, provided that any conversion of a Eurodollar-based Advance shall be made only on the last Business Day of the then current Interest Period applicable to such Advance. If the Revolver Companies desire to convert an Advance, they shall give the Bank telephonic or telegraphic notice by 11:00 a.m. (Detroit, Michigan time) on the proposed date of conversion, specifying the date of such conversion, the Advances to be converted, the type of Advance elected and, if the conversion is into a Eurodollar-based Advance, the duration of the first Interest Period therefor.

4A.4 Prepayments . Revolver Companies may prepay all or part of the outstanding balance of the Prime-based Advance(s) under the Revolving Credit Note at any time without premium or penalty. Upon three (3) Business Days prior notice to Bank, Revolver Companies may prepay all or part of any Eurodollar-based Advance, provided that the amount of any such partial prepayment shall be at least $250,000 and the unpaid portion of such Advance which is refunded or converted under Section 4A.3 shall be subject to the limitations of Section 2.3(c). Any prepayment of a Prime-based Advance or any prepayment of a Eurodollar-based Advance on the last day of the Interest Period therefor made in accordance with this Section shall be without premium, penalty or prejudice to Revolver Companies’ right to reborrow under the terms of this Agreement. Any other prepayment shall be subject to the provisions of Section 5.1 hereof.

4B. INTEREST, INTEREST PERIODS, CONVERSIONS, PREPAYMENTS – TERM NOTE

4B.1 (a) The Term Note and the loans thereunder shall bear interest from the date thereof on the unpaid principal balance thereof from time to time outstanding, at a rate per annum equal to the Prime-based Rate or the Eurodollar-based Rate as Holdings may elect subject to the provisions of this Agreement. In the case of any portion of the Term Note with respect to which the Applicable Interest Rate is the Prime-based Rate, interest shall be payable monthly on the first Business Day of each month and at maturity (whether by acceleration or otherwise). In the case of any portion of the Term Note with respect to which the Applicable Interest Rate is the Eurodollar-based Rate, interest shall be payable on the last day of each Interest Period applicable thereto, provided, however, if such Interest Period is longer than three months, interest shall be payable three months following the first day of such Interest Period and on the last day of such Interest Period. Notwithstanding the foregoing, from and after the occurrence of an Event of Default and during the continuation thereof, the principal outstanding under the Term Note shall bear interest payable on demand, at a rate per annum equal to: (i) in the case of a portion of the Term Note with respect to which the Applicable Interest Rate is the Prime-based

 

14


Rate, three percent (3%) above the rate which would otherwise be applicable under this Section 4B.1 and (ii) in the case of a portion of the Term Note with respect to which the Applicable Interest Rate is the Eurodollar-based Rate, three percent (3%) above the rate which would otherwise be applicable under this Section 4B.1 until the end of the then current Interest Period, and thereafter at the rate provided for in clause (i) of this Section 4B.1. Interest shall be calculated on the basis of a 360 day year for the actual number of days elapsed. The interest rate applicable to any portion of the Term Note with respect to which the Applicable Interest Rate is the Prime-based Rate shall change on the effective date of any change in the Prime-based Rate.

(b) On the date the Term Loan is made Holdings shall designate the initial Applicable Interest Rate with respect to such loan.

4B.2 Each Interest Period for a portion of the Term Note with respect to which the Applicable Interest Rate is the Eurodollar-based Rate shall commence on the date such rate is selected pursuant to Section 4B.3 hereof or on the last day of the immediately preceding Interest Period, as the case may be, and shall end on the date one, two, three or six months thereafter as Holdings may elect as set forth below, subject to the following:

 

  (i) no Interest Period shall extend beyond the Term Loan Maturity Date;

 

  (ii) any Interest Period which would otherwise end on a day which is not a Business Day shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day unless the next succeeding Business Day falls in another calendar month, in which case, such Interest Period shall end on the immediately preceding Business Day and when an Interest Period begins on a day which has no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month during which such Interest Period is to end, it shall end on the last Business Day of such calendar month; and

 

  (iii) no Interest Period with respect to a portion of the Term Note shall end past a date on which an installment of principal is due with respect to such loan.

Holdings shall elect the initial Interest Period applicable to the Term Loan with respect to which the Applicable Interest Rate is the Eurodollar-based Rate by its Notice of Term Rate given to the Bank pursuant to Section 4B.1 and subsequent Interest Periods by its Notice of Term Rate given to the Bank pursuant to Section 4B.3, as the case may be. Provided that no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, Holdings may elect to continue a portion of the Term Loan with respect to which the Applicable Interest Rate is the Eurodollar-based Rate by giving irrevocable written notice thereof to the Bank by its Notice of Term Rate, not later than 11:00 a.m. on the last day of the then current Interest Period applicable to such portion of the Term Loan, specifying the duration of the succeeding Interest Period therefor. If the Bank does not receive timely notice of the election and the Interest Period elected by Holdings, Holdings shall be deemed to have elected to convert such Applicable Interest Rate to the Prime-based Rate at the end of the then current Interest Period.

 

15


4B.3 Provided that no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, Holdings may, on any Business Day, convert the Applicable Interest Rate with respect to a portion of the Term Loan to another Applicable Interest Rate, provided that any conversion while the Applicable Interest Rate is the Eurodollar-based Rate shall be made only on the last Business Day of the then current Interest Period. If Holdings desires to convert an Applicable Interest Rate, it shall give the Bank irrevocable written notice thereof not later than 11:00 a.m. on the effective date of any such change specifying the date of such conversion, the Applicable Interest Rate elected and, if the conversion is into the Eurodollar-based Rate, the duration of the first Interest Period therefor.

4B.4 (a) At its option and upon one (1) Business Day’s prior written, telephonic or telegraphic notice to the Bank, Holdings may prepay any portion of the Term Loan in whole at any time or in part from time to time, with accrued interest on the principal being prepaid to the date of such prepayment, provided that: (i) in the case of a portion of the Term Loan bearing interest at the Prime-based Rate each partial prepayment shall be in an amount not less than $250,000 or an integral multiple thereof; (ii) in the case of a portion of the Term Loan bearing interest at the Eurodollar-based Rate, each partial prepayment shall be in an amount not less than $250,000. Any prepayment of a portion of a Term Loan as to which the Applicable Interest Rate is the Prime-based Rate or the Term Loan as to which the Applicable Interest Rate is the Eurodollar-based Rate on the last day of the applicable Interest Period shall be without premium or penalty. Any other prepayment shall be subject to the provisions of Section 5.1.

(b) Each partial prepayment of the Term Loan or the principal outstanding under the Term Note shall be applied to the principal payments due thereunder in the inverse order of their maturities.

5. SPECIAL PROVISIONS, CHANGES IN CIRCUMSTANCES AND YIELD PROTECTION, MARGIN ADJUSTMENTS.

5.1 If Companies make any payment of principal with respect to any Eurodollar-based Advance or the principal under the Term Loan with respect to which the Eurodollar-based Rate is the Applicable Interest Rate on any day other than the last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto (whether voluntarily, by acceleration, or otherwise), or if Companies fail to borrow any Eurodollar-based Advance after notice has been given by Companies to Bank in accordance with the terms hereof requesting such Advance, or if Companies fail to make any payment of principal or interest when due in respect of a Eurodollar-based Advance or the principal under the Term Loan with respect to which the Eurodollar-based Rate is the Applicable Interest Rate, Companies shall reimburse Bank on demand for any resulting loss, cost or expense incurred by Bank as a result thereof, including, without limitation, any such loss, cost or expense incurred in obtaining, liquidating, employing or redeploying deposits from third parties, whether or not Bank shall have funded or committed to fund such Advance. Such amount payable by Companies to Bank may include, without limitation, an amount equal to the excess, if any, of (a) the amount of interest which would have accrued on the amount so prepaid, or not so borrowed, refunded or converted, for the period from the date of such prepayment or of such failure to borrow, refund or convert, through the last day of the relevant Interest Period, at the applicable rate of interest for said Advance(s) or principal under the Term Loan provided under this Agreement, over (b) the amount of interest (as reasonably determined by Bank) which would have accrued

 

16


to Bank on such amount by placing such amount on deposit for a comparable period with leading banks in the interbank eurodollar market. Calculation of any amounts payable to Bank under this paragraph shall be made as though Bank shall have actually funded or committed to fund the relevant Eurodollar-based Advance or the Term Loan through the purchase of an underlying deposit in an amount equal to the amount of such Advance and having a maturity comparable to the relevant Interest Period; provided, however, that Bank may fund any Eurodollar-based Advance or the Term Loan in any manner it deems fit and the foregoing assumptions shall be utilized only for the purpose of the calculation of amounts payable under this paragraph. Upon the written request of Companies, Bank shall deliver to Companies a certificate setting forth the basis for determining such losses, costs and expenses, which certificate shall be conclusively presumed correct, absent manifest error.

5.2 For any Interest Period for which the Applicable Interest Rate is the Eurodollar-based Rate, if Bank shall designate a Eurodollar Lending Office which maintains books separate from those of the rest of Bank, Bank shall have the option of maintaining and carrying the relevant Advance or the Term Loan on the books of such Eurodollar Lending Office.

5.3 If with respect to any Interest Period Bank reasonably determines that, by reason of circumstances affecting the foreign exchange and interbank markets generally, deposits in eurodollars in the applicable amounts are not being offered to the Bank for such Interest Period, then Bank shall forthwith give notice thereof to Companies. Thereafter, until Bank notifies Companies that such circumstances no longer exist, the obligation of Bank to make Eurodollar-based Advances, the right of Companies to convert an Advance to or refund an Advance as a Eurodollar-based Advance, and the right of Companies to elect the Eurodollar-based Rate for the Term Loan shall be suspended.

5.4 If, after the date hereof, the introduction or implementation of, or any change in, any applicable law, rule or regulation or in the interpretation or administration thereof by any governmental authority charged with the interpretation or administration thereof, or compliance by Bank (or its Eurodollar Lending Office) with any request or directive (whether or not having the force of law) of any such authority, shall make it unlawful or impossible for the Bank (or its Eurodollar Lending Office) to honor its obligations hereunder to make or maintain any Advance or the indebtedness under the Term Loan with interest at the Eurodollar-based Rate, Bank shall forthwith give notice thereof to Companies. Thereafter (a) the obligations of Bank to make Eurodollar-based Advances and the right of Companies to convert an Advance or refund an Advance as a Eurodollar-based Advance and to elect the Eurodollar-based Rate for the Term Loan shall be suspended and thereafter Companies may select as Applicable Interest Rates only those which remain available, and (b) if Bank may not lawfully continue to maintain an Advance or the Term Loan, as the case may be, to the end of the then current Interest Period applicable thereto, the Prime-based Rate shall be the Applicable Interest Rate for the remainder of such Interest Period.

5.5 If the adoption or implementation after the date hereof, or any change after the date hereof in, any applicable law, rule or regulation of any governmental authority, central bank or comparable agency charged with the interpretation or administration

 

17


thereof, or compliance by Bank (or its Eurodollar Lending Office) with any request or directive (whether or not having the force of law) made by any such authority, central bank or comparable agency after the date hereof:

 

  (a) shall subject Bank (or its Eurodollar Lending Office) to any tax, duty or other charge with respect to any Advance or any Note or shall change the basis of taxation of payments to Bank (or its Eurodollar Lending Office) of the principal of or interest on any Advance or any Note or any other amounts due under this Agreement in respect thereof (except for changes in the rate of tax on the overall net income of Bank or its Eurodollar Lending Office imposed by any jurisdiction in which Bank is organized or engaged in business); or

 

  (b) shall impose, modify or deem applicable any reserve (including, without limitation, any imposed by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System), special deposit or similar requirement against assets of, deposits with or for the account of, or credit extended by Bank (or its Eurodollar Lending Office) or shall impose on Bank (or its Eurodollar Lending Office) or the foreign exchange and interbank markets any other condition affecting any Advance or any Note;

and the result of any of the foregoing is to increase the costs to Bank of maintaining any part of the indebtedness hereunder or to reduce the amount of any sum received or receivable by Bank under this Agreement or under the Notes, by an amount deemed by the Bank to be material, then Bank shall promptly notify Companies of such fact and demand compensation therefor and, within fifteen days after demand by Bank, Companies agree to pay to Bank such additional amount or amounts as will compensate Bank for such increased cost or reduction. A certificate of Bank setting forth the basis for determining such additional amount or amounts necessary to compensate Bank shall be conclusively presumed to be correct save for manifest error.

5.6 In the event that at any time after the date of this Agreement any change in law such as described in Section 5.5 hereof shall require that the credit provided under this Agreement be treated as an asset or otherwise be included for purposes of calculating the appropriate amount of capital to be maintained by Bank or any corporation controlling Bank and such change has or would have the effect of reducing the rate of return on Bank’s or Bank’s parent’s capital or assets as a consequence of the Bank’s obligations hereunder to a level below that which Bank or Bank’s parent would have achieved but for such change, then Bank shall notify Company and demand compensation therefor and, within fifteen days after demand by Bank, Companies agree to pay to Bank such additional amount or amounts as will compensate Bank for such reduction. A certificate of Bank setting forth the basis for determining such additional amount or amounts necessary to compensate Bank shall be conclusively presumed to be correct save for manifest error.

5.7 A late installment charge equal to five percent (5%) of each late installment under any Note may be charged on any installment payment not received by Bank within ten (10) calendar days after the installment due date but acceptable of this charge shall not waive any default or Event of Default under this Agreement.

 

18


6. CONDITIONS; SECURITY

6.1 Companies agree to furnish Bank prior to the initial borrowing under this Agreement, in form and substance to be satisfactory to Bank, with (i) certified copies of resolutions of the Board of Directors or Managers or Members, as applicable, of each Company evidencing approval of the borrowings and transactions contemplated hereunder; (ii) certificates of good standing from the states of Delaware and Texas; (iii) such other documents and instruments as Bank may reasonably require.

6.2 Each Company reaffirms and ratifies all of its obligations to Bank under or pursuant to the Loan Document(s) executed and delivered by it, and acknowledges that the Indebtedness shall be secured by the Pledge Agreements, the Mortgage, the Mexican Mortgage, the Collateral Assignment, and the Security Agreements.

6.3 As security for all indebtedness of Companies to Bank hereunder and under the Notes, Companies agree to furnish, execute and deliver to Bank, or cause to be furnished, executed and delivered to Bank, prior to or concurrently with the initial borrowing hereunder, the Mexican Mortgage. Companies, at their expense, shall have prior thereto furnished Bank with customary title insurance or other assurance of title, survey and other documentation required to file the Mexican Mortgage, in each case in form and substance satisfactory to Bank.

7. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

Companies jointly and severally represent and warrant and such representations and warranties shall be deemed to be continuing representations and warranties during the entire life of this Agreement:

7.1 Each Company is a limited liability company or corporation, as applicable, duly organized and existing in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its formation; each Company is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which it is required to be qualified to do business; execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and other documents and instruments required under this Agreement, and the issuance of the Notes by Companies, are within their limited liability company or corporate powers, as applicable, have been duly authorized, are not in contravention of law or the terms of either Company’s Articles of Organization or Operating Agreement or Articles of Incorporation or Bylaws, as applicable, and do not require the consent or approval of any governmental body, agency or authority; and this Agreement and other documents and instruments required under this Agreement and the Notes, when issued and delivered, will be valid and binding on Companies in accordance with their terms.

7.2 The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and any other documents and instruments required under this Agreement, and the issuance of the Notes by Companies, are not in contravention of the unwaived terms of any indenture, agreement or undertaking to which any Company is a party or by which it is bound.

7.3 No litigation or other proceeding before any court or administrative agency is pending, or to the knowledge of the officers of Companies is threatened against any Company, the outcome of which could materially impair either Company’s financial condition or the ability of such Company to carry on its business.

 

19


7.4 There are no security interests in, liens, mortgages, or other encumbrances on any of any Company’s assets, except to Bank or as otherwise permitted by this Agreement.

7.5 No Company maintains or contributes to any employee pension benefit plan subject to title IV of the “Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974” (herein called “ERISA”), except those set forth in attached Schedule 7.5. Except as set forth on Schedule 7.5, there was no unfunded past service liability of any Pension Plan as of September 30, 2003, and there is no accumulated funding deficiency within the meaning of ERISA, or any existing material liability with respect to any pension plan owed to the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation (“PBGC”) or any successor thereto, except any funding deficiency for which an application to the PBGC for waiver is pending or for which a waiver has been granted by the PBGC.

7.6 The Consolidated financial statements of Holdings dated June 30, 2003, previously furnished Bank, are complete and correct and fairly present the financial condition of Holdings as of such date; since June 30, 2003, there has been no material adverse change in the financial condition of any Company, and to the best of the knowledge of Companies’ officers, have no material contingent obligations (including any liability for taxes) not disclosed by or reserved against in said balance sheets, and at the present time there are no material unrealized or anticipated losses from any present commitment of any Company.

7.7 The execution, delivery and performance by each Guarantor of the Guaranties are not in contravention of the unwaived terms of any indenture, agreement or undertaking to which any Guarantor is a party or by which any Guarantor is bound and have been duly authorized, are not in contravention of law or the term of the Articles of Organization, Operating Agreement or any similar constituent document of any Guarantor, and do not require the consent or approval of any governmental body, agency or authority; and each Guaranty is valid and binding on each Guarantor in accordance with its terms.

7.8 All tax returns and tax reports of Companies required by law to have been filed have been duly filed or extensions obtained, and all taxes, assessments and other governmental charges or levies (other than those presently payable without penalty and those currently being contested in good faith for which adequate reserves have been established) upon Companies (or any of their properties) which are due and payable have been paid. The charges, accruals and reserves on the books of Companies in respect of the Federal income tax for all periods are adequate in the opinion of Company.

7.9 There are no Subsidiaries of Holdings, except for Manitowoc, Construction and Mexican Subsidiary.

7.10 Each Company is, in the conduct of its business, in compliance in all material respects with all federal, state or local laws, statutes, ordinances and regulations applicable to any of them. Each Company has all approvals, authorizations, consents, licenses,

 

20


orders and other permits of all governmental agencies and authorities, whether federal, state or local, required to permit the operation of their business as presently conducted, except such approvals, authorizations, consents, licenses, orders and other permits.

7.11 No Company is a party to any litigation or administrative proceeding, nor so far as is known by Companies is any litigation or administrative proceeding threatened against any Company which in either case (A) asserts or alleges that any Company violated Environmental Laws, (B) asserts or alleges that any Company is required to clean up, remove, or take remedial or other response action due to the disposal, depositing, discharge, leaking or other release of any hazardous substances or materials, (C) asserts or alleges that any Company is required to pay all or a portion of the cost of any past, present, or future cleanup, removal or remedial or other response action which arises out of or is related to the disposal, depositing, discharge, leaking or other release of any hazardous substances or materials by any Company.

7.12 No Company is in violation of any Environmental Laws which would subject such Company to damages, penalties, injunctive relief or cleanup costs under any applicable Environmental Laws or which require or are likely to require cleanup, removal, remedial action or other response pursuant to applicable Environmental Laws by such Company.

7.13 No Company is subject to any judgment, decree, order or citation related to or arising out of applicable Environmental Laws and to the best knowledge of Companies, Neither Company has been named or listed as a potentially responsible party by any governmental body or agency in a matter arising under any applicable Environmental Laws.

7.14 Each Company has all permits, licenses and approvals required under applicable Environmental Laws.

7.15 No Company is an “investment company” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended. No Company is engaged principally, or as one of its important activities, directly or indirectly, in the business of extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying margin stock, and none of the proceeds of any of the loans hereunder will be used, directly or indirectly, for any purpose which would violate the provisions of Regulation U or X of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System. Terms for which meanings are provided in Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System or any regulations substituted therefor, as from time to time in effect, are used in this paragraph with such meanings.

8. AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

Each Company covenants and agrees that it will, so long as Bank may make any Advance under this Agreement and thereafter so long as any Indebtedness remains outstanding under this Agreement:

8.1 Furnish Bank:

 

  (a) within ninety (90) days after and as of the end of each fiscal year of Holdings, detailed Consolidated and Consolidating financial statements of Holdings, audited by independent certified public accountants satisfactory to Bank;

 

21


  (b) within forty-five (45) days after and as of the end of each fiscal quarter, a Consolidating balance sheet and statement of income and surplus reconciliation of Holdings in form satisfactory to Bank, certified by an authorized officer of Holdings as being correct and accurate to the best of his knowledge and (commencing with the quarter ending on September 30, 2003), reviewed by independent certified public accountants satisfactory to Bank;

 

  (c) within twenty (20) days after and as of the end of each month, detailed agings of Companies’ Accounts and accounts payable and a borrowing base report, each in form acceptable to Bank; and

 

  (d) promptly, and in form to be satisfactory to Bank, such other information as Bank may reasonably request from time to time.

8.2 Pay and discharge all taxes and other governmental charges before the same shall become overdue, unless and to the extent only that such payment is being contested in good faith.

8.3 Maintain insurance coverage on its physical assets and against other business risks in such amounts and of such types as are customarily carried by companies similar in size and nature, and in the event of acquisition of additional property, real or personal, or of incurrence of additional risks of any nature, increase such insurance coverage in such manner and to such extent as prudent business judgment and present practice would dictate; and in the case of all policies covering property hereafter mortgaged or pledged to Bank or property in which Bank shall have a security interest of any kind whatsoever, other than those policies protecting against casualty liabilities to strangers, all such insurance policies shall provide that the loss payable thereunder shall be payable to Companies and Bank (as mortgagee) as their respective interests may appear, all said policies or copies thereof, including all endorsements thereon and those required hereunder, to be deposited with Bank.

8.4 Permit Bank through its authorized attorneys, accountants and representatives, to examine Company’s books, accounts, records, ledgers and assets of every kind and description at all reasonable times upon written request of Bank.

8.5 Promptly notify Bank of any Default or Event of Default, and promptly inform Bank of the existence or occurrence of any condition or event (other than conditions having an effect on the economy in general) which could have a material adverse effect upon Company’s financial condition.

8.6 Maintain in good standing all licenses required by any state or any agency thereof, or other governmental authority that may be necessary or required for Company to carry on its general business objects and purposes.

 

22


8.7 [RESERVED]

8.8 Comply with all material requirements imposed by ERISA as presently in effect or hereafter promulgated, including but not limited to, the minimum funding requirements of any Pension Plan.

8.9 Promptly notify Bank after the occurrence thereof in writing of any of the following events:

 

  (a) the termination of a Pension Plan pursuant to Subtitle C of Title IV of ERISA or otherwise;

 

  (b) the appointment of a trustee by a United States District Court to administer a Pension Plan;

 

  (c) the commencement by the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation, or any successor thereto of any proceeding to terminate a Pension Plan;

 

  (d) the failure of a Pension Plan to satisfy the minimum funding requirements for any plan year as established in Section 412 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1954, as amended or any similar provision under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended;

 

  (e) the withdrawal of Company or any Subsidiary from a Pension Plan; or

 

  (f) a reportable event, within the meaning of Title IV of ERISA.

8.10 Furnish to the Bank concurrently with the delivery of each of the financial statements required by Section 8.1(a) and Section 8.1(b), a Compliance Certificate.

8.11 Maintain, as of the last day of each fiscal quarter, a Current Ratio of not less than 1.15 to 1.

8.12 Maintain, as of the last day of each fiscal quarter, a Leverage Ratio of not greater than 2.5 to 1.

8.13 Maintain, as of the last day of each fiscal quarter, a Debt Service Coverage Ratio of not less than 1.5 to 1.

8.14 Maintain, as of the last day of each fiscal quarter, a Capitalization Ratio of not more than .65 to 1.

8.15 Comply in all material respects with all applicable laws, rules, regulations and orders of any governmental authority (such compliance to include, without limitation, paying before the same become delinquent all taxes, assessments and governmental charges imposed upon it or upon its property), except to the extent that compliance with any of the foregoing is then being contested

 

23


in good faith by appropriate legal proceedings and with respect to which adequate financial reserves have been established on the books and records of the Company or such Subsidiary.

8.16 Pay and discharge all contractual obligations calling for the payment of money (other than trade payables incurred in the ordinary course of business) before the same shall become overdue, unless and to the extent only that such payment is being contested in good faith.

9. NEGATIVE COVENANTS

Each Company covenants and agrees that, so long as Bank may make any Advances under this Agreement and thereafter so long as any Indebtedness remains outstanding under this Agreement, it will not, without the prior written consent of Bank:

9.1 Purchase, acquire or redeem any of its equity interests or other securities or make any material change in its capital structure or general business objectives or purpose.

9.2 Enter into any merger or consolidation or sell, lease, transfer, or dispose of all, substantially all, or any material part of its assets, except in the ordinary course of its business.

9.3 Guarantee, endorse, or otherwise become secondarily liable for or upon the obligations of others, except by endorsement for deposit in the ordinary course of business and guaranties in favor of Bank.

9.4 Become or remain obligated for any indebtedness for borrowed money, or for any indebtedness incurred in connection with the acquisition of any property, real or personal, tangible or intangible, except:

 

  (a) indebtedness to Bank;

 

  (b) current unsecured trade, utility or non-extraordinary accounts payable arising in the ordinary course of Company’s business;

 

  (c) purchase money indebtedness in respect of equipment purchases not to exceed $250,000 in the aggregate at any time outstanding;

 

  (d) purchase money liens on vehicle chassis in favor of the manufacturers thereof; and

 

  (e) indebtedness described in attached Schedule 9.4.

9.5 Purchase or otherwise acquire or become obligated for the purchase of all or substantially all of the assets or business or equity interests of any Person, in any other manner effectuate an expansion of present business by acquisition, except for the Acquisitions.

 

24


9.6 Make or allow to remain outstanding any investment (whether such investment shall be of the character of investment in shares of stock, evidences of indebtedness or other securities or otherwise) in, or any loans or advances to, any Person, except for the Acquisitions.

9.7 Affirmatively pledge or mortgage any of its assets, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, or create, suffer or permit to exist any lien, security interest in, or encumbrance thereon, except:

 

  (a) to Bank;

 

  (b) the Permitted Liens;

 

  (c) purchase money security interests given to secure indebtedness permitted by Section 9.4(c), provided that such security interests do not extend to any asset other than the asset being purchased; and

 

  (d) encumbrances described in Schedule 9.7.

9.8 Sell, assign, transfer or confer a security interest in any account, contract, note, trade acceptance or other receivable, except to Bank.

9.9 Enter into, maintain, or make contribution to, directly or indirectly, any employee pension plan that is subject to Title IV of ERISA, except the Pension Plans.

9.10 Make loans, advances of credit or extensions of credit to any of its Affiliates or to its officers, directors or shareholders or any member of their immediate families or any entity controlled by any of the foregoing or to any other Person, except for sales on open account or in the ordinary course of business, advances to employees in an amount not exceeding $100,000 at any time outstanding for both Companies.

9.11 Declare or pay any dividends or make any other distribution upon its equity interests, except dividends payable in the equity interests of Companies and dividends in an amount not to exceed for any tax year the tax liability of Company’s owners attributable to the undistributed income of Company for such year, made while no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, both before and after giving effect to the payment of such dividends.

9.12 Enter into any transaction with any of its stockholders or officers, or its or their Affiliates, except in the ordinary course of business and on terms not materially less favorable than would be usual and customary in similar transactions between Persons dealing at arm’s length, except for management fees in amounts not to exceed $400,000 in the aggregate for Companies in any fiscal year, in each case made while no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, either before making any such payment or after giving effect thereto; provided, however, that Holdings may employ any member of Quantum Value Management, LLC, the general partner of Quantum Value Partners, L.P. and pay such individual a salary not to exceed $250,000 per year; and Companies may pay to Quantum Value Partners transaction fees and related expenses for the Acquisitions in an amount not to exceed $400,000.

 

25


9.13 Enter into or become subject to any agreement (i) prohibiting the guaranteeing by either Company of any obligations, (ii) prohibiting the creation or assumption of any lien or encumbrance upon the properties or assets of either Company, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, or (iii) requiring an obligation to become secured (or further secured) if another obligation is secured or further secured.

9.14 Make any Capital Expenditure during any fiscal year if after giving effect thereto the aggregate amount of all Capital Expenditures made by Companies during such fiscal year would exceed $1,000,000, net of trade-ins.

10. ENVIRONMENTAL PROVISIONS

10.1 Each Company shall comply in all material respects with all applicable Environmental Laws.

10.2 Each Company shall provide to Bank, immediately upon receipt, copies of any correspondence, notice, pleading, citation, indictment, complaint, order, decree, or other document from any source asserting or alleging a circumstance or condition which requires or may require a financial contribution by either Company in respect of a cleanup, removal, remedial action, or other response by or on the part of either Company under applicable Environmental Laws or which seeks damages or civil, criminal or punitive penalties from either Company for an alleged violation of Environmental Laws.

10.3 Each Company shall promptly notify Bank in writing as soon as such Company becomes aware of the occurrence or existence of any condition or circumstance which makes the environmental warranties contained in this Agreement incomplete or inaccurate in any material respect as of any date.

10.4 In the event of any condition or circumstance that makes any environmental warranty, representation and/or agreement incomplete or inaccurate in any material respect as of any date, Companies shall, at the request of Bank, at its sole expense, retain an environmental professional consultant, reasonably acceptable to Bank, to conduct a thorough and complete investigation regarding the changed condition and/or circumstance and any environmental concerns arising from that changed condition and/or circumstance. A copy of the environmental consultant’s report will be promptly delivered to both Bank and Company upon completion.

10.5 At any time either Company, directly or indirectly through any professional consultant or other representative, determines to undertake an environmental audit, assessment or investigation, Company shall promptly provide Bank with written notice of the initiation of the environmental audit, fully describing the purpose and intended scope of the environmental audit. Upon receipt, Companies will promptly provide to Bank copies of all final findings and conclusions of any such environmental investigation.

10.6 Each Company hereby indemnifies, saves and holds Bank and any of its past, present and future officers, directors,

 

26


shareholders, employees, representatives and consultants harmless from any and all loss, damages, suits, penalties, costs, liabilities and expenses (including but not limited to reasonable investigation, environmental audit(s), and legal expenses) arising out of any claim, loss or damage of any property, injuries to or death of persons, contamination of or adverse affects on the environment, or any violation of any applicable Environmental Laws, caused by or in any way related to any property owned or operated by either Company, or due to any acts of either Company or such person’s, officers, directors, shareholders, employees, consultants and/or representatives; provided, however, that the foregoing indemnification shall not be applicable when arising from events or conditions occurring while the Bank is in sole possession (subject to the rights of any creditors of Companies) of such property.

It is expressly agreed and understood that the provisions hereof shall and are intended to be continuing and shall survive the repayment of any indebtedness from Companies to Bank.

10.7 Each Company shall maintain all permits, licenses and approvals required under applicable Environmental Laws.

11. EVENTS OF DEFAULT

11.1 Upon non-payment of any installment of the principal or interest on the Notes when due in accordance with the terms thereof, or upon non-payment of any other outstanding Indebtedness when due in accordance with the terms thereof, the Notes may at Bank’s option become immediately due and payable, and thereafter Bank’s commitment to make further Advances or to issue further Letters of Credit under this Agreement shall automatically terminate.

11.2 Upon occurrence of any of the following events of default:

 

  (a) default in the observance or performance of any of the conditions, covenants or agreements of Companies set forth in Sections 2.5, 8.1, 8.3, 8.4, 8.5, 8.9, 8.10, 8.11, 8.12, 8.13, 9 or 10 herein;

 

  (b) default in the observance or performance of any of the other conditions, covenants or agreements of Companies herein set forth, and continuance thereof for thirty (30) days after written notice to Companies by Bank;

 

  (c) any representation or warranty made by Companies herein or in any instrument submitted pursuant hereto proves untrue in any material respect when made or deemed made;

 

  (d) default in the observance or performance of any of the conditions, covenants or agreements of any Company or any Guarantor set forth in any collateral document of security which may be given to secure the indebtedness hereunder or in any other collateral document related to or connected with this Agreement or the indebtedness hereunder;

 

27


  (e) default in the payment of any other obligation of any Company or any Guarantor for borrowed money in an aggregate amount in excess of One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000), or in the observance or performance of any conditions, covenants or agreements related or given with respect thereto;

 

  (f) judgment(s) for the payment of money in excess of the sum of One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) in the aggregate shall be rendered against any Company or any Guarantor and any such judgment(s) shall remain unpaid, unvacated, unbonded or unstayed by appeal or otherwise for a period of thirty (30) consecutive days from the date of its entry and such judgment is not covered by insurance from a solvent insurer who is defending such action without reservation of rights;

 

  (g) the occurrence of any “reportable event”, as defined in the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 and any amendments thereto, which is determined to constitute grounds for termination by the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation of any employee pension benefit plan maintained by or on behalf of either Company for the benefit of any of its employees or for the appointment by the appropriate United States District Court of a trustee to administer such plan and such reportable event is not corrected and such determination is not revoked within thirty (30) days after notice thereof has been given to the plan administrator or any Company; or the institution of proceedings by the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation to terminate any such employee benefit pension plan or to appoint a trustee to administer such plan; or the appointment of a trustee by the appropriate United States District Court to administer any such employee benefit pension plan;

 

  (h) if there shall be any change for any reason whatsoever in the ownership of any Company or any Guarantor which shall in the reasonable judgment of Bank adversely affect future prospects for the successful operation of Companies;

 

  (i) if any Guarantor shall revoke its Guaranty or disavow any of its obligations thereunder;

then, or at any time thereafter, unless such default is remedied, Bank may give notice to Companies declaring all outstanding indebtedness hereunder and under the Notes to be due and payable, whereupon all indebtedness then outstanding hereunder and under the Notes shall immediately become due and payable without further notice or demand, and Bank shall not be obligated to make any further Advances or to issue any Letter of Credit hereunder.

11.3 If a creditors’ committee shall have been appointed for the business of any Company or any Guarantor; or if any Company or any Guarantor shall have made a general assignment for the benefit of creditors or shall have been adjudicated bankrupt, or shall have filed a voluntary petition in bankruptcy or for reorganization or to effect a plan or arrangement with creditors; or shall file an answer to a creditor’s petition or other petition filed against it, admitting the material allegations thereof for an adjudication in

 

28


bankruptcy or for reorganization; or shall have applied for or permitted the appointment of a receiver, or trustee or custodian for any of its property or assets; or such receiver, trustee or custodian shall have been appointed for any of its property or assets (otherwise than upon application or consent of any Company or a Guarantor, as applicable) and such receiver, trustee or custodian so appointed shall not have been discharged within sixty (60) days after the date of his appointment or if an order shall be entered and shall not be dismissed or stayed within sixty (60) days from its entry, approving any petition for reorganization of any Company or any Guarantor; then the Notes and all indebtedness then outstanding hereunder shall automatically become immediately due and payable, and Bank shall not be obligated to make any further Advances or issue any further Letters of Credit under this Agreement.

11.4 The remedies provided for herein are cumulative to the remedies for collection of the Indebtedness as provided by law, in equity or by any other agreement or instrument. Nothing herein contained is intended, nor shall it be construed, to preclude Bank from pursuing any other remedy for the recovery of any other sum to which Bank may be or become entitled for the breach of this Agreement by Companies.

11.5 Upon the occurrence of any Event of Default, upon notice to Companies from Bank, Companies will deposit with Bank and maintain cash collateral in an amount equal to the Letter of Credit Reserve.

12. MISCELLANEOUS

12.1 This Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of Companies and Bank and their respective successors and assigns, except that the credit provided for under this Agreement and no part thereof and no obligation of Bank hereunder shall be assignable or otherwise transferable by Companies.

12.2 Companies shall pay all closing costs and expenses, including, by way of description and not limitation, reasonable outside attorney fees, audit and appraisal fees, and lien search fees incurred by Bank in connection with the commitment, consummation and closing of this Agreement. All of said amounts required to be paid by Companies may, at Bank’s option, be charged by Bank as an advance against the proceeds of the Notes. All costs, including reasonable attorney fees incurred by Bank in protecting or enforcing any of its or any of the Bank’s rights against Companies or any Guarantor or any collateral or in defending Bank from any claims or liabilities by any party or otherwise incurred by Bank in connection with an event of default or the enforcement of this Agreement or the related documents, including by way of description and not limitation, such charges in any court or bankruptcy proceedings or arising out of any claim or action by any person against Bank which would not have been asserted were it not for Bank’s relationship with Companies hereunder, shall also be paid by Companies.

12.3 Where the character or amount of any asset or liability or item of income or expense is required to be determined or any consolidation or other accounting computation is required to be made for the purposes of this Agreement, it shall be done in accordance with GAAP unless otherwise agreed to by Companies and Bank.

 

29


12.4 No delay or failure of Bank in exercising any right, power or privilege hereunder shall affect such right, power or privilege, nor shall any single or partial exercise thereof preclude any further exercise thereof, or the exercise of any other power, right or privilege. The rights of Bank under this Agreement are cumulative and not exclusive of any right or remedies which Bank would otherwise have.

12.5 All notices with respect to this Agreement shall be deemed to be completed upon mailing by certified mail to the following or to such other address as may be designated by Companies or Bank in a notice that complies as to delivery with the terms of this Section 12.5:

To Companies:

28213 Van Dyke Avenue

Warren, Michigan 48093

Attention: Michael Azar

and

1802 East 50th Street

Lubbock, Texas 79404

Attention: David Langevin

To Bank:

35405 Grand River Avenue

Mail Code 5400

Farmington, Michigan 48335

Attention: West Oakland Loan Group

12.6 This Agreement and the other Loan Documents have been delivered at Detroit, Michigan, and shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Michigan. Whenever possible each provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement shall be prohibited by or invalid under applicable law, such provision shall be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or invalidity, without invalidating the remainder of such provision or the remaining provisions of this Agreement.

12.7 No amendments or waiver of any provisions of this Agreement nor consent to any departure by Companies therefrom shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by the Bank, and then such amendment, waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which given. No amendment, waiver or consent with respect to any provision of this Agreement shall affect any other provision of this Agreement.

12.8 All sums payable by Companies to Bank under this Agreement or the other documents contemplated hereby shall be paid directly to Bank in immediately available United States funds, without set off, deduction or counterclaim. Bank may charge any and all deposit or other accounts (including without limit an account evidenced by a certificate of deposit) of Companies with Bank for all or a part of any Indebtedness then due; provided , however, that this authorization shall not affect Companies’ obligation to pay, when due, any Indebtedness whether or not account balances are sufficient to pay amounts due.

 

30


12.9 Any payment of the Indebtedness made by mail will be deemed tendered and received only upon actual receipt by Bank at the address designated for such payment, whether or not Bank has authorized payment by mail or any other manner, and shall not be deemed to have been made in a timely manner unless received on the date due for such payment, time being of the essence. Companies expressly assume all risks of loss or liability resulting from non-delivery or delay of delivery of any item of payment transmitted by mail or in any other manner. Acceptance by Bank of any payment in an amount less than the amount then due shall be deemed an acceptance on account only, and the failure to pay the entire amount then due shall be and continue to be an Event of Default, and at any time thereafter and until the entire amount then due has been paid, Bank shall be entitled to exercise any and all rights conferred upon it herein upon the occurrence of an Event of Default. Companies waive the right to direct the application of any and all payments at any time or times hereafter received by Bank from or on behalf of Companies. Companies agree that Bank shall have the continuing exclusive right to apply and to reapply any and all payments received at any time or times hereafter against the Indebtedness in such manner as Bank may deem advisable, notwithstanding any entry by Bank upon any of its books and records. Companies expressly agree that to the extent that Bank receives any payment or benefit and such payment or benefit, or any part thereof, is subsequently invalidated, declared to be fraudulent or preferential, set aside or is required to be repaid to a trustee, receiver, or any other party under any bankruptcy act, state or federal law, common law or equitable cause, then to the extent of such payment or benefit, the Indebtedness or part thereof intended to be satisfied shall be revived and continued in full force and effect as if such payment or benefit had not been made and, further, any such repayment by Bank, to the extent that Bank did not directly receive a corresponding cash payment, shall be added to and be additional Indebtedness payable upon demand by Bank.

12.10 In the event any Company’s obligation to pay interest on the principal balance of the Notes is or becomes in excess of the maximum interest rate which such Company is permitted by law to contract or agree to pay, giving due consideration to the execution date of this Agreement, then, in that event, the rate of interest applicable shall be deemed to be immediately reduced to such maximum rate and all previous payments in excess of such maximum rate shall be deemed to have been payments in reduction of principal and not of interest.

12.11 This Agreement shall become effective upon the execution hereof by Bank and Companies.

12.12 This Agreement, the Notes, any Requests for Advance or Letters of Credit hereunder, the other Loan Documents, and any agreements, certificates, or other documents given to secure the Indebtedness, contain the entire agreement of the parties hereto, and none of the parties hereto shall be bound by anything not expressed in writing. This Agreement constitutes an amendment and restatement of the Prior Credit Agreement, which Prior Credit Agreement is fully superseded and amended and restated in its entirety hereby; provided , however , that the Indebtedness governed by the Prior Credit Agreement shall remain outstanding and in full force and effect and provided further that this Agreement does not constitute a novation of such Indebtedness.

 

31


12.13 COMPANIES AND BANK HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVE THE RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY WITH RESPECT TO ANY AND ALL ACTIONS OR PROCEEDINGS AT ANY TIME IN WHICH COMPANY AND BANK ARE PARTIES ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT OR THE OTHER DOCUMENTS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

32


WITNESS the due execution hereof as of the day and year first above written.

 

COMERICA BANK    

QUANTUM CONSTRUCTION

EQUIPMENT, LLC

By:  

/s/

    By:  

/s/

Its:  

 

    Its:  

 

       
      QUANTUM EQUIPMENT, LLC
      By:  

/s/

      Its:  

 

      MANITOWOC BOOM TRUCKS, INC.
      By:  

/s/

      Its:  

 

 

33


LIST OF SCHEDULES

Schedule 6.5 - Pension Plans

Schedule 9.4 - Permitted Debt

Schedule 9.7 - Permitted Liens

LIST OF EXHIBITS

 

Exhibit A -   Revolving Credit Note
Exhibit B -   Request for Advance
Exhibit C -   Compliance Certificate
Exhibit D -   Term Note
Exhibit E -   Notice of Term Rate

 

34


Schedule 6.5

PENSION PLANS

 

1. Noble Construction Equipment, Inc. Pension Plan for Hourly Employees Represented by Local 351.

 

35


Schedule 9.4

PERMITTED DEBT

 

1. Lease between Eagle-Picher Industries, Inc., as Landlord, and Noble Construction Equipment, Inc., as Tenant, dated December 14, 2001, regarding property located at 1802 Eat 50th Street, Lubbock, Texas.

 

2. Sublease agreement dated December 14, 2001, between Eagle-Picher Industries, Inc., as Sublessor, and Noble Construction Equipment, Inc., as Subtenant, regarding property located at 19 Garza Kane, Del Rio, Texas.

 

3. See attached schedule of liens regarding various equipment leased by the Company.

 

36


Schedule 9.7

PERMITTED LIENS

 

Debtor

  

Secured Party

  

Collateral

Manitowoc    DaimlerChrysler Services    All property described in Texas UCC filing Nos. 00-572217, 00-877421, 02-311812, 03-078477 and 03-0001156692
Manitowoc    U.S. Bank and Targa Financial    All property described in Texas UCC filing No. 02-0005934407
Manitowoc    Citizens Leasing    All property described in Texas UCC filing Nos. 02-0033239517 and 02-0037943472
Manitowoc    UPS Capital    All property described in Texas UCC filing Nos. 02-0038365198
Manitowoc    General Electric Capital    All property described in Texas UCC filing No. 03-0005453969
Manitowoc    CIT Group    All property described in Texas UCC filing No. 03-0006903819
Manitowoc    Champion Brands, LLC    All property described in Texas UCC filing No. 04-0041753317

 

37


EXHIBIT “A”

REVOLVING CREDIT NOTE

 

     Detroit, Michigan
$13,500,000    December 15, 2003

On or before the Revolving Credit Maturity Date, FOR VALUE RECEIVED, Quantum Construction Equipment, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, and Manitowoc Boom Trucks, Inc., a Texas corporation (“Revolver Companies”), jointly and severally promise to pay to the order of COMERICA BANK, a Michigan banking corporation (“Bank”), at its Main Office at 500 Woodward Avenue, Detroit, Michigan 48226, in lawful money of the United States of America the indebtedness or so much of the sum of Thirteen Million Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($13,500,000) as may from time to time have been advanced and then be outstanding hereunder pursuant to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of December 15, 2003, between Companies and Bank (herein called “Agreement”), together with interest thereon as hereinafter set forth.

Each of the Advances hereunder shall bear interest at the Applicable Interest Rate from time to time applicable thereto under the Agreement or as otherwise determined thereunder, and interest shall be computed, assessed and payable as set forth in the Agreement.

This Note is a note under which advances, repayments and readvances may be made from time to time, subject to the terms and conditions of the Agreement. This Note evidences borrowing under, is subject to, is secured in accordance with, and may be matured under, the terms of the Agreement, to which reference is hereby made.

Each Revolver Company hereby waives presentment for payment, demand, protest and notice of dishonor and nonpayment of this Note and agrees that no obligation hereunder shall be discharged by reason of any extension, indulgence, or forbearance granted by any holder of this Note to any party now or hereafter liable hereon. Any transferees of, or endorser, guarantor or surety paying this Note in full shall succeed to all rights of Bank, and Bank shall be under no further responsibility for the exercise thereof or the loan evidenced hereby. Nothing herein shall limit any right granted Bank by other instrument or by law.

All capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Agreement.

 

38


All obligations of Revolver Companies under this Note shall be joint and several.

 

QUANTUM CONSTRUCTION
EQUIPMENT, LLC
By:  

 

Its:  

 

MANITOWOC BOOM TRUCKS, INC.
By:  

 

Its:  

 

 

39


EXHIBIT “B”

REQUEST FOR ADVANCE

Pursuant to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of December 15, 2003 (herein called “Agreement”), the undersigned hereby requests COMERICA BANK (“Bank”) to make a(an)                      1 / Advance to the undersigned on                      , 200      , in the amount of                                                                                                                            DOLLARS ($              ) under the $13,500,000 Revolving Credit Note dated December 15, 2003 issued by Revolver Companies to Bank (herein called “Note”). The Interest Period for the requested Advance, if applicable, shall be                      2 / . The last day of the Interest Period for the amounts being converted or refunded hereunder, if applicable, is                      , 200      .

The undersigned certifies that no event has occurred or condition exists which constitutes, or with the passage of time and/or giving of notice would constitute, a default under the Agreement or the Note, and none will exist upon the making of the Advance requested hereunder. The undersigned further certifies that upon advancing the sum requested hereunder, the aggregate principal amount outstanding under the Note will not exceed the face amount thereof.

The undersigned hereby authorizes said Bank to disburse the proceeds of this Request for Advance by crediting the account of the undersigned with Bank separately designated by the undersigned or as the undersigned may otherwise direct, unless this Request for Advance is being submitted for a conversion or refunding, in which case it shall refund or convert that portion stated above of the existing outstandings under the Note.

Dated this      day of                      , 200      .

 

[NAME OF REVOLVER COMPANY]
By:  

 

Its:  

 

 


1 /

Insert, as applicable, “Eurodollar-based”, or “Prime-based”.

2 /

For a Eurodollar-based Advance insert, as applicable, “1, 2, 3 or 6 months”.

 

40


EXHIBIT “C”

COMPLIANCE REPORT

 

To: Comerica Bank

 

  Re: Quantum Construction Equipment, LLC Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of December 15, 2003 (“Credit Agreement”)

This Compliance Report (“Report”) is furnished pursuant to Section 8.10 of the Credit Agreement and sets forth various information as of                      , 200      (the “Computation Date”).

1. Current Ratio . On the Computation Date, the Current Ratio, which is required to be at least 1.15 to 1, was      to 1, as computed in the supporting documents attached hereto as Schedule 1.

2. Leverage Ratio . On the Computation Date, the Leverage Ratio, which is required to be not more than 2.5 to 1, was              to 1, as computed in the supporting documents attached hereto as Schedule 2.

3. Debt Service Coverage Ratio . On the Computation Date, the Debt Service Coverage Ratio, which is required to be at least 1.5 to 1, was              to 1, as computed in the supporting documents attached as Schedule 3.

4. Capitalization Ratio . On the Computation Date, the Capitalization Ratio, which is required to be not more than .65 to 1, was      to 1, as computed in the supporting documents attached as Schedule 4.

The undersigned officer hereby certifies that to the best of his knowledge, after due inquiry:

A. All of the information set forth in this Report (and in any Schedule attached hereto) is true and correct in all material respects.

B. As of the Computation Date, the Companies have observed and performed all of its covenants and other agreements contained in the Credit Agreement.

C. I have personally reviewed the Credit Agreement and this Report is based on an examination sufficient to assure that this Report is accurate.

D. Except as stated as Schedule 5 hereto (which shall describe any existing Event of Default or event which with the passage of time and/or the giving of notice, would constitute an Event of Default and the notice and period of existence thereof and any action taken with respect thereto or contemplated to be taken by Companies), no Event of Default, or event which with the passage of time and/or the giving of notice would constitute an Event of Default, has occurred and is continuing on the date of this Report.

 

41


Capitalized terms used in this Report and in the schedules hereto, unless specifically defined to the contrary, have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Holdings has caused this Report to be executed and delivered by its duly authorized officer this      day of                      , 200      .

 

QUANTUM EQUIPMENT, LLC
By:  

 

Its:  

 

 

42


EXHIBIT “D”

NOTICE OF TERM RATE

With reference to the Term Note dated December 15, 2003 in the original principal amount of $6,000,000 delivered by Holdings to the Bank under the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of December 15, 2003 by and between Companies and the Bank (as the same may be amended or modified from time to time, “Agreement”), and pursuant to the Agreement, Holdings hereby elects as the Applicable Interest Rate for such Note the                      3 Rate. Such Applicable Interest Rate shall be effected on                      , 200      , and the Interest Period applicable thereto, if any, shall be                      . 4

All capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Agreement.

Dated this      day of                      , 200      .

 

QUANTUM EQUIPMENT, LLC
By:  

 

Its:  

 

 


3

insert, as applicable, “Eurodollar-based”, or “Prime-based”.

4

Insert, as applicable, “one month”, “two months”, “three months” or “six months”.

 

43


EXHIBIT “E”

TERM NOTE

 

   Detroit, Michigan
$6,000,000    December      , 2003

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, QUANTUM EQUIPMENT, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Holdings”), promises to pay to the order of COMERICA BANK, a Michigan banking corporation (“Bank”), at its Main Office at 500 Woodward Avenue, Detroit, Michigan, the principal sum of Six Million Dollars ($6,000,000) in lawful money of the United States of America, payable in equal consecutive monthly principal installments in the amount of One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) each, commencing on February 1, 2004, and on the first day of each July, October, January and April thereafter until the Term Loan Maturity Date, when the entire unpaid balance of principal and interest thereon shall be due and payable, together with interest thereon as hereinafter set forth.

The principal balance from time to time outstanding hereunder shall bear interest at the Applicable Interest Rate from time to time applicable thereto under the Agreement (as defined below) or as otherwise determined thereunder, and interest shall be computed, assessed and payable as set forth in the Agreement.

This Note evidences borrowing under, is subject to, is secured in accordance with, may be prepaid in accordance with, and may be matured under the terms of the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of December 15, 2003 by and between Companies and Bank (as the same may be amended or modified from time to time, “Agreement”) to which reference is hereby made. As additional security for this Note, Holdings grants Bank a lien on all property and assets, including deposits and other credits, of Holdings, at any time in possession or control of or owing by Bank for any purpose.

Holdings hereby waives presentment for payment, demand, protest and notice of protest and notice of dishonor and nonpayment of this Note and agrees that no obligation hereunder shall be discharged by reason of any extension, indulgence, or forbearance granted by any holder of this Note to any party now or hereafter liable hereon. Any transferees of, or endorser, guarantor or surety paying this Note in full shall succeed to all rights of Bank, and Bank shall be under no further responsibility for the exercise thereof or the loan evidenced hereby. Nothing herein shall limit any right granted by other instrument or by law.

 

44


All capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Agreement.

 

QUANTUM EQUIPMENT, LLC
By:  

 

Its:  

 

 

45


AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO CREDIT AGREEMENT

THIS AMENDMENT, dated as of April      , 2004, by and between Quantum Construction Equipment, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Construction”), Manitowoc Boom Trucks, Inc., a Texas corporation (“Manitowoc”), and Quantum Equipment, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Holdings,” and together with Construction and Manitowoc, the “Companies”, and individually a “Company”), and Comerica Bank, a Michigan banking corporation, of Detroit, Michigan (“Bank”).

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS, said parties desire to amend that certain Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated December 15, 2003 (the “Agreement”), entered into by and among Companies and Bank;

NOW, THEREFORE, it is agreed that the definition of “Borrowing Base” in Section 1 of the Agreement is amended to read as follows:

“Borrowing Base” shall mean, as of any date, (i) if the date of determination is on or prior to June 30, 2004, the sum of (a) eighty-five percent (85%) of Eligible Accounts plus (b) the lesser of (i) sixty percent (60%) of Eligible Inventory and (ii) $7,500,000, and (ii) at any time thereafter, the sum of (a) eighty percent (80%) of Eligible Accounts plus (b) the lesser of (i) fifty percent (50%) of Eligible Inventory and (ii) $7,500,000.

This Amendment shall be effective as of the date hereof. Except as modified hereby, all of the terms and conditions of the Agreement shall remain in full force and effect. Each Company hereby represents and warrants that, after giving effect to the amendments contained herein, (a) execution, delivery and performance of this Amendment and any other documents and instruments required under this Amendment or the Agreement are within such Company’s corporate or limited liability company powers, have been duly authorized, are not in contravention of law or the terms of any Company’s Articles of Incorporation or Articles of Organization and do not require the consent or approval of any governmental body, agency, or authority; and this Amendment and any other documents and instruments required under this Amendment or the Agreement, will be valid and binding in accordance with their terms; (b) the representations and warranties of Companies in Sections 7.1 through 3.15 of the Agreement are true and correct on and as of the date hereof with the same force and effect as if made on and as of the date hereof; and (c) no Default or Event of Default.

This Amendment may be executed in counterparts, of which this is one, all of which shall constitute one and the same instrument.


WITNESS the due execution hereof as of the day and year first above written.

 

BANK:       COMPANIES:
COMERICA BANK     QUANTUM CONSTRUCTION, LLC
       
By:  

/s/

    By:  

/s/

Its:  

 

    Its:  

 

      QUANTUM EQUIPMENT, LLC
      By:  

/s/

      Its:  

 

      MANITOWOC BOOM TRUCKS, INC.
      By:  

/s/

      Its:  

 

 

2


AMENDMENT NO. 2 TO AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT

AGREEMENT AND WAIVER AND AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO

REVOLVING CREDIT NOTE

THIS AMENDMENT, dated as of December __, 2004, by and between Manitowoc Boom Trucks, Inc., a Texas corporation (“Manitowoc”), and Quantum Equipment, LLC, fka Quantum Heavy Equipment, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Holdings,” and together with Manitowoc, the “Companies”, and individually a “Company”), and Comerica Bank, a Michigan banking corporation, of Detroit, Michigan (“Bank”).

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS, Companies and Bank entered into that certain Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated December 15, 2003 (the “Agreement”);

WHEREAS, Companies executed and delivered to Bank a Revolving Credit Note dated March 7, 2003 in the amount of $13,500,000 (the “Note”);

WHEREAS, Noble CE, LLC, fka Quantum Construction Equipment, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company was terminated as to the Agreement on September 7, 2004 and is no longer a party thereto;

WHEREAS, Companies and Bank wish to amend the Agreement and the Note, but only as set forth herein.

1. All references to Quantum Construction Equipment, LLC are removed from the Agreement and the Note.

2. The definition of Borrowing Base found in Section 1 of the Agreement is amended to read in its entirety as follows:

“Borrowing Base” shall mean, as of any date of determination, the sum of (a) eighty-five percent (85%) of Eligible Accounts plus (b) seventy-five percent (75%) of Eligible Canadian Account plus (c) the lesser of (i) sixty-five percent (65%) of Eligible Inventory and (ii) $7,500,000.

3. The definition of Eligible Canadian Receivables is added to Section 1 of the Agreement in its appropriate alphabetical order to read as follows:


“Eligible Canadian Receivable” shall mean an Account which meets all of the requirements of Eligible Account except that the Account Debtor maintains its chief executive office in Canada.

4. The reference to “Thirteen Million Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($13,500,000)” found in the definition of Revolving Credit Maximum Amount is changed to “Fourteen Million Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($14,500,000).”

5. The reference to “1.15” found in Section 8.11 of the Agreement is changed to “1.0.”

6. The reference to “2.5” found in Section 8.12 of the Agreement is changed to “3.7.”

7. It is agreed that pursuant to Sections 8.11 and 8.12 of the Agreement, the Companies are required to maintain certain financial covenant levels. The Companies violated the provisions of Sections 8.11 and 8.12 of the Agreement (“Covenant Violations”) for the periods ending March 31, 2004, June 30, 2004 and September 30, 2004. Bank hereby waives the Covenant Violations. This waiver shall not act as a consent to or waiver of any other transaction, act or omission, whether related or unrelated thereto, including any violation of such covenants for any other dates, nor should this waiver extend to or affect any obligation, covenant, agreement or event of default not expressly waived hereby.

8. The face amount of the Note is changed from Thirteen Million Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($13,500,000) to Fourteen Million Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($14,500,000).

9. This Amendment shall be effective as of the date hereof. Except as modified hereby, all of the terms and conditions of the Agreement shall remain in full force and effect. Each Company hereby represents and warrants that, after giving effect to the amendments contained herein, (a) execution, delivery and performance of this Amendment and any other documents and instruments required under this Amendment or the Agreement are within such Company’s corporate or limited liability company powers, have been duly authorized, are not in contravention of law or the terms of any Company’s Articles of Incorporation or Articles of Organization and do not require the consent or approval of any governmental body, agency, or authority; and this Amendment and any other documents and instruments required under this Amendment or the Agreement, will be valid and binding in accordance with their terms; (b) the representations and warranties of Companies in Sections 7.1 through 3.15 of the Agreement are true and correct on and as of the date hereof with the same force and effect as if made on and as of the date hereof; and (c) no Default or Event of Default.

10. This Amendment may be executed in counterparts, of which this is one, all of which shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

2


WITNESS the due execution hereof as of the day and year first above written.

 

BANK:       COMPANIES:
COMERICA BANK     QUANTUM EQUIPMENT, LLC
By:  

/s/

    By:  

/s/

Its:  

 

    Its:  

 

      MANITOWOC BOOM TRUCKS, INC.
      By:  

/s/

      Its:  

 

 

4


AMENDMENT NO. 3 TO AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT

THIS AMENDMENT, dated as of January      , 2005, by and between Manitowoc Boom Trucks, Inc., a Texas corporation (“Manitowoc”), and Quantum Equipment, LLC, fka Quantum Heavy Equipment, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Holdings,” and together with Manitowoc, the “Companies”, and individually a “Company”), and Comerica Bank, a Michigan banking corporation, of Detroit, Michigan (“Bank”).

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS, Companies and Bank entered into that certain Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated December 15, 2003 (the “Agreement”);

WHEREAS, Noble CE, LLC, fka Quantum Construction Equipment, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company was terminated as to the Agreement on September 7, 2004 and is no longer a party thereto;

WHEREAS, Companies and Bank wish to amend the Agreement, but only as set forth herein.

1. The definition of “Revolving Credit Maturity Date” found in Section 1 of the Agreement is amended to read in its entirety as follows:

“Revolving Credit Maturity Date” shall mean July 1, 2005.

2. This Amendment shall be effective as of the date hereof. Except as modified hereby, all of the terms and conditions of the Agreement shall remain in full force and effect. Each Company hereby represents and warrants that, after giving effect to the amendments contained herein, (a) execution, delivery and performance of this Amendment and any other documents and instruments required under this Amendment or the Agreement are within such Company’s corporate or limited liability company powers, have been duly authorized, are not in contravention of law or the terms of any Company’s Articles of Incorporation or Articles of Organization and do not require the consent or approval of any governmental body, agency, or authority; and this Amendment and any other documents and instruments required under this Amendment or the Agreement, will be valid and binding in accordance with their terms; (b) the representations and warranties of Companies in Sections 7.1 through 3.15 of the Agreement are true and correct on and as of the date hereof with the same force and effect as if made on and as of the date hereof; and (c) no Default or Event of Default.


3. This Amendment may be executed in counterparts, of which this is one, all of which shall constitute one and the same instrument.

WITNESS the due execution hereof as of the day and year first above written.

 

BANK:       COMPANIES:
COMERICA BANK     QUANTUM EQUIPMENT, LLC
By:  

/s/

    By:  

/s/

Its:  

 

    Its:  

 

      MANITOWOC BOOM TRUCKS, INC.
      By:  

/s/

      Its:  

 

 

2


AMENDMENT NO. 4 TO AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT

THIS AMENDMENT, dated as of June 1, 2005, by and between Manitowoc Boom Trucks, Inc., a Texas corporation (“Manitowoc”), and Manitex, LLC, fka Quantum Equipment, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Holdings,” and together with Manitowoc, the “Companies”, and individually a “Company”), and Comerica Bank, a Michigan banking corporation, of Detroit, Michigan (“Bank”).

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS, Companies and Bank entered into that certain Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated December 15, 2003, as amended (the “Agreement”);

NOW. THEREFORE, Companies and Bank agree as follows:

1. The definition of “Revolving Credit Maturity Date” in Section 1 of the Agreement is amended to read in its entirety as follows:

“Revolving Credit Maturity Date” shall mean September 1, 2005.

2. This Amendment shall be effective as of the date hereof. Except as modified hereby, all of the terms and conditions of the Agreement shall remain in full force and effect. Each Company hereby represents and warrants that, after giving effect to the amendments contained herein, (a) execution, delivery and performance of this Amendment and any other documents and instruments required under this Amendment or the Agreement are within such Company’s corporate or limited liability company powers, have been duly authorized, are not in contravention of law or the terms of any Company’s Articles of Incorporation or Articles of Organization and do not require the consent or approval of any governmental body, agency, or authority; and this Amendment and any other documents and instruments required under this Amendment or the Agreement, will be valid and binding in accordance with their terms; (b) the representations and warranties of Companies in Sections 7.1 through 3.15 of the Agreement are true and correct on and as of the date hereof with the same force and effect as if made on and as of the date hereof; and (c) no Default or Event of Default.

3. This Amendment may be executed in counterparts, of which this is one, all of which shall constitute one and the same instrument.


WITNESS the due execution hereof as of the day and year first above written.

 

BANK:     COMPANIES:
COMERICA BANK     QUANTUM EQUIPMENT, LLC
By:  

/s/

    By:  

/s/

Its:   V.P.     Its:  

 

      MANITOWOC BOOM TRUCKS, INC.
      By:  

/s/

      Its:  

 

 

54


AMENDMENT NO. 5 TO AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT

THIS AMENDMENT, dated as of August 5, 2005, by and between Manitowoc Boom Trucks, Inc., a Texas corporation (“Manitowoc”), and Manitex, LLC , fka Quantum Equipment, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Holdings,” and together with Manitowoc, the “Companies”, and individually a “Company”), and Comerica Bank, a Michigan banking corporation, of Detroit, Michigan (“Bank”).

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS, Companies and Bank entered into that certain Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated December 15, 2003, as amended (the “Agreement”);

NOW, THEREFORE, Companies and Bank agree as follows:

1. The definition of “Revolving Credit Maximum Amount” is amended to read as follows:

“Revolving Credit Maximum Amount” shall mean $15,250,000.

2. The definition of “Borrowing Base” is amended to read in its entirety as follows:

“Borrowing Base” shall mean, as of any determination, the sum of (a) eighty-five percent (85%) of Eligible Accounts, plus (b) seventy-five percent (75%) of Eligible Canadian Accounts, plus (c) the lesser of (i) sixty-five percent (65%) of Eligible Inventory and (ii) $7,500,000, plus (d) the Overformula Amount.

3. The definition of “Revolving Credit Maturity Date” is amended by deleting the date September 1, 2005 where it appears therein and replacing it with the date November 1, 2005.

4. Section 1 of the Agreement is amended by adding the following new definition in its appropriate alphabetical place:

“Overformula Amount” shall mean (a) $500,000 during the period from August 5, 2005, until February 1, 2006, and $0 at all times thereafter.

5. This Amendment may be executed in counterparts, of which this is one, all of which shall constitute one and the same instrument.


WITNESS the due execution hereof as of the day and year first above written.

 

BANK:       COMPANIES:
COMERICA BANK     QUANTUM EQUIPMENT, LLC
By:  

/s/

    By:  

/s/

Its:  

 

    Its:  

 

      MANITOWOC BOOM TRUCKS, INC.
      By:  

/s/

      Its:  

 

 

2


AMENDMENT NO. 6 TO AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT

THIS AMENDMENT, dated as of November 29, 2005, by and between Manitowoc Boom Trucks, Inc., a Texas corporation (“Manitowoc”), and Manitex, LLC , fka Quantum Equipment, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Holdings,” and together with Manitowoc, the “Companies”, and individually a “Company”), and Comerica Bank, a Michigan banking corporation, of Detroit, Michigan (“Bank”).

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS, Companies and Bank entered into that certain Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated December 15, 2003, as amended (the “Agreement”);

NOW, THEREFORE, Companies and Bank agree as follows:

1. The definition of “Revolving Credit Maturity Date” is amended by deleting the date December 1, 2005 where it appears therein and replacing it with the date January 2, 2006.

2. This Amendment may be executed in counterparts, of which this is one, all of which shall constitute one and the same instrument.

WITNESS the due execution hereof as of the day and year first above written.

 

BANK:       COMPANIES:
COMERICA BANK     QUANTUM EQUIPMENT, LLC
By:  

/s/

    By:  

/s/

Its:  

 

    Its:  

 

      MANITOWOC BOOM TRUCKS, INC.
      By:  

/s/

      Its:  

 


AMENDMENT NO. 8 TO AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT

THIS AMENDMENT, dated as of December 22, 2005, by and between Manitowoc Boom Trucks, Inc., a Texas corporation (“Manitowoc”), and Manitex, LLC , fka Quantum Equipment, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Holdings,” and together with Manitowoc, the “Companies”, and individually a “Company”), and Comerica Bank, a Michigan banking corporation, of Detroit, Michigan (“Bank”).

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS, Companies and Bank entered into that certain Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated December 15, 2003, as amended (the “Agreement”);

NOW, THEREFORE, Companies and Bank agree as follows:

1. The definition of “Revolving Credit Maturity Date” is amended by deleting the date January 2, 2006 where it appears therein and replacing it with the date February 1, 2006.

2. This Amendment may be executed in counterparts, of which this is one, all of which shall constitute one and the same instrument.

WITNESS the due execution hereof as of the day and year first above written.

 

BANK:       COMPANIES:
COMERICA BANK     QUANTUM EQUIPMENT, LLC
By:  

/s/

    By:  

/s/

Its:  

 

    Its:  

 

      MANITOWOC BOOM TRUCKS, INC.
      By:  

/s/

      Its:  

 


AMENDMENT NO. 9 TO AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT

THIS AMENDMENT, dated as of January 30, 2006, by and between Manitowoc Boom Trucks, Inc., a Texas corporation (“Manitowoc”), and Manitex, LLC , fka Quantum Equipment, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Holdings,” and together with Manitowoc, the “Companies”, and individually a “Company”), and Comerica Bank, a Michigan banking corporation, of Detroit, Michigan (“Bank”).

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS, Companies and Bank entered into that certain Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated December 15, 2003, as amended (the “Agreement”);

NOW, THEREFORE, Companies and Bank agree as follows:

1. The definition of “Revolving Credit Maturity Date” is amended by deleting the date February 1, 2006 where it appears therein and replacing it with the date March 1, 2006.

2. This Amendment may be executed in counterparts, of which this is one, all of which shall constitute one and the same instrument.

WITNESS the due execution hereof as of the day and year first above written.

 

BANK:       COMPANIES:
COMERICA BANK     QUANTUM EQUIPMENT, LLC
By:  

/s/

    By:  

/s/

Its:  

 

    Its:  

 

      MANITOWOC BOOM TRUCKS, INC.
      By:  

/s/

      Its:  

 


AMENDMENT NO. 10 TO AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT

THIS AMENDMENT, dated as of February 28, 2006, by and between Manitowoc Boom Trucks, Inc., a Texas corporation (“Manitowoc”), and Manitex, LLC , fka Quantum Equipment, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Holdings,” and together with Manitowoc, the “Companies”, and individually a “Company”), and Comerica Bank, a Michigan banking corporation, of Detroit, Michigan (“Bank”).

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS, Companies and Bank entered into that certain Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated December 15, 2003, as amended (the “Agreement”);

NOW, THEREFORE, Companies and Bank agree as follows:

1. The definition of “Revolving Credit Maturity Date” is amended by deleting the date March 1, 2006 where it appears therein and replacing it with the date May 1, 2006.

2. This Amendment may be executed in counterparts, of which this is one, all of which shall constitute one and the same instrument.

WITNESS the due execution hereof as of the day and year first above written.

 

BANK:       COMPANIES:
COMERICA BANK     QUANTUM EQUIPMENT, LLC
By:  

/s/

    By:  

/s/

Its:  

 

    Its:  

 

      MANITOWOC BOOM TRUCKS, INC.
      By:  

/s/

      Its:  

 


AMENDMENT NO. 11 TO AMENDED AND RESTATED

CREDIT AGREEMENT

THIS AMENDMENT, dated as of March 8, 2006, by and between Manitex, Inc., fka Manitowoc Boom Trucks, Inc., a Texas corporation (“Manitowoc”), and Manitex, LLC, fka Quantum Equipment, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Holdings,” and together with Manitowoc, the “Companies”, and individually a “Company”), and Comerica Bank, a Michigan banking corporation, of Detroit, Michigan (“Bank”).

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS, Companies and Bank entered into that certain Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated December 15, 2003, as amended (the “Agreement”);

NOW, THEREFORE, Companies and Bank agree as follows:

1. The definition of “Revolving Credit Maximum Amount” is amended to read as follows:

“Revolving Credit Maximum Amount” shall mean $16,500,000.

2. The definition of “Revolving Credit Maturity Date” is amended by deleting the date May 1, 2006 where it appears therein and replacing it with the date June 1, 2006.

3. The definition of “Overformula Amount” is amended to read as follows:

“Overformula Amount” shall mean (a) $2,500,000 during the period from March 8, 2006 until June 1, 2006, and $0 at all times thereafter.

4. The face amount of the Revolving Credit Note is changed to $16,500,000.

5. This Amendment shall be effective as of the date hereof upon delivery of limited guaranties of the Indebtedness executed by Robert Skandalaris, Michael Langevin and Michael Azar. Except as modified hereby, all of the terms and conditions of the Agreement shall remain in full force and effect. Each Company hereby represents and warrants that, after giving effect to the amendments contained herein, (a) execution, delivery and performance of this Amendment and any other documents and instruments required under this Amendment or the Agreement are within such Company’s corporate or limited liability company powers, have been duly authorized, are not in contravention of law or the terms of any Company’s Articles of Incorporation or Articles of Organization and do not require the consent or approval of any governmental body, agency, or authority; and this


Amendment and any other documents and instruments required under this Amendment or the Agreement, will be valid and binding in accordance with their terms; (b) the representations and warranties of Companies in Sections 7.1 through 3.15 of the Agreement are true and correct on and as of the date hereof with the same force and effect as if made on and as of the date hereof; and (c) except for the existing Events of Default under Sections 8.11 and 8.12 of the Agreement, no Default or Event of Default exists on the date hereof.

6. This Amendment may be executed in counterparts, of which this is one, all of which shall constitute one and the same instrument.

WITNESS the due execution hereof as of the day and year first above written.

 

BANK:       COMPANIES:

COMERICA BANK

    MANITEX, LLC
By:  

/s/

    By:  

/s/

Its:  

 

    Its:  

 

      MANITEX, INC.
      By:  

/s/

      Its:  

 


AMENDMENT NO. 12 TO AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT

THIS AMENDMENT, dated as of May 23, 2006, by and between Manitex, Inc., fka Manitowoc Boom Trucks, Inc., a Texas corporation (“Manitowoc”), and Manitex, LLC, fka Quantum Equipment, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Holdings,” and together with Manitowoc, the “Companies”, and individually a “Company”), and Comerica Bank, a Michigan banking corporation, of Detroit, Michigan (“Bank”).

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS, Companies and Bank entered into that certain Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated December 15, 2003, as amended (the “Agreement”);

NOW, THEREFORE, Companies and Bank agree as follows:

1. The definition of “Revolving Credit Maturity Date” is amended by deleting the date June 1, 2006 where it appears therein and replacing it with the date August 1, 2006.

2. The definition of “Overformula Amount” is amended to read as follows:

“Overformula Amount” shall mean (a) $2,500,000 during the period from March 8, 2006 until August 1, 2006, and $0 at all times thereafter.

3. This Amendment may be executed in counterparts, of which this is one, all of which shall constitute one and the same instrument.

WITNESS the due execution hereof as of the day and year first above written.

 

BANK:     COMPANIES:
COMERICA BANK     MANITEX, INC.
By:  

/s/

    By:  

/s/

Its:  

 

    Its:  

 

      MANITEX, LLC
      By:  

/s/

      Its:  

 


Consent of Guarantors

Each of the undersigned consents to the foregoing Amendment as of the date thereof and reaffirms and ratifies all of his obligations to the Bank under or in respect of the guaranty of the obligations of the Borrower dated as of March 8, 2006.

 

/s/ Robert Skandalaris

Robert Skandalaris

/s/ Michael Azar

Michael Azar

/s/ David Langevin

David Langevin

 

2


AMENDMENT NO. 13 TO AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT

THIS AMENDMENT, dated as of July 27, 2006, by and between Manitex, Inc., fka Manitowoc Boom Trucks, Inc., a Texas corporation (“Manitowoc”), and Manitex, LLC, fka Quantum Equipment, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Holdings,” and together with Manitowoc, the “Companies”, and individually a “Company”), and Comerica Bank, a Michigan banking corporation, of Detroit, Michigan (“Bank”).

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS, Companies and Bank entered into that certain Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated December 15, 2003, as amended (the “Agreement”);

NOW, THEREFORE, Companies and Bank agree as follows:

1. The definition of “Revolving Credit Maturity Date” is amended by deleting the date August 1, 2006 where it appears therein and replacing it with the date October 1, 2006.

2. The definition of “Overformula Amount” is amended to read as follows:

“Overformula Amount” shall mean (a) $2,500,000 during the period from March 8, 2006 until September 1, 2006, and $0 at all times thereafter.

3. This Amendment may be executed in counterparts, of which this is one, all of which shall constitute one and the same instrument.

WITNESS the due execution hereof as of the day and year first above written.

 

BANK:     COMPANIES:
COMERICA BANK     MANITEX, INC.
By:  

/s/

    By:  

/s/

Its:  

 

    Its:  

 

      MANITEX, LLC
      By:  

/s/

      Its:  

 


Consent of Guarantors

Each of the undersigned consents to the foregoing Amendment as of the date thereof and reaffirms and ratifies all of his obligations to the Bank under or in respect of the guaranty of the obligations of the Borrower dated as of March 8, 2006.

 

/s/ Robert Skandalaris

Robert Skandalaris

/s/ Michael Azar

Michael Azar

/s/ David Langevin

David Langevin

 

2


AMENDMENT NO. 14 TO AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT

THIS AMENDMENT, dated as of September 15, 2006, by and between Manitex, Inc., fka Manitowoc Boom Trucks, Inc., a Texas corporation (“Manitowoc”), and Manitex, LLC, fka Quantum Equipment, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Holdings,” and together with Manitowoc, the “Companies”, and individually a “Company”), and Comerica Bank, a Michigan banking corporation, of Detroit, Michigan (“Bank”).

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS, Companies and Bank entered into that certain Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated December 15, 2003, as amended (the “Agreement”);

NOW, THEREFORE, Companies and Bank agree as follows:

1. The definition of “Revolving Credit Maturity Date” is amended by deleting the date October 1, 2006 where it appears therein and replacing it with the date January 2, 2007.

2. The definition of “Overformula Amount” is amended to read as follows:

“Overformula Amount” shall mean (a) $2,500,000 during the period from September 15, 2006 until January 2, 2007, and (b) $0 at all times thereafter.

3. This Amendment may be executed in counterparts, of which this is one, all of which shall constitute one and the same instrument.

WITNESS the due execution hereof as of the day and year first above written.

 

BANK:      COMPANIES:
COMERICA BANK      MANITEX, INC.
By:   

/s/

     By:   

/s/

Its:   

 

     Its:   

 

        MANITEX, LLC
        By:   

/s/

        Its:   

 

 


Consent of Guarantors

Each of the undersigned consents to the foregoing Amendment as of the date thereof and reaffirms and ratifies all of his obligations to the Bank under or in respect of the guaranty of the obligations of the Borrower dated as of March 8, 2006.

 

/s/ Robert Skandalaris

Robert Skandalaris

/s/ Michael Azar

Michael Azar

/s/ David Langevin

David Langevin

 

2


AMENDMENT NO. 15 TO AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT

THIS AMENDMENT, dated as of December      , 2006, by and between Manitex, Inc., fka Manitowoc Boom Trucks, Inc., a Texas corporation (“Manitowoc”), and Manitex, LLC, fka Quantum Equipment, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Holdings,” and together with Manitowoc, the “Companies”, and individually a “Company”), and Comerica Bank, a Michigan banking corporation, of Detroit, Michigan (“Bank”).

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS, Companies and Bank entered into that certain Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated December 15, 2003, as amended (the “Agreement”);

NOW, THEREFORE, Companies and Bank agree as follows:

1. The definition of “Revolving Credit Maturity Date” is amended by deleting the date January 2, 2007 where it appears therein and replacing it with the date April 1, 2008.

2. This Amendment may be executed in counterparts, of which this is one, all of which shall constitute one and the same instrument.

WITNESS the due execution hereof as of the day and year first above written.

 

BANK:      COMPANIES:
COMERICA BANK      MANITEX, INC.
By:   

/s/

     By:   

/s/

Its:   

 

     Its:   

 

        MANITEX, LLC
        By:   

/s/

        Its:   

 

 


Consent of Guarantors

Each of the undersigned consents to the foregoing Amendment as of the date thereof and reaffirms and ratifies all of his obligations to the Bank under or in respect of the guaranty of the obligations of the Borrower dated as of March 8, 2006.

 

/s/ Robert Skandalaris

Robert Skandalaris

/s/ Michael Azar

Michael Azar

/s/ David Langevin

David Langevin

Exhibit 10.21

LEASE

THIS LEASE is made and executed as of the 17th day of April, 2006, by and between, KRISLEE-TEXAS, LLC, a Michigan limited liability company (“Landlord”), and MANITEX, INC., a Texas corporation (“Tenant”), who agree as follows:

WHEREAS, Tenant is currently the owner of the Premises and is in possession of the Premises;

WHEREAS, pursuant to a Purchase Agreement, executed simultaneously herewith, Tenant is selling the Premises to Landlord.

WHEREAS, Tenant wishes to extend its occupancy at the Premises for a period of twelve (12) years.

SECTION 1

THE PREMISES

1.01 Landlord leases to Tenant and Tenant leases from Landlord, for the term and subject to the provisions of this Lease the land and improvements (the “Premises”) legally described on attached Exhibit A.

SECTION 2

LEASE TERM

2.01 The term of this Lease (the “Term”) shall commence April      , 2006 on the date hereof (the “Commencement Date”) and shall end on the last day of the one hundred forty-fourth (144 th ) full calendar month after the Commencement Date, or if one or more extension options is/are exercised by Tenant as provided herein, the date for expiration of the last such extension to be exercised (the “Expiration Date”).

SECTION 3

RENT; ADDITIONAL RENT

3.01 During the Term specified in Section 2.01, Tenant agrees to pay to Landlord minimum net rent in monthly installments, calculated as follows:

(a) During the first twelve (12) months following the Commencement Date, the annual minimum net rent shall be $804,000 payable in twelve equal monthly installments. In addition, for the period from the Commencement Date through the last day of the partial calendar month at the beginning of the Term, Tenant shall pay minimum net rent prorated on a daily basis based upon the number of days existing in such partial calendar month calculated in the foregoing manner.

(b) For each succeeding twelve (12) month period (or final partial year) during the Term, the minimum net rental shall be adjusted to an annualized amount equal to the annualized minimum net rental during the preceding twelve (12) month period times multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the CPI for the final month of the preceding twelve (12) month period, and the denominator of which shall be the CPI for the first month of the preceding such twelve (12) month period. For purposes hereof,


“CPI” shall mean and refer to the Consumer Price Index for All Urban Consumers, U.S. City Average, All Items, 1982-84 = 100, as issued by the Bureau of Labor Statistics, United States Department of Labor. If at any time during the term hereof the United States Bureau of Labor Statistics shall discontinue the issuance of the CPI, then the parties agree to use any other standard, nationally recognized cost of living index then issued and available, which is published by the United States Government, and if no governmental index is then published, then by any generally recognized privately published index of the cost of living. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) the adjustment in minimum net rental for any such twelve (12) month period in the term shall not exceed two percent (2%) of the annualized minimum net rental for the previous twelve (12) month period, and (ii) in no event shall the minimum net rent in any succeeding twelve (12) month period be less than that paid during the preceding twelve (12) month period. Additionally, if the adjustment in annualized minimum net rental for any new twelve (12) month period has not been calculated prior to the due date of the monthly installment of minimum net rent for such month, the relevant monthly installment shall be paid based on the prior year’s annualized minimum net rent until such time as the new minimum net rent has been established, and the shortfall, if any, shall be paid with the first monthly installment for which the revised minimum net rent has been established.

(c) Except as otherwise set forth hereinabove, each monthly installment of minimum net rent shall be paid in advance, on the first day of each calendar month during the Term.

3.02 In addition to the minimum net rent specified in Section 3.01 above, Tenant agrees to pay as “Additional Rent” for the Premises (i) all governmental taxes, assessments, fees, penalties and charges of every kind or nature (other than Landlord’s income taxes), whether general, special, ordinary or extraordinary, due and payable at any time, or from time to time, during the Term and any extensions thereof, in connection with the ownership, leasing or operation of the Premises or of the personal property and equipment located therein or in connection therewith (collectively, “:Taxes”) and (ii) all costs, expenses and charges of every nature, including, but not limited to capital expenditures, relating to, or incurred in connection with, the ownership or operation of the Premises and that are attributable to the Term. All such Taxes shall be paid by Tenant before they become delinquent. Because Tenant or one of Tenant’s affiliates was the prior owner and in possession of the Premises prior to the Commencement Date, there will be no proration of taxes for the first year of the Term. The Taxes for last year of the Term and any extension thereof will be prorated as follows: (i) Taxes which are due and payable in the last year of the Term shall be prorated between Landlord and Tenant as of last date of the Term on the basis of the days remaining in that calendar year; (ii) Any tax bills due in the calendar year not yet received by the last date of the Term will be estimated based upon the previous years bill; and (c) Landlord shall be responsible for its prorated amount of any payment not credited to Tenant at the end of the Term. If any special assessments levied against the Premises are payable in installments, Tenant shall be responsible only for those installments that are attributable to the period during which Tenant has possession of the Premises. For purposes hereof, Taxes for any year shall be Taxes that are first due for payment in that year, rather than taxes that are assessed or become a lien or accrue during such year. If at any time during the Term, the methods of taxation prevailing on the date hereof shall be altered, such additional or substitute tax, assessment, levy, charge or imposition shall be deemed to be included within the term “Taxes” for the purposes hereof. Tenant shall have the right, at its sole cost, to contest or appeal any assessment for Taxes. All refunds or credits obtained as a result of any such contest or appeal shall belong to and be remitted directly to Tenant.

 

2


3.03 Landlord and Tenant acknowledge and agree that this is a net lease, and that it must yield, net, to Landlord during the original Term, not less than the minimum net rent shown in Section 3.01. All costs, expenses and charges of every nature relating to the Premises which may be attributable to, or become due during, the Term will be paid by Tenant, and Tenant will indemnify and hold harmless Landlord from and against such costs, expenses and charges.

SECTION 4

LATE CHARGES AND INTEREST

4.01 Any rent or other sums, if any, payable by Tenant to Landlord under this Lease which are not paid within five (5) days after they are due, and any rent or other sums received and accepted by Landlord more than five (5) days after they are due, will be subject to a late charge of two percent (2%) of the amount due in each instance, to cover Landlord’s additional administrative costs. Such late charges will be due and payable as additional rent on or before the due date of the next installment of minimum net rent.

4.02 Any rent, late charges or other sums payable by Tenant to Landlord under this lease not paid within thirty (30) days after the same are due will bear interest at a per annum rate equal to eight (8%) from the date such payments first became due. Such interest will be due and payable as Additional Rent on or before the due date of the next installment of minimum net rent, and will accrue from the date that such rent, late charges or other sums are payable under the provisions of this Lease until actually paid by Tenant.

SECTION 5

SECURITY DEPOSIT

5.01 None required.

SECTION 6

CONDITION OF PREMISES

Tenant agrees that Tenant is familiar with the condition of the Premises, and Tenant hereby accepts the Premises on an “AS-IS,” “WHERE-IS” basis, with assumption of all faults. Tenant acknowledges that it has been in control of occupancy of the Premises for at least ten (10) years and that neither Landlord nor any representative of Landlord has made any representation as to the condition of the Premises or the suitability of the Premises for Tenant’s intended use. Tenant represents and warrants that Tenant has made its own inspection of the Premises and is not relying on any representation of Landlord with respect thereto. Landlord shall not be obligated to make any repairs, replacements or improvements of any kind or nature to the Premises (whether structural or nonstructural and whether or not involving the roof of the Building, the Building’s HVAC (defined below) system, the Premises’ parking lot, or any other component of the Premises) in connection with, or in consideration of, this Lease.

 

3


SECTION 7

USE OF PREMISES; SIGNAGE

7.01 Tenant shall be entitled to use and occupy the Premises for any lawful purpose in compliance with all applicable laws, ordinances.

7.02 Tenant shall have the right, with Landlord’s consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, and subject to compliance with the applicable zoning ordinance, to prominent exterior signage, all as reasonably determined by Tenant.

SECTION 8

MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR

8.01 Throughout the term of this Lease, Tenant at its sole cost and expense, will take good care of the Premises, both inside and outside and keep the same and all parts thereof, including without limitation, HVAC, plumbing and electrical systems, the roof, foundations and appurtenances thereto, and the drive and parking areas, together with any and all alterations, additions and improvements therein or thereto, in substantially the same condition as on the Commencement Date, normal wear and tear and casualty loss excepted, suffering no waste or injury, and will perform all regular and special maintenance and promptly make all needed repairs and replacements, interior and exterior, structural and non-structural, ordinary and extraordinary, foreseen and unforeseen, in and to the Premises, including vaults, sidewalks, water, sewer, electrical and gas connections, pipes and mains, ventilation, heating and air-conditioning systems, sprinkler systems, and all other fixtures, machinery and equipment now or hereafter belonging to or connected with the Premises or used in its operation in order that the Premises remain in a first class condition. All maintenance, repairs and replacements made by Tenant will be at least equal in quality and class to that historically performed by Tenant or its affiliates at the Premises.

8.02 Any maintenance, repairs, additions or alterations to the Premises or any of its systems (e.g., plumbing, electrical, mechanical), structural or non-structural, which are required by any law, statute, ordinance, rule, regulation or governmental authority or insurance carrier, including, without limitation, OSHA and the American With Disabilities Act, will be promptly made by Tenant at its sole expense.

SECTION 9

INSURANCE

9.01 Tenant shall, at its cost, obtain, pay for and maintain “All Risk” property insurance on a replacement cost basis (which in no event shall be less than the initial principal balance of any first mortgage on the Premises obtained by Landlord), covering the building and all of the other improvements on the Premises, which insurance shall be written without a co-insurance penalty. The total amount of the deductible required under each policy providing such coverage shall be no more than $25,000.00 per loss. Landlord shall be named as an additional insured, and Landlord’s mortgagee shall be named pursuant to a standard mortgagee endorsement. The property insurance required to be maintained by Tenant shall also include coverage for acts of terrorism; provided that the cost of said terrorism coverage does not exceed ten percent (10%) of the cost of the overall liability insurance premium without such terrorism coverage.

9.02 Tenant shall, at its cost, at all times during the Lease Term obtain and pay for and maintain in full force and effect a commercial general liability insurance policy covering Tenant against claims arising out of liability for bodily injury and death,

 

4


and property damage occurring in and about the Premises, with limits of not less than $2,000,000.00 per occurrence and $5,000,000.00 annual general aggregate. The total amount of a deductible or otherwise self-insured retention with respect to such coverage shall be not more than $50,000.00 per occurrence. Such insurance shall: (i) provide coverage on an occurrence basis or a claims made basis; (ii) name Landlord and any mortgagee of Landlord as additional insureds; and (iii) include a severability of insured parties provisions and a cross-liability endorsement. Tenant may, at its option, provide the above insurance by means of a so-called “blanket” policy; provided, however, that any such policy or policies of blanket insurance must, as to the Premises, otherwise comply as to endorsements and coverage with the other provisions of this Section 9.

9.03 Tenant shall, at its cost, obtain, pay for and maintain workers’ compensation insurance as required in the state in which the Premises are located.

9.04 Tenant shall, at is cost, obtain, pay for and maintain loss of rents insurance covering minimum net rent for a period of one (1) year.

9.05 All insurance policies required under this Lease shall: (i) be issued by companies licensed to do business in the State in which the Premises are located and acceptable to Landlord; (ii) not be subject to cancellation or material change or non-renewal without at least thirty (30) days’ prior written notice to Landlord; and (iii) be deemed to be primary insurance in relation to any other insurance maintained by Landlord. A certificate of insurance evidencing such policy shall be delivered by Tenant to Landlord upon commencement of the Lease Term and thereafter at least thirty (30) days prior to any expiration of such policy.

9.06 Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant [or to any insurance company (by way of subrogation of otherwise) insuring Landlord] for any loss or damage to the Premises, the structure of the buildings located thereon, other tangible property located on the Premises, or any resulting loss of income, or losses under workers’ compensation laws and benefits, despite the fact that such loss or damage might have been occasioned by the negligence or misconduct of such party, its agents or employees, provided and to the extent that any such loss or damage would be covered by insurance that the party suffering the loss is required to maintain pursuant to the terms of this Lease. The failure of Tenant to insure its property shall not void this waiver. Tenant shall secure an appropriate clause in, or an endorsement upon, each insurance policy obtained by it and covering or applicable to the Premises and the personal property, fixtures, and equipment located therein or thereon, pursuant to which the insurance company consents to such waiver of right of recovery. The waiver of right of recovery set forth above in this Section 9.05 shall extend to Landlord, its agents and employees, and its mortgagee.

SECTION 10

CASUALTY LOSS

10.01 Subject to the provisions of Section 10.03 below, if the Premises are damaged by fire or other insured casualty, Tenant shall repair the damage and restore and rebuild the Premises with reasonable dispatch. Landlord will (and if applicable, will cause its mortgagee to) promptly endorse any check for insurance proceeds in favor of Tenant in order to fund repairs and restoration and will not delay or condition such endorsement.

 

5


10.02 If (a) the Premises is damaged by fire or other casualty thereby causing material interference with Tenant’s use, enjoyment or occupancy of the Premises, or (b) the Premises are partially damaged by fire or other casualty casualty thereby causing material interference with Tenant’s use, enjoyment or occupancy of the Premises, all rent shall be equitably abated to the extent of the portion of the Premises Tenant is unable to reasonably use, enjoy, or occupy until completion of the repair and restoration work and issuance of a certificate of occupancy.

10.03 If the Premises is totally destroyed by fire or other casualty, or if the Premises is so damaged by fire or other casualty that: (i) its repair or restoration requires more than two hundred forty (240) days; or (ii) such repair or restoration requires the expenditure of more than seventy percent (70%) of the full insurable value of the Premises immediately prior to the casualty; or (iii) the damage (x) is less than the amount stated in (ii) above but more than fifty percent (50%) of the full insurable value of the Premises and (y) occurs during the last two (2) years of Lease Term; Tenant shall have the option to terminate this Lease (by so advising Landlord in writing) within thirty (30) days after such contractor or architect delivers written notice of its opinion to Landlord and Tenant. In such event, the termination shall be effective as of the date upon which Landlord receives written notice from Tenant terminating this Lease pursuant to the preceding sentence. In addition, if repair and restoration of the Premises is not completed and a certificate of occupancy issued within two hundred forty (240) days after occurrence of the casualty loss (subject to increase by up to 30 days due to force majeure events), Tenant shall have the right to terminate this Lease by so advising Landlord in writing within ten (10) business days after expiration of such two hundred forty (240) day period (as extended by up to 30 days due to force majeure events), except that such termination election shall be void if the repair and restoration work is substantially completed and a certificate of occupancy has been issued before Tenant’s delivery of its termination notice.

SECTION 11

COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS; HAZARDOUS MATERIALS

11.01 To the best of Tenant’s knowledge, neither the Tenant nor any affiliate of Tenant has used Hazardous Materials (hereinafter defined) on, from or affecting the Premises in any manner which violates in any material respect federal, state or local laws, ordinances, rules, regulations or policies governing the use, storage, treatment, transportation, manufacture, refinement, handling, production or disposal of Hazardous Materials, including, without limitation, the laws referred to below (collectively, “Environmental Laws”) or which causes an existing material environmental problem or contamination at our about the Premises, or which required or requires any permit or are subject to special regulation (without in each such case having obtained the applicable permit or complied with such special regulation).

11.02 The Tenant has never received any notice of any violations (and to the best of its knowledge is not aware of any existing violations) of Environmental Laws, the Premises are not in violation of any Environmental Laws and the Tenant is unaware of (i) any actions commenced or threatened by any party for non-compliance of Environmental Laws which affects the Premises in any material way, or (ii) any environmental problems or contamination at or about the Premises.

11.03 The Tenant shall only use Hazardous Materials in the ordinary course of its business at the Premises and such use shall not in any manner violate Environmental Laws governing said use nor require any permit, nor cause any environmental problems or

 

6


contamination at or about the Premises. The Tenant shall not cause or permit the Premises to be used to generate, manufacture, refine, transport, treat, store, handle, dispose of, transfer, produce or process any hazardous waste, except in compliance with Environmental Laws.

11.04 The Tenant shall conduct and complete all investigations, studies, sampling and testing, and all removal and other actions necessary to clean up and remove all Hazardous Materials on, under, from or affecting the Premises if the Tenant is required by Environmental Laws or any agency or court order, determination or recommendation to undertake such acts or if Tenant shall become aware of the presence of Hazardous Materials on, under, from or affecting the Premises.

11.05 The Tenant shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless Landlord, its employees, attorneys, agents, advisors, trustees, officers, directors, members, successors and assigns from any and against all claims, suits, demands, penalties, liabilities, settlements, damages, costs or expenses of whatever kind or nature, including attorneys’ fees, fees of environmental consultants and laboratory fees, known or unknown, contingent or otherwise, arising out of or in any way related to (i) the presence, contamination, use, disposal, discharge, emission, release or threatened release by Tenant of any Hazardous Materials on, over, under, from or affecting the Premises or the soil, water, vegetation, buildings, personal property, persons or animals thereon; (ii) any personal injury or property damage (real or personal) arising out of or related to such Hazardous Materials used by Tenant on the Premises including, without limitation, the loss of use thereof; (iii) any lawsuit brought or threatened, settlement reached or governmental order or directive relating to such orders, regulations, requirements or demands of governmental authorities, which are based upon Hazardous Materials used by Tenant on, under, from or about the Premises with respect to any acts, violations or matters indemnified against by the Tenant pursuant to this subparagraph.

11.06 The Tenant agrees that, upon expiration of the Term or any extensions thereof, or upon any earlier termination of this Lease, the Tenant shall deliver the Premises to Landlord free of any and all Hazardous Materials to the extent required by and in compliance with all Environmental Laws.

11.07 For purposes of this Lease, “Hazardous Materials” include, without limitation, any flammable explosive or radioactive materials, mono- and polychlorinated biphenyls, petroleum products, natural gas, radon and natural gas liquids, asbestos-containing materials, hazardous materials, hazardous wastes, pollutants, contaminants, hazardous or toxic substances or related materials defined in the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, as amended (42 USC § 9601, et seq. ), the Superfund Amendments and Reauthorization Act (Public Law 99-499, 100 Stat. 1613), the Hazardous Materials Transportation Act, as amended 949 USC § 1801, et seq. ), the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, as amended (42 USC § 6901, et seq. ), the National Environmental Policy Act (42 USC 4321), the Safe Drinking Water Act (42 USC § 300F, et seq. ), the Federal Water Pollution Control Act (33 USC § 1251, et seq. ), the Clean Air Act (42 USC § 7401, et seq. ), the Environmental Protection Agency regulations pertaining to asbestos (including 40 C.F.R. Part 61, 29 C.F.R. §§ 1910.1001 and 1926..58), the Toxic Substances Control Act, as amended (15 USC § 2601, et seq. ), the Michigan Environmental Code, as amended, and in the regulations, rules and policies adopted and promulgated thereto, or in any other federal, state or local governmental law, ordinance, rule or regulation.

 

7


11.08 The Tenant shall deliver to Landlord at such times as Landlord shall reasonably require (but in no event more often than annually), evidence that all licenses, permits or certificates, if any, required under all applicable Environmental Laws with respect to the Premises have been obtained and evidence of compliance with “right to know regulations” and other disclosure requirements under Environmental Laws.

SECTION 12

ALTERATIONS

12.01 Tenant may at any time and from time to time, so long as Tenant is not in default under this Lease beyond applicable notice and cure periods, at its expense and without Landlord’s consent, make additions, alterations or improvements (including the construction of a separate additional building) in and to the Premises in an amount not to exceed One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) on any one occasion in a lien free basis and with notice of such action to Landlord at least thirty (30) days prior to commencing such activity (hereinafter collectively referred to as “Alterations”), provided that the fair market value of the Premises shall not be diminished thereby. Additions, alterations or improvements to the Premises, including construction of a separate building, in amounts exceeding One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) on any one occasion shall require Landlord’s consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. Landlord shall have no right, except upon the request of or express prior written approval by Tenant (which approval may be witheld in Tenant’s sole discretion), to construct additions, alterations or improvements (including without limitation construction of any additional buildings or improvements) upon the Premises. Upon expiration or earlier termination of the Term, Tenant shall not be required to remove or restore any Alterations, provided that Tenant shall be entitled to remove any Alterations if Tenant restores the Premises to its condition prior to such Alterations.

12.02 Tenant shall cause any Alterations performed by it to be performed in a good and workmanlike manner, using materials and equipment at least equal in quality and class to the existing components of the Building. Tenant shall obtain all necessary permits and certificates for final governmental approval of the Alterations. Tenant shall be solely responsible for obtaining a certificate of occupancy for all Alterations, and shall observe and comply with all applicable provisions of the laws granting construction liens for persons providing goods or services for the improvement of real estate.

12.03 Tenant shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless Landlord against, and at Tenant’s expense, shall procure the satisfaction or discharge of record of any construction liens resulting from Alterations contracted for by Tenant within sixty (60) days after the filing thereof; or in lieu thereof, Tenant may procure (for Landlord’s benefit) a bond or other protection against any such lien or encumbrance. If and in the event Landlord reasonably determines that any such lien if left undischarged would place Landlord’s interest in the Premises unreasonably at risk, or cause a material default under Landlord’s mortgage of the Premises, then upon not less than ten (10) days notice to Tenant, Landlord may itself bond off such lien and invoice the cost of such bond to Tenant, payable as Additional Rent with the next installment of minimum annual rent falling due.

 

8


SECTION 13

QUIET ENJOYMENT

13.01 So long as Tenant is not in default under this Lease beyond applicable notice and cure periods, Tenant shall have continuous and exclusive possession of the Premises, and shall have the quiet and peaceful use and enjoyment of the Premises.

SECTION 14

UTILITIES

14.01 Tenant, at its own expense, shall purchase and pay for all utility services to the Premises.

SECTION 15

ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATES; SUBORDINATION; MORTGAGE

15.01 Tenant shall at any time upon not less than ten (10) business days prior written notice from Landlord execute, acknowledge and deliver to Landlord a statement in writing (i) certifying that this Lease is unmodified and in full force and effect (or, if modified, stating the nature of such modification and certifying that this Lease, as so modified, is in full force and effect), the amount of any security deposit, and the date to which the rent and other charges are paid in advance, if any, and (ii) acknowledging that there are not, to Tenant’s knowledge, any uncured defaults on the part of Landlord hereunder, or specifying such defaults if any are claimed.

15.02 Provided that Tenant is provided with a reasonable and customary nondisturbance agreement duly executed by the holder of any mortgage and in form and substance reasonably acceptable to Tenant, this Lease shall be subject and subordinate at all times to any mortgage or deed of trust that may now exist or hereafter be placed upon and encumber any or all of the Premises or Landlord’s interest or estate in the Premises. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord shall have the right to subordinate or cause to be subordinated any such mortgage lien to this Lease. Subject to delivery of a signed nondisturbance agreement as aforesaid, Tenant shall execute and deliver, upon reasonable request by Landlord, a subordination agreement confirming the priority or subordination of this Lease with respect to any such mortgage.

SECTION 16

LANDLORD’S RIGHTS

16.01 Landlord shall have the right, subject to Tenant’s security procedures and requirements, advance written notice of which shall be given by Tenant to Landlord, to enter and/or pass through the Premises during normal business hours upon reasonable prior notice (except that no notice shall be required in the event of emergency threatening imminent risk of injury or damage) to examine and inspect the Premises and to show them to actual and prospective lenders, prospective purchasers or mortgagees of the Premises or providers of capital to Landlord and its affiliates. During the period of twelve (12) months prior to the Expiration Date (or at any time, if Tenant has abandoned the Premises or is otherwise in default beyond applicable notice and cure periods under this Lease), Landlord may exhibit the Premises to prospective tenants. Notwithstanding the foregoing, and without limitation, Tenant may require Landlord, as a condition to permitting access to the Premises, to execute a confidentiality agreement binding upon Landlord, its employees, consultants, agents and contractors and in form satisfactory to Tenant.

 

9


SECTION 17

INDEMNIFICATION

17.01 Tenant will protect, indemnify and hold harmless Landlord from and against any and all claims, actions, damages (excluding loss of profits and consequential and speculative damages), liability and expenses (including court costs, reasonable fees of attorneys, investigators and experts) in connection with loss of life, personal injury or damage to property at the Premises to the extent occasioned wholly or in part by any negligent act or omission of Tenant, its employees, agents, licensees and guests, whether prior to or during the Lease Term. In case any action or proceeding is brought against Landlord by reason of the foregoing, Tenant, at its expense, shall resist and defend such action or proceeding, or cause the same to be resisted and defended by counsel (reasonably acceptable to Landlord) designated by the insurers whose policy covers such occurrence or by counsel designated by Tenant and approved by Landlord. Tenant’s obligations pursuant to this Section 17.01 shall survive the expiration or termination of this Lease.

SECTION 18

CONDEMNATION

18.01 If the entire Premises are taken or condemned by governmental authority (or a conveyance in lieu thereof is made by Landlord), this Lease shall terminate as of the date title is transferred. If a portion of the Premises that is material to Tenant’s operations is taken or condemned by governmental authority (or a conveyance in lieu of any such material portion is made by Landlord) and Tenant is unable to make reasonable changes to allow continuance of operations on an economic basis comparable to that which existed prior to such taking or condemnation, then this Lease may, at Tenant’s sole option, be terminated effective upon the date title to such material portion is transferred or such later date as Tenant may specify in its termination notice. If, in the event of a taking or condemnation, Tenant does not elect to terminate this Lease, an equitable reduction shall be made to all rent thereafter required to be paid by Tenant hereunder. All sums which may be payable on account of any taking or condemnation shall belong to the Landlord, and Tenant shall not be entitled to any part thereof, provided, however, that Tenant shall be entitled to retain any amount awarded for Tenant’s trade fixtures, leasehold improvements, moving expenses, loss of business, or for any other item specifically awarded to Tenant or otherwise which does not pertain to property owned by Landlord or otherwise affect Landlord’s award.

SECTION 19

ASSIGNMENT OR SUBLETTING

19.01 Tenant agrees not to assign or in any manner mortgage, encumber or transfer this Lease or any interest in this Lease without the previous written consent of Landlord, and not to sublet the Premises or any part of the premises or allow anyone to use or to come in with, through or under it without like consent; provided, however, that such consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. In no event may Tenant assign or otherwise transfer this Lease or any interest in this Lease at any time while in default hereunder. One such consent will not be deemed a consent to any subsequent assignment, subletting, occupation, or

 

10


use by any other person. Any merger or sale of stock of a corporate tenant, or of partnership interests in a partnership tenant, or of membership interests in a limited liability company, involving the transfer of fifty percent (50%) or more of the ownership interest of such tenant as of the date of this Lease shall be considered an assignment or subletting of this Lease or the Premises for purposes of this Section 19. So long as Tenant is not in default under this Lease beyond applicable notice and cure periods, Tenant may, however, assign this Lease to a corporation with which it may merge or consolidate, to any parent, affiliate or subsidiary of Tenant or subsidiary of Tenant’s parent, or to a purchaser of substantially all of Tenant’s assets if the assignee has assets and creditworthiness substantially equal to or greater than Tenant and if the assignee executes an agreement required by Landlord assuming Tenant’s obligations and if Guarantor ratifies its obligations under the Guaranty after such assignment. In the absence of a written agreement to the contrary, there shall be no release of the Tenant and/or Guarantor. The acceptance of rent from an assignee, subtenant or occupant will not constitute a release of Tenant from the further performance of the obligations of Tenant contained in this Lease.

19.02 If Tenant assigns all its rights and interests under this Lease, the assignee under such assignment shall expressly assume all the obligations of Tenant hereunder in an instrument, approved by Landlord as to form and substance (which approval will not be unreasonably withheld or delayed), delivered to Landlord at the time of such assignment. No assignment or sublease made as permitted by this Section 19.02 shall affect or reduce any of the obligations of Tenant hereunder, and all such obligations shall continue in full effect as obligations of a principal and not as obligations of a guarantor or surety, to the same extent as though no assignment or subletting had been made, provided that performance by any such assignee or sublessee of any of the obligations of Tenant under this Lease shall be deemed to be performance by Tenant. No sublease or assignment made as permitted by this Section 19.02 shall impose any obligations on Landlord or otherwise affect any of the rights of Landlord under this Lease. Neither this Lease nor the term hereby demised shall be mortgaged by Tenant, nor shall Tenant mortgage or pledge the interest of Tenant in and to any sublease of the Premises or the rentals payable thereunder. Any mortgage, pledge, sublease or assignment made in violation of this Section 19.02 shall be void. Tenant shall, within ten days after the execution and delivery of any such assignment or the sublease of all or substantially all of the Premises, deliver a conformed copy thereof to Landlord. Within ten days after the execution and delivery of any sublease of a portion of the Premises, Tenant shall give notice to Landlord of the existence and term thereof, and of the name and address of the subtenant thereunder.

SECTION 20

FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENT

20.01 Subject to Section 20.02 below, all fixtures, machinery, equipment, improvements and appurtenances attached to, or built into, the Premises at the commencement of, or during the Term, including overhead cranes installed as of the Commencement Date (but not any replacements of such overhead cranes), excepting those placed there by or at the expense of Tenant, shall become and remain a part of the Premises; shall be deemed the property of Landlord, without compensation or credit to Tenant; and shall not be removed by Tenant at the Expiration Date unless Landlord requests their removal.

20.02 All movable non-structural partitions, business and trade fixtures, machinery and equipment, communications equipment and office equipment, that are installed in or affixed to the Premises by, or for the account of, Tenant without expense to Landlord and

 

11


that can be removed without structural damage to the Premises, any overhead crane which is installed after the Commencement Date whether or not replacing an existing crane and related infrastructure installed by Tenant, and all furniture, furnishings and other articles of movable personal property owned by Tenant and located in the Premises (collectively, the “Tenant’s Property”) shall be and shall remain the property of Tenant and may be removed by Tenant at any time during the Term, provided Tenant repairs or pays the cost of repairing any damage to the Premises resulting from the removal thereof. At or before the Expiration Date, or the date of any earlier termination, Tenant, at its expense, shall remove from the Premises all of Tenant’s Property (except such items thereof as Landlord shall have expressly permitted, in writing, to remain, which property shall become the property of Landlord), and Tenant shall repair any damage to the Premises or the Premises resulting from removal of Tenant’s Property. Any other items of Tenant’s Property that shall remain in the Premises for more than thirty (30) days after the Expiration Date, or more than thirty (30) days following an earlier termination date, may, at the option of Landlord, be deemed to have been abandoned, and in such case, such items may be retained by Landlord as its property or be disposed of by Landlord.

SECTION 21

NOTICES

21.01 Any notice required to be given by either party pursuant to this Lease shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been properly given, rendered or made only if personally delivered, or if sent by Federal Express or other comparable commercial overnight delivery service, addressed to the other party at the addresses set forth below (or to such other address as Landlord or Tenant may designate to each other from time to time by written notice), and shall be deemed to have been given, rendered or made on the day so delivered or on the first business day after having been deposited with the courier service:

 

If to Landlord:    KrisLee-Texas, LLC
   33 Bloomfield Hills Parkway, Suite 240
   Bloomfield Hills, MI 48304
   Attn: Robert J. Skandalaris
If to Tenant:    Manitex, Inc.
   3000 South Austin Avenue
   Georgetown, TX 78627
   Attn: David J. Langevin
With copy to:    Veri-Tek International, Corp.
   50120 Pontiac Trail
   Wixom, MI 48393
   Attn:                         

 

12


SECTION 22

DEFAULT; REMEDIES

22.01 Each of the following shall constitute a default by Tenant under this Lease: (a) if Tenant fails to pay any installment of rent and such failure continues for more than seven (7) days after delivery to Tenant of written notice from Landlord that such rent installment was not paid when due under this Lease; (b) if Tenant fails to timely comply with any or all of the other obligations specifically imposed on Tenant under this Lease and such failure continues for more than thirty (30) days after Landlord’s delivery to Tenant of written notice of such default; provided, however, that if the default cannot, by its nature, be cured within such thirty (30) day period, Tenant shall not be deemed in default if and so long as it commences a cure of such default within the initial thirty (30) day cure period, and thereafter diligently and continuously pursues such cure to completion; or (c) Tenant or any guarantor hereof shall file a petition in bankruptcy of insolvency or for reorganization or arrangement under the bankruptcy laws of the United States or under any insolvency act of any state, or shall voluntarily take advantage or any such law or act by answer or otherwise, or shall be dissolved or shall make an assignment for the benefit of creditors.

22.02 (a) Landlord, in addition to the remedies given in this Lease or under the law, may do any one or more of the following if Tenant commits a default under Section 22.01:

(i) terminate this Lease, in which case Tenant shall then surrender the Premises to Landlord; or

(ii) enter and take possession of the Premises in accordance with applicable law and remove Tenant, with or without having ended the Lease.

(b) In the event of declaration of forfeiture pursuant to 22.02(a)(ii) above at or after the time of re-entry, Landlord may re-lease the Premises or any portion(s) of the Premises for a term or terms and at a rent which may be less than or exceed the balance of the Term of and the rent reserved under this Lease. In such event Tenant will pay to Landlord as liquidated damages for Tenant’s default any deficiency between the total rent reserved and the net amount, if any, of the rents collected on account of the lease or leases of the Premises which otherwise would have constituted the balance of the term of this Lease. In computing such liquidated damages, there will be added to the deficiency any expenses which Landlord may incur in connection with re-leasing, such as legal expenses, reasonable attorneys’ fees, brokerage fees and expenses, advertising and for keeping the Premises in good order or for preparing the Premises for re-leasing. Any such liquidated damages will be paid in monthly installments by Tenant on the date which minimum net rental is due and any suit brought to collect the deficiency for any month will not prejudice Landlord’s right to collect the deficiency for any subsequent month by a similar proceeding. In lieu of the foregoing computation of liquidated damages, Landlord may elect, at its sole option, to receive liquidated damages in one payment equal to any deficiency between the total rent reserved hereunder and the fair and reasonable rental of the premises, both discounted at ten percent (10%) per annum to present value at the time of declaration of forfeiture.

(c) Landlord shall use its best efforts to mitigate its damages by making commercially reasonable efforts to relet the Premises on reasonable terms. Landlord may relet for a shorter or longer period of time than the Term and make any necessary repairs

 

13


or alterations. Landlord may relet on any commercially reasonable terms including a reasonable amount of free rent. If Landlord relets for a period of time longer than the current Lease Term, then any special concessions given to the new tenant shall be allocated throughout the entire reletting Term to not unduly reduce the amount of consideration received by Landlord during the remaining period of Tenant’s Term.

22.03 Landlord shall be in default of this Lease if it fails to perform any obligation of Landlord under this Lease and such failure is not cured within forty-five (45) days after written notice thereof is given by Tenant to Landlord; however, if such failure cannot reasonably be cured within forty-five (45) days, Landlord shall not be in default of this Lease if Landlord commences to cure the failure within such forty-five (45) day period, diligently continues to cure the default, and completes the cure within an additional 90 days. If Landlord does not act with diligence to cure the default or such default remains uncured after the expiration of the Landlord’s cure period or if, in an emergency situation where Tenant will suffer material harm if it does not act immediately to cure the default and provides Landlord with contemporaneous telephonic notice (followed by written notice to Landlord) of the nature of the emergency and the limited cure that Tenant plans to undertake (which cure shall be limited only to protect against material harm to Tenant), Tenant may cure the default at Landlord’s expense (to the extent that the costs and expenses of the cure are reasonable). If pursuant to the foregoing Tenant pays any reasonable sum in order to cure Landlord’s default, such reasonable sum shall be reimbursed, together with interest thereon at 10% per annum, by Landlord to Tenant upon forty-five (45) days’ written notice, which notice shall include all necessary supporting documentation, and Tenant shall not be entitled to offset any such amounts against minimum net rent or any other amount due under this Lease.

SECTION 23

SURRENDER OF PREMISES; HOLDOVER

23.01 On the last day of the Term, or upon any earlier termination of this Lease, (a) Tenant shall deliver the Premises to Landlord in the condition required to be maintained by Tenant under this Lease, subject to ordinary wear and tear, casualty loss, and such conditions, damage or destruction as Landlord is required to repair or restore under this Lease, and (b) Tenant shall remove all of Tenant’s Property from the Premises. The obligations imposed under the preceding sentence shall survive the termination or expiration of this Lease. If Tenant remains in possession of the Premises after the Expiration Date or after any earlier termination date of this Lease or of Tenant’s right to possession: (a) Tenant shall be deemed a month to month tenant; (b) Tenant shall pay one hundred ten percent (110%) of the minimum net rent last prevailing hereunder; and (c) there shall be no renewal or extension of this Lease by operation of law. The provisions of this Section 23.01 shall not constitute a waiver by Landlord of any re-entry rights of Landlord provided hereunder or by law.

SECTION 24

PERFORMANCE BY LANDLORD OF TENANT’S COVENANTS

24.01 If Tenant defaults beyond applicable notice and cure periods in the performance of any non-monetary covenant of Tenant under this Lease, Landlord may (but shall not be required to), and without waiving or release Tenant from any of Tenant’s obligations, perform the covenant. All out of pocket costs reasonably incurred by Landlord in performing such covenant shall be deemed additional rent and shall be payable, together with interest thereon at the prime rate published from time to time by the Wall Street Journal, to Landlord within forty-five (45) days after delivery by Landlord of an invoice to Tenant.

 

14


SECTION 25

NON-WAIVER; LEGAL COSTS; PARTIES BOUND

25.01 The failure of either party to insist, in any one or more instances, upon the strict performance of any one or more of the obligations of this Lease, or to exercise any election herein contained, shall not be construed as a waiver or relinquishment for the future of the performance of such one or more obligations of this Lease or of the right to exercise such election, but the Lease shall continue and remain in full force and effect with respect to any subsequent breach, act or omission. The receipt and acceptance by Landlord of any rent or other payment with knowledge of breach by Tenant of any obligation of this Lease shall not be deemed a waiver of such breach. Any party in breach or default under this Lease (the “Defaulting Party”) shall reimburse the other party (the “Nondefaulting Party”) upon demand for any reasonable costs or expenses that the Nondefaulting Party incurs in connection with the breach or default, regardless whether suit is commenced or judgment entered. Such costs shall include legal fees and costs incurred for the negotiation of a settlement, enforcement of rights or otherwise. Furthermore, in the event of litigation, the court in such action shall award to the party in whose favor a judgment is entered, a reasonable sum as attorneys’ fees and costs, which sum shall be paid by the losing party. Except as otherwise expressly provided for in this Lease, this Lease shall be binding upon, and inure to the benefit of, the successors and assignees of the parties hereto. In the event of a sale or conveyance by Landlord of the Premises, the same shall operate to release Landlord from liability for any of Landlord’s obligations under this Lease to the extent such obligations have not accrued or are otherwise not required to be observed or performed at or prior to the date of such sale or conveyance, except that the purchaser or grantee shall be deemed to have assumed liability for the performance and observance of all covenants and agreements of Landlord under the Lease whether or not accrued at the time of the sale or conveyance. No obligation of Landlord or Tenant shall arise under this Lease until this Lease is signed by, and delivered to, both Landlord and Tenant.

 

15


SECTION 26

BROKERS

26.01 Landlord and Tenant each represent and warrant to the other that they have not contracted with a broker, finder or similar person in connection with this Lease, and each party shall defend, indemnify and hold the other harmless from and against all liability, cost and expense, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, incurred as a consequence of any claim asserted by a person alleging to have contracted or dealt with one of the parties hereto in connection with this Lease.

SECTION 27

TENANT’S EXTENSION OPTIONS

27.01 Tenant shall have two (2) options to extend the term of this Lease for additional periods of five (5) years each, the first such extension period beginning on the first day of the one hundred forty-fifth (145 th ) full calendar month after the Commencement Date and ending on the last day of the two hundred forth (204 th ) full calendar month after the Commencement Date (such extension period hereinafter referred to as the “First Extension Term”) and the second such extension period beginning on the first day of the two hundred fifth (205 th ) full calendar month after the Commencement Date and ending on the last day of the two hundred sixty-forth (264 th ) full calendar month after the Commencement Date (the “Second Extension Term). The First Extension Term and the Second Extension Term are from time to time referred to herein as the “Extension Terms”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, however, Tenant shall not be entitled to so extend the Term of the Lease if Tenant is in default under this Lease at the time for exercise of any such extension beyond applicable notice and cure periods provided herein. The option to extend the Term granted to Tenant must be exercised, if at all, by written notice to Landlord given not less than six (6) months prior to (i) as to the First Extension Term, the expiration date of the initial Term specified in Section 2.01, or as to Second Extension Term, the expiration date of the Term, as extended for the First Extension Term.

27.02 Tenant’s possession of the Premises during the Extension Terms shall be under and subject to all the terms, covenants and conditions set forth in the Lease, with the exception that the minimum net rental payable during any Extension Term shall be the then-market rate for similar industrial buildings within the market area for the Premises. In the event the parties are unable in good faith to agree upon the market rent for any Extension Term, the issue shall be determined by three independent MAI appraisers with commercial/industrial rental real estate experience in the area where the Premises is located, one selected by Landlord, one by Tenant, and the third by the other two so chosen. The parties shall each appoint their respective appraiser within ten (10) days after either party declares an impasse by written notice to the other, and the third appraiser shall be selected within ten (10) days after the first two are chosen. The third appraiser shall, within ten (10) days of receipt of the two appraisers’ determinations, select the determination of Landlord’s or Tenant’s appraiser which he or she believes reflects the market rent. The determination of the third appraiser shall be binding upon Landlord and Tenant, and judgment thereon may be entered in any court of competent jurisdiction. The cost of the third appraiser shall be borne equally by Landlord and Tenant.

 

16


SECTION 28

GUARANTY

28.01 As a material inducement for Landlord to execute this Lease, Tenant agrees that upon request, any shareholder or an unlimited Guaranty of Tenant’s covenants and obligations, a copy of which Guaranty is attached hereto as Exhibit “B”.

SECTION 29

29.01 Intentionally Left Blank.

SECTION 30

BANKRUPTCY OR INSOLVENCY

30.01 Conditions to the Assumption and Assignment of this Lease under Chapter 7, 11 or 13 of the Bankruptcy Code: In the event that Tenant shall become a Debtor under Chapter 7, 11 or 13 of the Bankruptcy Code, and the Trustee or Tenant shall elect to assume this Lease for the purpose of assigning the some or otherwise, such election and assignment may only be made if all of the terms and conditions of Sections 29.02 and 29.04 hereof are satisfied. The Tenant acknowledges that Landlord has executed this Lease based on Tenant’s inducements as to its financial integrity, business experience and ability to continuously occupy and use the Premises. Under these circumstances, Tenant agrees that should Tenant, as Debtor-In-Possession, or any Trustee appointed for Tenant, fail to elect to assume this Lease within sixty (60) days after the filing of the petition in bankruptcy, this Lease shall be deemed to have been rejected, Tenant further knowingly and voluntarily waives any right to seek additional time to affirm or reject this Lease and acknowledges that there is no cause to seek such extension. If Tenant, as Debtor-In-Possession, or the Trustee abandons the Premises, the same shall be deemed a rejection of this Lease. Landlord shall be entitled to at least thirty (30) days prior written notice from Tenant, as Debtor-In-Possession, or its Trustee of any intention to abandon the Premises. Landlord shall thereupon be immediately entitled to possession of the Premises without further obligation to Tenant or the Trustee, and this Lease shall be cancelled, but Landlord’s right to be compensated for damages in such proceeding shall survive.

30.02 Conditions to the Assumption of this Lease In Bankruptcy Proceedings:

(a) No election by the Trustee or Debtor-In-Possession to assume this Lease, whether under Chapter 7, 11 or 13, shall be effective unless each of the following conditions which Landlord and Tenant acknowledge are commercially reasonable in the context of a bankruptcy proceeding of Tenant, have been satisfied, and Landlord has so acknowledged in writing:

(1) The Trustee or the Debtor-In-Possession has cured, or has provided Landlord adequate assurance (as defined below) that:

(i) Within ten (10) days from the date of such assumption the Trustee will cure all monetary defaults under this Lease; and

(ii) Within thirty (30) days from the date of such assumption the Trustee will cure all nonmonetary defaults under this Lease.

 

17


(2) The Trustee or the Debtor-In-Possession has compensated, or has provided to Landlord adequate assurance that within ten (10) days from the date of assumption Landlord will be compensated for any pecuniary loss incurred by Landlord arising from the default of Tenant, the Trustee, or the Debtor-In-Possession as recited in Landlord’s written statement of pecuniary loss sent to the Trustee or Debtor-In-Possession.

(3) The Trustee or the Debtor-In-Possession has provided Landlord with adequate assurance of the future performance (as defined below) of each of Tenant’s, the Trustee’s or Debtor-In-Possession’s obligations under this Lease, provided, however, that:

(i) The Trustee or Debtor-in-Possession shall also deposit with Landlord, as security for the timely payment of minimum net rent and additional rent, an amount equal to three (3) months minimum net rent and additional rent accruing under this Lease; and

(ii) If not otherwise required by the terms of this Lease, the Trustee or Debtor-In-Possession shall also pay in advance on a rent day one-twelfth (1/12th) of Tenant’s annual obligations under this Lease for real estate taxes, insurance premiums and similar charges.

(iii) The obligations imposed upon the Trustee or Debtor-In-Possession shall continue with respect to Tenant or any assignee of this Lease after the completion-of bankruptcy proceedings.

(4) The assumption of this Lease will not breach any provision in any other lease, mortgage, financing agreement or other agreement by which Landlord is bound relating to the Premises; or

(5) The Tenant as Debtor-In-Possession or its Trustee shall provide the Landlord at least forty-five (45) days prior written notice of any proceeding concerning the assumption of this Lease.

(b) For purposes of this Section 30, Landlord and Tenant acknowledge that, in the context of a bankruptcy proceeding of Tenant, at a minimum, “adequate assurance” shall mean:

(1) The Trustee or the Debtor-In-Possession has and will continue to have sufficient unencumbered assets after the payment of all secured obligations and administrative expenses to assume Landlord that the Trustee or Debtor-In-Possession will have sufficient funds to fulfill the obligations of Tenant under this Lease.

(2) The Bankruptcy Court shall have entered an Order segregating sufficient cash payable to Landlord and/or the Trustee or Debtor-In-Possession shall have granted a valid and perfected first lien and security interest and/or mortgage in property of Tenant, the Trustee or Debtor-In-Possession, acceptable as to value and kind to Landlord, to secure to Landlord the obligation of the Trustee or Debtor-In-possession to cure the monetary and/or nonmonetary defaults under this Lease within the time periods set forth above.

30.03 Landlord’s Option to Terminate upon Subsequent Bankruptcy Proceedings of Tenant; in the event that this Lease is assumed by a Trustee appointed for Tenant or by Tenant as Debtor-In-Possession, under the provisions of Section 30.02 hereof, and

 

18


thereafter Tenant is liquidated or files a subsequent petition for reorganization or adjustment of debts under Chapter 11 or 13 of the Bankruptcy Code, then, and in either of such events, Landlord may, at its option, terminate this Lease and all rights of Tenant hereunder, by giving Tenant written notice of its election to so terminate, within thirty (30) days after the occurrence of either of such events.

30.04 Conditions to the Assignment of this Lease in Bankruptcy Proceedings: If the Trustee or Debtor-In-Possession has assumed this Lease pursuant to the terms and provisions of Sections 30.01 and 30.02 hereof, for the purpose of assigning (or elects to assign) Tenant’s interest under this Lease or the estate created thereby, to any other person, such interest or estate may be so assigned only if Landlord shall acknowledge in writing that the intended assignee has provided adequate assurance as defined in this Section 30.04 of future performance of all of the terms, covenants end conditions of this Lease to be performed by Tenant.

For purposes of this Section 30.04, Landlord and Tenant acknowledge that, in the context of a bankruptcy proceeding of Tenant, at a minimum, “adequate assurance of future performance” shall mean that each of the following conditions have been satisfied, and Landlord has so acknowledged in writing:

(a) The assignee has submitted a current financial statement audited by a Certified Public Accountant which shows a net worth and working capital in amounts determined to be sufficient by Landlord to assure the future performance by such assignee of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease.

(b) The assignee, if requested by Landlord, shall have obtained guarantees in form and substance satisfactory to Landlord from one or more persons who satisfy Landlord’s standards of creditworthiness.

(c) The Landlord has obtained all consents or waivers from any third party required under any lease, mortgage, financing arrangement or other agreement by which Landlord is bound to permit Landlord to consent to such assignment.

30.05 Use and Occupancy Charges: When, pursuant to the Bankruptcy Code, the Trustee or Debtor-In-Possession shall be obligated to pay reasonable use and occupancy charges for the use of the Premises or any portion thereof, such charges shall not be less than the minimum net rent as defined in this Lease, additional rent and all other monetary obligations of Tenant as set forth in this Lease.

30.06 Tenant’s Interest not Transferable by Virtue of State Insolvency Law without Landlord’s Consent: Neither Tenant’s interest in this Lease, nor any lesser interest of Tenant herein, nor any estate of Tenant hereby created, stall pass to any trustee, receiver, assignee for the benefit of creditors, or any other person or entity, or otherwise by operation of law under the laws of any state having jurisdiction of the person or property of Tenant (hereinafter referred to as the “state law”) unless Landlord shall consent to such transfer in writing. No acceptance by Landlord of rent or any other payments from any such trustee, receiver, assignee, person or other entity shall be deemed to have waived, nor shall it waive the need to obtain Landlord’s consent, or Landlord’s right to terminate this Lease for any transfer of Tenant’s Interest under this Lease without such consent.

30.07 Landlord’s Option to Terminate upon Insolvency of Tenant or Guarantor under State Law or upon Insolvency of Guarantor under Federal Bankruptcy Law: In the event the estate of Tenant created hereby shall be taken in execution or by process

 

19


of law, or if Tenant or Tenant’s guarantor (“Guarantor”) (if applicable), shall be adjudicated insolvent pursuant to the provisions of any present or future insolvency law under state law, or if any proceedings are tiled by or against the Guarantor under the Bankruptcy Code, or any similar provisions of any future federal bankruptcy law, or if a custodian, receiver or trustee of the property of Tenant or the Guarantor shall be appointed under state law by reason of Tenant’s or the Guarantor’s Insolvency or their inability to pay their debts as they become due or otherwise, or if any assignment shall be made of Tenant’s or the Guarantor’s property for the benefit of creditors under state law; then and in such event Landlord may, at its option, terminate this Lease and all rights of Tenant hereunder by giving Tenant written notice of the election to so terminate within thirty (30) days after the occurrence of such event.

SECTION 31

GENERAL

31.01 This Lease can be modified or amended only by a written agreement signed by Landlord and Tenant.

31.02 Upon request of either Landlord or Tenant, the parties shall execute a memorandum of this Lease in recordable form.

31.03 The laws of the State where the Premises are located will control in the construction and enforcement of this Lease, without regard to conflicts of law principles.

31.04 Time is of the essence in all respects under this Lease. If the time for performance hereunder falls on a Saturday, Sunday or a day that is recognized as a holiday in such State, then such time shall be deemed extended to the next day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or recognized holiday.

31.05 All prior understandings and agreements between the parties are merged into this Lease, which alone fully and completely expresses the agreements and understandings of the parties.

31.06 The illegality, invalidity or unenforceability of any term or provision of this Lease shall not affect or render illegal, invalid or unenforceable any other term or provision, all of which shall remain in full force and effect.

31.07 This Lease may be executed in several counterparts, each of which shall be an original but all of which shall collectively comprise a single instrument.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Landlord and Tenant have executed this Lease as of the date set forth on page 1.

 

LANDLORD:     TENANT:
KRISLEE-TEXAS, LLC ,     MANITEX, INC.,
a Michigan limited liability company     a Texas corporation
By:  

/s/ Robert J. Skandalaris

    By:  

/s/ David J. Langevin

Its:  

 

    Its:  

 

 

20


EXHIBIT A

LEGAL DESCRIPTION OF PREMISES

 

[TO BE ATTACHED]


EXHIBIT B

GUARANTY OF LEASE

THIS IS A GUARANTY OF THE LEASE dated April      , 2006, by and between KRISLEE-TEXAS, LLC, a Michigan limited liability company (“Landlord”) and QUANTUM VALUE MANAGEMENT, LLC., (“QVM”) a Delaware limited liability company and MANITEX, LLC, a Delware limited liability company (individually each a “Guarantor” and collectively “Guarantors”).

The undersigned, QUANTUM VALUE MANAGEMENT, LLC., (“QVM”) a Delaware limited liability company, whose address is 33 Bloomfield Hills Parkway, Suite 240, Bloomfield Hills, Michigan 48304, in consideration of the leasing of the leased premises described in the annexed Lease (“Lease”) to the above named Tenant, do hereby covenant and agree as follows:

 

  A. The undersigned, jointly and severally does hereby irrevocably guarantee the full, faithful and timely payment and performance by Tenant of all of the payments, covenants and other obligations of Tenant under or pursuant to the Lease. If Tenant shall default at any time in the payment of any minimum net rent, Additional Rent or any other sums, costs or charges whatsoever, or in the performance of any of the other covenants and obligations of Tenant, under or pursuant to the Lease, the undersigned, at their cost and expense, shall, on demand of the Landlord, fully and promptly, and well and truly, pay all rent, sums, costs and charges to be paid by Tenant, and perform all the other covenants and obligations to be performed by Tenant, under or pursuant to the Lease. In addition, the undersigned shall, on Landlord’s demand pay to Landlord any and all sums due to Landlord, including (without limitation) all interest on past due obligations of Tenant, costs advanced by Landlord, and damages and all expenses (including attorneys’ fees and litigation costs) that may arise as a consequence of Tenant’s default. The undersigned hereby waive all requirements of notice of the acceptance of this Guaranty and all requirements of notice of breach or non-performance by Tenant. Manitex, Inc., a Texas corporation, whose address is 3000 South Austin Avenue, Georgetown, TX 78627.

 

  B. The obligations of the undersigned hereunder are independent of, and may exceed, the obligations of Tenant. A separate action or actions may, at Landlord’s option, be brought and prosecuted against the undersigned, whether or not any action is first or subsequently brought against Tenant, or whether or not any action is first or subsequently brought against Tenant, or whether or not Tenant is joined in any such action, and the undersigned may be joined in any action or proceeding commenced by Landlord against Tenant arising out of, in connection with or based upon the Lease. The undersigned waives any right to require Landlord to proceed against Tenant or pursue any other remedy in Landlord’s power whatsoever, any right to complain of delay in the enforcement of Landlord’s rights under the Lease, and any demand by Landlord and/or prior action by Landlord or any nature whatsoever against Tenant, or otherwise. Manitex is the sole shareholder of Manitex, Inc.

 

2


  C. This Guaranty shall remain and continue in full force and effect and shall not be discharged in whole or in part notwithstanding (whether prior or subsequent of the execution hereof) any alteration, renewal, extension, modification, amendment or assignment of, or subletting, concession, franchising, licensing or permitting under the Lease. The undersigned hereby waive notice of any of the foregoing, and agree that the liability of the undersigned hereunder shall be based upon the obligations of Tenant set forth in the Lease as the same may be altered, renewed, extended, modified, amended or assigned. For the purpose of this Guaranty and the obligations and liabilities of the undersigned hereunder, “Tenant” shall be deemed to include any and all assignees, subtenants, permittees or others directly or indirectly operating or conducting a business in or from the Premises, as fully as if any of the same were the named Tenant under the Lease. Quantum Value Management, LLC is the sole member of Manitex, LLC.

 

  D. The undersigned’s obligations hereunder shall remain fully binding although Landlord may have waived one or more defaults by Tenant, extended the time of performance by Tenant, released, returned or misapplied other collateral at any time given as security for Tenant’s obligations (including other guaranties) and/or released Tenant from the performance of its obligations under the Lease.

 

  E. This Guaranty shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding the institution by or against Tenant or bankruptcy, reorganization, readjustment, receivership or insolvency proceedings of any nature, or the disaffirmance of the lease in any such proceedings or otherwise.

 

  F. This Guaranty shall be applicable to and binding upon the heirs, executors, administrators, representatives, successors and assigns of Landlord, Tenant and the undersigned. Landlord may require any successor member of Guarantors to provide a Guaranty of Tenant’s obligations in the event of a change in control of Guarantor. Landlord may upon written notice to Guarantor assign this Guaranty in whole or in part in connection with an assignment of its interest in the Lease.

 

  G. In the event that Landlord shall institute any suit against the undersigned for (i) violation of or to enforce any of the covenants or conditions of this Guaranty; or (ii) to enforce any right of Landlord hereunder; (iii) should the undersigned institute any suit against Landlord arising out of or in connection with this Guaranty; (iv) should either party institute a suit against the other for a declaration of rights hereunder; (v) should either party intervene in any suit in which the other is a party, or enforce or protect its interest or rights hereunder, the prevailing party in any such suit shall be entitled do the fees of its attorney(s) in the reasonable amount thereof, to be determined by the court and taxed as a part of the costs therein.

 

  H. The execution of this Guaranty prior to execution of the Lease shall not invalidate this Guaranty or lessen the obligations of Guarantor(s) hereunder.

 

  I. Guarantors have full power and authority to provide this Guaranty and to carry out the transactions contemplated hereby. The undersigned is duly authorized to execute this Guaranty on behalf of Guarantors.

 

3


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the undersigned has executed this Guaranty this             day of April, 2006.

 

WITNESSETH:     QUANTUM VALUE MANAGEMENT,
    LLC a Delaware limited liability company

 

    By:  

/s/ David J. Langevin

 

    Its:  

 

     
WITNESSETH:     MANITEX, LLC
    a Delaware limited liability company

 

    By:  

/s/ David J. Langevin

 

    Its:  

 

 

STATE OF MICHIGAN   )
  )SS
COUNTY OF OAKLAND   )

The foregoing Guaranty was acknowledged before me this          day of April, 2006, by                                                   of Quantum Value Management, LLC.

 

 

Notary Public
                                                          County, Michigan
Acting in Oakland County, Michigan
My Commission Expires:                                     

 

4

Exhibit 10.22

DATED this 1 st day of December, 2006

B E T W E E N:

ALDROVANDI EQUIPMENT LIMITED

- and-

MANITEX LIFTKING, ULC

 


LEASE

 


Municipal Address of Property:

7135 Islington Avenue, Vaughan

and 191 Vinyl Court, Vaughan


     THIS INDENTURE made this 1 st day of December, 2006
   IN PURSUANCE OF THE SHORT FORM OF LEASES ACT.

BETWEEN:

 

  
   ALDROVANDI EQUIPMENT LIMITED
   incorporated under the laws of the Province of Ontario
   (hereinafter referred to as the “Lessor”)
   OF THE FIRST PART                    
   -and -
   MANITEX LIFTKING, ULC
   incorporated under the laws of the Province of Alberta
   (hereinafter referred to as the “Lessee”)
   OF THE SECOND PART                    

Premises

1. IN CONSIDERATION of the rents, covenants and agreements hereinafter reserved and contained on the part of the Lease to be paid, observed and performed, the Lessor hereby demises and leases unto the Lessee the premises outlined on the Plan attached hereto as Schedule “A” (hereinafter referred to as the “demised premises”), and together with the right to use the common outside areas and facilities in common with other users of the building. The demises premises comprise as hereinafter outlined (which building, adjacent lands and common areas are hereinafter referred to as the “building”, “buildings” or “Development”, and contain a rentable area of approximately 94,509 square feet.

Term

2. TO HAVE AND TO HOLD the demised premises for and during the term of three (3) years to be computed from the 1 st day of December, 2006 and fully to be complete and ended on the 30 th day of November , 2009 .

The Lessee acknowledges and agrees that it has inspected the demises premises, and agrees to accept same in an “as-is” condition,

Rent

3. YIELDING AND PAYING THEREFORE yearly and every year during the term hereby granted, unto the Lessor a base rental rate calculated as follows:

 

7135 Islington Avenue    61,636 sq ft @ $4.45/sq ft
191 Vinyl Court    22,873 sq ft @ 4.45/sq ft

 

2


YEARS

   ANNUAL    MONTHLY    PER SQ. FT.

1-3

   $ 420,565.05    $ 35,047.09    $ 4.45

AREA COVERED BY HIGH STEEL STRUCTURE AND WITH TWO OVERHEAD CRANES one with a capacity of 20 tons, one with a capacity of 12 tons at 191 Vinyl Court—10,400 square fee at $3.15 per square foot.

 

YEARS

   ANNUAL    MONTHLY    PER SQ. FT.

1-3

   $ 32,760.00    $ 2,730.00    $ 3.15

ACCORDINGLY, the total monthly rental payments commencing on December 1, 2006 shall be $37,777.09.

Each monthly installment is to he paid in advance without deduction on the 1st day of each month in each year during the term hereby demised as the Lessor’s office at 7135 Islington Avenue, Woodbridge, Ontario, L4L 1V9 or at such other place as the Lessor may hereafter from time to time direct, together with the additional rent hereinafter reserved. The Lessee shall provide to the Lessor on the commencement date of the Lease and on each anniversary dated twelve (12) post-dated cheques for rental payments for the following year. in the event of a tenancy commencing or terminating on other than the first of the month, the rent for pars month shall be prorated.

(b) NOT APPLICABLE as security for the due performance by the Lessee of all covenants and obligations on its part herein contained, the Lessor hereby reserving unto itself at its sole discretion the right to apply such sums to any damages resulting from default by the Lessee of any of its covenants and obligations hereunder or towards the payment or redaction of any claim of the Lessor against the Lessee or alternatively, at the option of the Lessor on account of rentals payable by the Lessee for the last month’s rent of the term.

Lessee’s Covenants

4. THE LESSEE COVENANTS AND AGREES with the Lessor as follows:

(a) To pay rent.

Use

(b) To use the premises only for the manufacturing and storage of fork lifts and related equipment and for no other purpose.

Additional Rentals

(c) This Lease shall he absolutely net to the Lessor and that the Lessee shall pay for its own account, and without any variation, set-off or deductions, all costs, expenses, rates, taxes and charges in any way relating to the demised premises and the business of the Lessee as well as the Lessee’s proportionate share of all taxes, insurance premiums, utilities and other rates, maintenance, accounting fees and other costs, expenses and charges relating to the operation of the building without duplication and other than the payments of any interest or principal required to be paid by the Lessor under any mortgage related to the building, any income taxes of the

 

3


Lessor, the cost of any repairs properly attributable to capital account other than as specifically set out herein to be the Lessee’s responsibility, or amounts recovered by the Lessor from insurance proceeds or warranty claims relating to any cost which has been charged or is otherwise chargeable as additional rental. Without restricting the generality of the above, the Lessee shall pay to the Lessor in each and every year during the term hereof, as additional rent:

Realty Taxes

(i) To pay the realty taxes, local improvement rates and other similar charges assessed and levied against the demised premises provided at the Lessor’s option, the Lessee shall pay its proportionate share of the amount of all taxes, rates, duties and assessments whatsoever, including local improvement rates, or similar taxes, whether municipal, parliamentary or otherwise, now charged, levied, rated or assessed, or hereafter to be charged, levied, rated or assessed against the buildings whether such taxes are levied at first instance against the Lessor or Lessee or any similar taxes now in existence or contemplated at any time during the term hereof by any competent governmental or municipal body in addition to, or in lieu of, the taxes, rates, duties or assessment hereinbefore referred to. in the event that the Lessee wishes to appeal its realty or business tax assessment, it shall also appeal the assessment or the Development, it shall give prior written notice to the Lessor, and take all steps to ensure that the assessment of the Development, Lessor or other Lessees are not increased as a result of its appeal. The Lessee indemnifies the Lessor from any misallocation of assessment which may occur as a result of its appeal;

Leasehold Taxes

(ii) if the taxes in respect of the building upon which the demised premises are situate shall be increased by reason of any installations made in or upon, or any alteration made in or to the demised premises by the Lessee, the amount of such increase;

Separate School Taxes

(iii) if the Lessee or any person, firm or corporation occupying the demised premises or any part thereof shall elect to have the demised premises or any part thereof assessed for separate school taxes, the amount by which the separate school taxes exceed the amount which would be payable by the Lessor for school taxes, had such election not been made, provided that if the Lessee so elects and the separate school taxes paid are less than public school taxes in any year of the term hereby granted, the amount of school tax payable by the Lessee shall be reduced accordingly;

Utilities, Taxes, etc, Affecting Common Areas

(iv) its proportionate share of the cost of domestic water and other utilities supplied to the common areas, and of nil taxes, fines, duties and assessments whatsoever, including local improvement rate now charged, levied, rates or assessed, or hereafter to be charged, levied, rated or assessed upon or in respect of the common areas, and including, but without limiting the generality of the foregoing, its proportionate share of all business taxes, if any, from time to time payable by the Lessor in respect of the common areas and facilities, or any part thereof; provided if such taxes, rates, duties and assessments, including local improvement rates are assessed separately to pay in accordance with such separate assessment;

 

4


Lessor’s insurance

(v) its proportionate share of the total annual net costs and expenses of insuring the lands, buildings, improvements and equipment and other property in the Development and the common areas and futilities, owned by the Lessor or for which the Lessor is legally liable, from time to time, in such manner and form, with such companies and such coverage and in such amounts as the Lessor, or the Mortgagee, from time to time, determines including without limitation, insurance against:

(1) Any risks of physical loss or damage to all property owned by the Lessor relative to the Development;

(2) Damage to air-conditioning and heating equipment and miscellaneous electrical apparatus on a broad form blanket repair and replacement basis;

(3) Loss of insurable gross profit attributable to all perils insured against by the Lessor or commonly insured against by prudent lessors, including loss of all rent receivable from tenants in the Development in accordance with the provisions of their leases including minimum rent, percentage rent and additional rent in such amount or amounts as the Lessor or the Mortgagee from time to time requires;

(4) Third party liability claims including the exposure for personal injury, bodily injury, properly damage occurrence, including all contractual obligations coverage and including actions of all authorized employees, subcontractors and agents while working on behalf of the Lessor; and

(5) Any other form of insurance the Lessor or its Mortgagee reasonably requires from time to time for insurable risks and in amounts against which a prudent landlord would protect itself.

The Lessee shall not do or permit to be done any act of or thing whereby the insurance coverages or any of them hereinbefore contemplated may be increased in premium or cancelled by the insurer, or the demised premises shall be rendered uninsurable, and if by reason of any act done or permitted or omission, as the case may be, by the Lessee, the said insurance coverages or any of them shall be increased in premium, then the Lessee shall he liable to pay all of such increase in premium, with respect to the entire coverages and this notwithstanding that the Lessee occupies only a portion of the building or buildings covered by such insurance coverages, and if the demised premises shall be rendered uninsurable or if the said insurance coverages or any of them shall be cancelled by reason of any act done or permitted, or omission, as the case may be, by the Lessee, and shall not be susceptible of being replaced then the Lessor, after giving the Lessee at least seven (7) days within which to replace the insurable coverage or coverages shall, at its absolute discretion have the right to determine that the term hereof has expired and in such event the Lessee shall deliver up possession of the demised premises as if the term of this Lease had expired;

Cleaning and Maintenance

(vi) its proportionate share of the costs incurred by the Lessor in cleaning, repairing, replacing and maintaining the common areas and facilities as hereinbefore defined including but without limiting the generality of the foregoing, snow

 

5


removal, gardening, supervision, policing, lawn sprinkler maintenance and replacement, sprinkler alarm monitoring, salting of driveways and walkways painting the outside of the building and maintenance including repairs and maintenance and replacement of paving, including re-striping and signing where necessary, curbs, walkways, landscaping, and drainage as may from time to time become necessary and other reasonable costs which may be incurred with respect to the said outside common areas and facilities and the cost of any security systems which the Lessor deems necessary for the operation of the Development.

The manner in which the said outside areas and facilities shall be maintained shall be at the sole discretion of the Lessor provided that the said manner shall be reasonable and in keeping with the maintenance of an industrial premises of a similar size, location and nature having regard for the then age of the said building;

Personnel

(vii) its proportionate share of salaries or all personnel including on-site supervisory personnel employed to carry out the maintenance and operation of the Development and the common areas and facilities, including contributions and premiums towards usual fringe benefits, unemployment and Worker’s Compensation insurance, pension plan contributions and similar premiums and contributions;

Domestic Water

(viii) its share of water usage for the building in which the Unit is located which shall be apportioned by the Lessor in consultation with its consulting engineer and acting reasonably, and provided that the Lessee or Lessor may, at its option and at the sole expense of the Lessee, install a separate water meter in which case the Lessee shall pay only such amount as is actually metered. The installation cost of such separate meter shall be collectable from the Lessee as additional rent;

Heating, Ventilating and Air-Conditioning

(ix) its share, as reasonably apportioned by the Lessor, of the cost of an annual preventative maintenance contract for all heating, ventilating and air-conditioning equipment installed in the Development if the Lessor chooses to arrange for such contract;

(x) its share, as reasonably apportioned by the Lessor, of the annual cost of repairs, including service charges and the cost of replacement parts, for all heating, ventilating and air-conditioning equipment installed in all buildings of the Development;

(xi) its share, as reasonably apportioned by the Lessor, of the estimated cost of replacing all heating, ventilating and air-conditioning equipment installed in all buildings in the Development amortized over the projected useful life of such equipment;

Provided that in the alternative to the charges set out in (ix), (x), and (xi), the Lessor at its option may require that the Lessee be responsible for the maintenance, repair and replacement of all heating, ventilating and air-conditioning equipment within the demised premises.

 

6


Capital Repairs

(xii) its proportionate share of the costs of maintenance, repairs or replacements to items of a capital or structural nature which by their nature require periodic maintenance, repair or replacement or the purpose of which is to reduce the operating costs of the Development. The Lessor may in the alternative, at its discretion exercised reasonably, amortize the costs of these hems over the estimated life of the item repaired or replaced and the Lessee shall in addition pay interest on the unamortized cost at the rate of two (2) percentage points over the prime lending rate of the Lessor’s Bank; and

Administrative

(xiii) an administrative fee of fifteen percent (15%) of the total of the additional rental as specified in this Lease, excluding realty taxes;

Business Taxes

(d) To pay as and when the same become due, and to save the Lessor in all respects harmless with respect thereto, all business taxes from time to time levied against, or payable by the Lessee in respect of the Lessee’s occupancy of the demised premises;

Proportionate Share Definition

(e) Whenever in this Lease, reference shall be made to the Lessee’s proportionate share of any taxes, costs, charges or expenses, the same shall be that proportion which the rentable area of the premises hereby demised to the Lessee bears to the total rentable area (including the premises hereby demised) of the entire buildings presently situate on the lands forming the Development, including any future additions thereto, but excluding any service areas for the general benefit of all Lessees of the Development;

Common Areas and Facilities

(f) Whenever in this Lease, reference shall be made to the common outside areas and facilities, the same shall mean all of the lands forming the Development not for the time being covered by buildings and utility and/or refuse rooms (other than any service area for the general benefit of all Lessees of the Development) and shall include any improvements (apart from structures erected by the Lessee) thereon and thereto, such as tool sheds, lighting standards and parking signs and marking areas designated by the Lessor for use by particular Lessees;

Additional Rents

(g) The payments required to be made by the Lessee to the Lessor under the provisions or subparagraph (c) hereof shall be paid by the Lessee in equal monthly instalments to be estimated by the Lessor on the dates that the rent is payable pursuant to the terms of this Lease, and to be adjusted upon the Lessor finally determining the actual amount of such payments. Any amounts owing by this Lease shall be paid thirty (30) days after demand;

Utilities

(h) In each and every year during the term hereof to pay, satisfy and discharge directly or indirectly all charges in connection with electrical current, gas, rental charges for gas or electrically-operated hot water heaters and other public or private utilities or services extraordinary as well as ordinary, supplied at any time to the demised premises;

 

7


Indemnity for Non-payment by Lessee

(i) To indemnify and keep indemnified the Lessor in respect of non-payment all losses, costs, charges, penalties and expenses occasioned by, or arising from the non-payment of any and every tax, rate, assessment, charge, expense or fee, including any business or similar tax assessed against the Lessee of any subtenant or licensee or other persons occupying the demised premises or any part thereof, and provided that the same shall be a charge on the demised premises or in any way the ultimate responsibility of the Lessor, unless the same shall have already been paid by the Lessee to the Lessor, and provided that the same shall not be of a kind personal to the Lessor, such as taxes on the income of the Lessor,

Repairs and Maintenance

(j) At its own expense, to properly carry out all repairs, maintenance, replacements, and painting of the demised premises and of all machinery and equipment situate therein or thereon (both inside and outside) and including any stairs or platforms leading thereto and to repair and maintain the demised premises, including, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, subject to clauses 4(c)(ix), (x) and (xi) hereof, the air-conditioning and heating units, boilers and pressure vessels, if any, sprinkler system and plate glass thereon. Provided, however, the Lessor shall have the option of carrying out such repairs, replacement and maintenance on behalf of the Lessee and collecting the cast thereof together with an administration fee as additional rent;

Lessee’s insurance

(k) At its own expense, to take out and maintain property damage, public liability, boiler and plate glass insurance as well as insurance against theft, in the names of the Lessor and the Lessee, and in form, amount and with insurance carriers satisfactory to the Lessor and containing a waiver of subrogation against the Lessor. The Lessee shall renew each policy’s insurance not less than fourteen (14) days prior to the expiration of the term thereof, and forward to the Lessor certificates of insurance evidencing the policies in effect;

Comply With By-laws, etc.

(l) To promptly comply with and conform to the requirements or all applicable statutes, laws, by-laws, regulations, ordinances and orders from time to time, or at any time in force during the term hereof and affecting the condition, equipment, maintenance, use or occupation of the demised premises and with every applicable regulation, order and requirement of The Canadian Fire Underwriters Association, or any body having a similar function or of any liability or fire insurance company by which the Lessor and Lessee or either of them may be insured at any time during the term hereof;

Notice to Lessor of Defect

(m) in the event of the observance of any apparent structural defect or material damage to the demised premises by any cause, to give notice in writing to the Lessor of such defect or damage forthwith upon the same becoming known to the Lessee; provided that if such defect or damage becomes known to the Lessee or reasonably should have been observed by the Lessee and the Lessee fails to give notice hereof to the Lessor, the Lessee shall be liable for such of the costs incurred by the Lessor in repairing the said defect or damage as can be shown to be directly attributable to the actions of the Lessee and those for whom in law, the Lessee is responsible (including failure to give such notice) after such detect or damage become known to the Lessee or reasonably should have been observed by the Lessee;

 

8


Entry View State of Repair

(n) To permit the lessor at all reasonable times and upon reasonable notice (and at all times in cases of emergency) to enter upon and view the state of repair and maintenance of the demised premises, and to inspect the heating and air-conditioning units, the plumbing, boilers and pressure vessels thereon, and to comply with all reasonable requirements of the Lessor with respect to the care, maintenance and repair thereof;

Surrender

(o) Upon the expiration of the term hereby granted, the Lessee will peaceably surrender, quit and deliver up the demised premises to the Lessor in a good state of repair and maintenance, reasonable wear and tear excepted, provided the Lessor may elect that any or all installations made or installed by or on behalf or the Lessee be removed upon the expiration of the term and it shall be the Lessee’s obligation to restore the leased premises to the condition they were in previous to said alteration, installation, addition, partition, etc. Said removal and restoration shall be at the sole expense of the Lessee;

Keep Clean

(p) At its own expense to keep entrance ways and all steps and platforms leading to the demised premises clear of all snow, ice and debris;

Nuisance

(q) That it will not carry on, or permit to be carried on, in or about the demised premises any business or activity which shall be deemed upon reasonable grounds to be a nuisance, nor will it omit to do or permit to be omitted to be done anything in respect of the demised premises, the omission of which shall upon reasonable grounds, be deemed to be a nuisance;

Inspection

(r) During the term hereby granted the Lessor and as prospective purchasers, mortgagees or lessees may inspect the demised premises or any parts thereof at reasonable times and upon reasonable notice on producing an order to that effect signed by the Lessor, if any, and provided that the Lessee may elect to cause its employees or agents to be present at the time of such inspection;

Heating

(s) Subject to clauses 4(c)(ix), (x) and (xi) hereof, to assume the sole responsibility for and the cost of the heating or air-conditioning of the demised premises including replacement and repair to heating, air- conditioning and ventilating system when required;

Assignment or Sub-letting

(t)(i) The Lessee will not transfer or assign the Lease or sub-let or part with the possession or all or part of the leased premises without prior written consent of the Lessor, which consent shall not be unreasonably or arbitrarily withheld or delayed; provided however, such consent to any assignment or sub-letting shall not relieve the Lessee from its obligations for the payment for of rent and for the full and faithful observance and performance of the covenants, terms and conditions herein contained. The Lessee shall

 

9


have the right without the consent of the Lessor, to assign this Lease to a company incorporated or to be incorporated by the Lessee provided that the Lessee holds voting control of the company but otherwise a change in voting control of the Lessee shall constitute a transfer.

It shall not be unreasonable for the Lessor to require as a condition of granting consent, the giving of personal guarantees and/or the provision of additional security for the payment of rents. The Lessee shall pay to the Lessor any consideration received by it by way of increased rental or by other payment attributable to the leased premises in excess of the fair market value of the Lessee’s fixtures;

(t)(ii) Provided further and notwithstanding paragraph 4(t)(i), if the Lessee proposes to assign this Lease or sub-let the leased premises, the Lessee shall send to the Lessor, a notice setting forth the name and address of the proposed assignee or sub-tenant and all the terms and conditions or the proposed assignment or sub-lease, and the Lessor within fifteen (15) days from the submission of such notice by the Lessee may elect to terminate this Lease by giving to the Lessee a notice of intention so m terminate, fixing a date of termination not sooner than the date the sub-tenant or assignee proposes to occupy the leased premises and the Lessee shall deliver up vacant possession of the leased premises on such dale of termination and the Lease shall terminate and come to an end (including any liability of the Lessee in regard thereto, and adjustments shall be made in rent, taxes and other charges payable by any party under this Lease).

(t)(iii) No assignment or sublease of the within Lease shall be valid unless, the Lessee shall deliver to the Lessor:

 

  (1) Duplicate original of such assignment or sublease duly executed by the Lessee;

 

  (2) Instrument duly executed by the assignee or subtenant., in a form satisfactory to the Lessor wherein such assignee shall assume the Lessee’s obligations for the payment of rent and for the full and faithful observance and performance of the covenants, terms and conditions herein contained; and

 

  (3) Payment by the Lessee of the Lessor’s standard consent fee.

Not to Alter Structure

(u) That will not place anything an the roof or in any way make any opening in the roof for stacks or other purposes, or in any way alter the walls or structure of the demised premises without the written consent of the Lessor, which may be unreasonably or arbitrarily refused;

Refuse

(v) That it will not use any garbage or other containers unless approved by the Lessor or allow any ashes, refuse, garbage or other loose materials to accumulate in or about the demised premises or stock or cause to be stored outside of the Unit any of its inventory or stock-in-trade or raw materials;

Plate Glass

(w) The Lessee shall pay the cost of replacement with as good quality and size of any glass broken on the leased premises including outside windows and doors of the perimeter of the leased premises (including perimeter windows in the exterior walls) during the continuance of this Lease, unless the glass shall be broken by the Lessor, its servants, employees or agents on its behalf;

 

10


Repairs to Common Systems

(x) The Lessee acknowledges that the lands and premises hereby demised form part or a larger building and that the whole of the building of which the demised premises form part will be served by common drainage, water systems, as well as electrical systems and gas or other fuel systems and in the event that repairs are necessary to any of such systems in any portion of the entire building of which the demised premises form part, then the Lessee covenants to forthwith pay to the Lessor its proportionate share of the total cost of such repairs forthwith upon receiving written demand therefor; and the Lessor’s servants or agents shall have reasonable access to the demised premises for the purpose of making the necessary repairs herein contemplated without liability for any disturbance, or business interruption which may be caused in so doing, and for greater certainly it is expressly agreed that if any of such common systems that have been damaged or shall have been inoperative by reason of the negligence of the Lessee, its servants or agents, then the entire cost of repairing the same shall be borne by the Lessee;

Damage to Party Walls

(y) The Lessee acknowledges that one (1) or more of the walls of the demised premises are party walls which may be used as to the portion adjacent in the demised premises by the adjoining lessee, or by the Lessor, and the Lessee covenants and agrees that as to any repairs required to the said party walls which are the responsibility of the Lessee hereunder, it will bear one-half (1/2) of the cost of such repairs, unless such repairs are necessitated wholly by reason of the negligence, acts or omissions of the Lessee or its servants or agents, in which event the Lessee shall be responsible for the entire cost of such repairs, and in the event that repairs are made necessary by reason of the negligence of the adjoining lessees, then the cost of repairs shall not be borne by the Lessee, and the Lessee covenants that it will forthwith pay the cost of such repairs to the said party walls for which it is responsible hereunder forthwith upon receiving written demand therefore;

Loading and Unloading

(z) That all loading and unloading of merchandise, supplies, unloading materials, garbage, refuse and other chattels with the exception of the Lessee’s general office supplies shall be made only through or by means of the shipping doors, so designated by the Lessor; and

Goods and Services Tax

(aa) The Lessee shall pay when due any sales tax, Goods and Services tax, value-added tax, business transfer tax or similar rates, duties, assessments or levies on the rent payable by the Lessee; whether payable, levied or assessed directly to the Lessee or to the Landlord on account of the rents payable by the Lessee. A failure to pay the Goods and Services Tax shall be a default of the lease and shall be treated as if it were a failure to pay rent but the Goods and Services Tax shall not be deemed to be real for the purpose of calculating the amount of Goods and Services Tax exigible.

Fixtures

5. The Lessee shall have the right, subject to the other provisions hereof to install a paint spray booth, bake oven and other equipment normally associated with auto repair. Provided that the Lessee, when not default hereunder, may remove its trade fixtures, provided that the Lessee shall not remove or carry away from the demised premises or common outside areas, any plumbing, heating, ventilating or lighting equipment, wiring or electrical panels and services or other building services; provided the Lessee shall repair any damage occasioned by the installation or the removal of its fixtures.

 

11


Seizure and Bankruptcy

6. PROVIDED that if the term hereby created or any of the goods and chattels of the Lessee shall at any time seized or taken in execution or in attachment by any creditor of the Lessee or if without the consent of the Lessor, the demised premises shall become vacant or the demised premises shall not be used a period of fifteen (15) days or if a Writ of Execution shall issue against the goods or chattels of the Lessee, or if without the prior written consent of the Lessor the Lessee shall execute any chattel mortgage or bill of sale of any of its goods or chattels other than in the ordinary course of its business, or any order made for the winding up of the Lessee or for the appointment of a receiver or receiver and manager or a receiver or manager is appointed pursuant to a mortgage, debenture or other encumbrance affecting the goods, chattels or other personal property of the Lessee, or if the Lessee shall make any assignment for the benefit of creditors or commit any other act of bankruptcy or make a proposal as defined in the Bankruptcy and Insolvency Act of Canada or any amendment thereto, or becoming a bankrupt or insolvent shall take the benefit of any statute which may be in force for bankrupt or insolvent persons, or shall attempt to abandon the demised premises or to sell or dispose of its goods or chattels, then the current month’s rent, together with the rent for the three (3) months next ensuing, (and for the purpose hereof rent shall include all monies designated to be paid as additional rent, including, but without limiting the generality at the foregoing, against billing on account of taxes, insurance premiums and maintenance of the common outside areas and facilities), shall immediately became due and payable on presentation of invoices and the said term shall at the option of the Lessor forthwith become forfeited and determined, in which event the Lessor may re-enter and take possession of the demised premises as though the Lessee, or any occupant or occupants of the demised premises was or were holding over after the expiration of the term without any right whatsoever, provided that no action by the Lessor in so doing shall be deemed to relieve the Lessee of its obligations for the payment of rent and additional rent or any other monies payable hereunder.

Distress

7. PROVIDED that in case of removal by the Lessee of its goods and chattels from the premises, the Lessor may follow the same for thirty (30) days, in the same manner as is provided for in the Landlord and Tenant Act; and notwithstanding anything contained in the Landlord and Tenant Act or any other statute or any other subsequent legislation, none of the goods or chattels of the Lessee at any time during the continuance of the term hereby created on the demised premises shall be exempt from levy by distress for rent in arrears, and that upon any claim being made for an exemption by the Lessee on a distress made by the Lessor this Covenant may be pleaded as an estoppel against the Lessee in any action brought to test the right to the levying upon any such goods, the Lessee waiving as it hereby does any exemptions from distress which might have accrued to the Lessee under the provisions of the Landlord and Tenant Act. Provided further that in the event of default, the Lessor may re-enter the premises by use or force or change the locks in order to effect a distress or to secure the Lessee’s property and the Lessee shall be hereby estopped from claiming an illegal distress by reason thereof.

Re-Entry

8. In the event that the Lessee shall be in default of any or its covenants hereunder including the covenant of the Lessee to pay rent or additional rent, whether legal demand has been made or not, the Lessor may at its option either enter into and upon the demised premises or any part thereof in the name of the whole and have again, repossess and enjoy the same as of its former estate and the said Lease shall thereupon terminate or itself take steps and do to or cause to be done such things as may be necessary to remedy and correct such defaults, or to re-let the same as agent of the Lessee and claim against the Lessee for damages suffered. Provided further that in the event that the Lessor shall be entitled to, and shall elect to make a re-entry as hereinbefore provided for, any re-entry or other action so taken shall not be deemed to relieve the Lessee of the obligation to pay rent and other monies payable as rent

 

12


hereunder and such rent and other monies payable as rent in accordance with the provision hereof shall continue to accrue and be payable until such time as the Lessor is able to re-let the premises, or otherwise deal with the same in such manner that it shall not sustain any loss should the Lessee thereafter fail to pay the rent and other monies payable as rent or otherwise under this Lease. Provided further that in addition to all other rights hereby reserved to it, the Lessor shall have the right to re-enter the demised premises as the agent of the Lessee either by force or otherwise, without being liable for any prosecution therefor, and to re-let the whole or any portion of the demised premises for any period equal to or greater or less than the remainder of the then current term of the Lessee and to receive the rent therefor, said rent to be any sum which it may deem reasonable, to any lessee which it may deem suitable and satisfactory, and for any use and purpose which it may deem appropriate and in connection with any such lease, the Lessor may make such changes in the character of the improvements or the demised premises as the Lessor may determine to be appropriate or helpful in effecting such Lease; but in no event shall the Lessor be under any obligation to re-let the demised premises in whole or in part for any purpose which the Lessor may regard as injurious to the demised premises, or to any lessee which the Lessor, in the exercise of reasonable discretion, shall deem to be objectionable and to apply any rent derived from so re-letting the demised premises upon account of the rent due hereunder, and the Lessee shall remain liable to the Lessor for the deficiency, if any, it being the intention hereof that nothing herein contained and no entry made by the Lessor hereunder shall in no way release the Lessee from the payment of the rent hereby reserved during the term hereof beyond such sum as may be realized by the Lessor by such re-letting or by the proceeds of any distress made by the Lessor against the Lessee; and provided that the Lessor shall not in any event be required to pay to the Lessee any surplus of any sums received by the Lessor on a re-letting of the demised premises in excess of the rent reserved hereunder.

Overholding

9. PROVIDED that should the Lessee remain in possession of the demised premises after the termination of the original term hereby created, with the Lessor’s consent in writing, without other special agreement, it shall be as a monthly Lessee on a monthly base rental equal to the annual payable during the last month of the term hereof, plus an increase of eight percent (8%) compounded for each year of the most recently expired term of the Lease and such amount shall be payable on the first (1st) day of each and every month and subject in other respects to the terms of this Lease, including those provisions requiring the payments or additional rent in monthly instalments. Provided if Lessee shall occupy the demised premises during any renewal term before the- rental rate for such renewal period has been determined pursuant to the terms of the Lease, the Lessee shall pay rent at a rate estimated by the Lessor to be the rental payable during the lost month of the term hereof, plus an increase or eight percent (8%) compounded for each year of the most recently expired term or the Lease and such amount shall be payable on the first (1st) day of each and every month and subject in other respects to the terms of this Lease, including those provisions requiring the payments of additional rent in monthly instalments. Such payments shall be adjusted between the Lessor and the Lessee within fifteen (15) days of the date of the actual rate is determined.

Lessor’s Covenants

10. THE LESSOR COVENANTS WITH THE LESSEE as follows:

Quiet Enjoyment

(a) For quiet enjoyment;

 

13


Alterations

(b) That the Lessee shall have the right from time to time to make alterations and changes in the interior of the demised premises as it may find necessary for its purposes and at its own expense, provided that plans for such alterations or changes shall be delivered to the Lessor and the consent of the Lessor in writing shall first be obtained, such consent not to be unreasonably or arbitrarily withheld; provided that upon the termination of this Lease, the Lessee, if requested by the Lessor, shall restore the interior of the demised premises to its former condition immediately prior to the instalation of such alterations or changes, reasonable wear and tear excepted, not inconsistent with the maintenance of the building of which the demised premises forms a part as a first class industrial premises having regard for the then age of the building, including the restoration of such standard futures as may have been installed by the Lessor, and if not so requested, any such changes or alterations should become the property of the Lessor; and

Right to Let

(c) That the Lessor has in it good right, full power and absolute authority to let the demised premises with their appurtenances according to the true intent of this indenture, and that it will execute such further assurances with respect thereto us may he reasonably requited.

Damage and Destruction

11. PROVIDED and it is hereby expressly agreed that if and whenever during the term hereby demised the building erected on the lands shall be destroyed or damaged then and in every such event:

(a) if the damage or destruction is such that the building of which the demised premises forms part of rendered wholly unfit for occupancy or it is impossible or unsafe to use and occupy it and if to either event the damage, in the opinion of the Lessor, to be given in the Lessee within thirty (30) days or the happening of such damage or destruction, cannot be repaired with reasonable diligence within one hundred and twenty (120) days from the date the Lessor has given its opinion, then the Lessor may within five (5) days next succeeding the giving of the Lessor’s opinion as aforesaid terminate this Lease by giving to the other Lessee in writing of such termination, in which event this Lease and the term hereby demised shall cease and be at an end as to the date of such destruction or damages unit the rent and all other payments for which the Lessee is liable under the terms of this Lease shall be apportioned and paid in full to the date of such destruction or damage; in the event that the Lessor does not so terminate this Lease, then the Lessor shall repair the said building with all reasonable speed and the rent hereby reserved shall abate from the date or the happening or the damage until the damage shall be made good to the extent of enabling the Lessee to occupy the demised premises;

(b) if the damage be such that the building of which the demised premises forms part is wholly unfit for occupancy, or it is impossible or unsafe to use or occupy it, but if in either event the damage, in the opinion of the Lessor, to be given to the Lessee within thirty (30) days from the happening of such damage, can be repaired with reasonable diligence within one hundred and twenty (120) days from the date the Lessor has given its opinion, then the rent hereby reserved shall abate from the date of the happening of such damage until the damage shall be made good to the extent of enabling the Lessee to occupy the demised premises and the Lessor shall repair the damage with all reasonable speed; and

(c) if in the opinion of the Lessor the damage can be made good as aforesaid within one hundred and twenty (120) days from the date the Lessor has given its opinion, and the damage is such that the demised premises is capable of being partially used for the purposes

 

14


for which it is hereby demised, then until such damage has been repaired the rent shall abate in the proportion that the part of the said demised premises which is rendered unfit for occupancy bears to the whole of the said demised premises and the Lessor shall repair the damage with all reasonable speed.

Loss or Damage

12. The Lessor, its contractors, agents and employees shall not be liable for any death, injury, or damage to properly, consequential damages, economic loss or any claim or demand whatsoever suffered by the Lessee, its employees, agents, licensees, or invitees occurring in or about the Premises or the Lands and building whether or not such loss or damage resulted from the deliberate act, omission, or negligence of the Lessor, its contractor, agents or employees or other persons for whom it may be responsible. All property of the Lessee or others within the Premises shall be at the risk of the Lessee only and the Lessor shall have no obligation with respect to security or protection of any such property. The Lessee will indemnify the Lessor and save it harmless from any and all losses or claims, actions, demands, liabilities and expenses (including legal fees between a solicitor and its own client in connection with loss of life, personal injury and/or damage to the property arising out of any occurrence in or about the Premises or the Lands and Building occasioned or caused wholly or in part by any act or omission of the Lessee or its invitees.

Right to Remedy Default

13. IN THE EVENT that the Lessee shall make default in the payment of any sum required to be paid by it or shall make default in the performance of any covenant or the doing of anything required to be performed or done by it hereunder, then the Lessor shall have the right to pay any such sum so in default or to perform or do any such thing and such sums so paid or the casts for performing or doing such things, and in every such case, shall be deemed to be additional rent payable under the provisions of this Lease and the Lessor shall be entitled to charge all such sums or monies to the Lessee plus 15% for administration and the Lessee shall pay them forthwith on demand; and the Lessor, in addition to any other rights, shall have the same remedies and may take the same steps for the recovery of all such sums or monies as it might have and take for the recovery of rent in arrears under the terms of this Lease. All arrears of rent and monies payable as rent or additional rent under the terms or this Lease which may be in arrears shall bear interest at the rate of twenty-four percent (24%) per annum from the time such arrears become due until paid to the Lessor. As security for the payment for rent and additional rent, the Lessee hereby grants the Lessor a security interest over its business undertaking, inventory and receivables and the Lessor shall have all the rights of a secured party under the Personal Property Security Act. The Lessee consents to the registration of a Financing Statement under the said Act.

Notice or Sale

14. THE LESSOR shall have the right at any time during the term hereby demised to place upon the demised premises a notice of reasonable dimensions and reasonably placed so as not to interfere with the business, stating that the demised premises are for sale, and at any time during the last six (6) months of the term that the demised premises are to let, and the Lessee shall not remove such notice, or permit the same to be removed.

Improvement to Become Part of Premises

15. ANY BU1LDING, erection or improvement placed or erected in or upon the demised premises, or upon the lands which the demised premises are situate, apart from Lessee’s trade fixtures, shall become a part thereof and shall not be removed, and shall, to the extent that the same are utilized by the Lessee, be subject to all of the provisions of this Lease. No building, erection or improvement shall be erected in or upon, or adjacent to the demised premises, or upon the lands upon which the demised premises are situate, without the prior written consent of the Lessor.

 

15


Further Assurances to Mortgagee

16. THE LESSEE covenants that it will, if and whenever reasonably required by the Lessor at the Lessee’s expense, consent to and become a party to any reasonable instrument relating to this Lease, including the delivery or statement as to the status of this Lease, which may be required by or on behalf of any mortgagee or insurer or other person, firm or corporation which may have or acquires an interest in the demised premises and in addition the Lessee shall execute such documents which may be necessary to cause this Lease to be subordinated to any incidental mortgage or charge against the land and building of which the demised premises form part.

Signs

17. THE LESSEE shall not erect or install any exterior signs or interior window or door signs or advertising media or door lettering or placards without the previous written consent of the Lessor. Provided the Lessee shall be required to install lettering or a size, colour, style and material, approved by the Lessor, on the standard sign panel, if any, installed by the Lessor. Such signage shall be affixed by the Lessor’s sign contractor, at the Lessee’s expense. This Lessee shall not use any advertising, media that the Lessor shall deem objectionable to it or other lessees such as loud speakers, phonographs, broadcasts or telecasts in a manner to be heard or seen outside the demised premises. The Lessee shall not install any exterior lighting or plumbing fixtures, shades, awnings, exterior decorations or painting on building or any fence, aerial or make any change to the building from or rear without the previous written consent of the Lessor. The Lessee shall indemnify and save harmless the Lessor from all claims, demands, loss or damage to any person or property arising out of or in any way caused by the erection, maintenance or removal of any such sign, mast, aerial or their installations. The Lessee shall have the right subject to the Lessor’s standard sign policy in install an identification sign at the front and rear of the Unit.

The Lessor shall have the right to install a roadside directory containing the names of each of the lessees in the Development and the Lessee’s company name and municipal address on the main entrance screen of the demised premises and the Lessee covenants to pay to the Lessor upon receipt of a statement setting forth in reasonable detail the cost of such sign or signs, including installation thereof, the amount requested.

Rules and Regulations

18. (a) THE LESSEE acknowledges and agrees that the Lessor shall have the right to promulgate reasonable rules and regulations copies of which shall be delivered to the Lessee to regulate the use of the common outside areas and facilities about the building of which the demised premises form part, provided that such restrictions shall not hinder the use of the demised premises by the Lessee. The Lessee agrees that for the benefit and welfare, and for the benefit and welfare of lessees occupying other units in the building and using the said common outside areas and facilities, such reasonable rules and regulations shall form part of this Lease and shall be binding upon the Lessee, provided that nothing herein contained shall require or be deemed to require the Lessor to promulgate any such rules or regulations or to regulate in any manner whatsoever the use of the common outside areas and futilities.

Use of Common Areas and Facilities

(b) THE LESSEE, its employees, invitees and customers and persons connected with the Lessee (subject and except as in this Lease provided), as appurtenant to the demised premises during the term of this Lease and any renewal period thereof shall have the right in

 

16


common with others entitled thereto from time to time to use the driveways, walkways, lawns, if any, ramps and other common outside areas and facilities in and about the Development hereof except parking areas as may from time to time to designated by the Lessor for the use of, or benefit of, such person or others or areas designated for the purpose of ingress to and egress from the demised premises or other demised premises within the Development. The Lessee shall not unreasonably block or in any manner hinder the Lessor, other lessees or person claiming through or under them or any of them who may be authorized by the Lessor to utilize the common outside areas and facilities from so doing. The Lessor may in its discretion from time to time permit other lessees to have the exclusive use of portions thereof.

(c) Subject as herein provided, the Lessor shall have the right to make such changes and improvements or authorizations as the Lessor may from time to time in its discretion determine in respect of the common outside ways, areas and facilities, or any part thereof.

Maintenance of Common Areas

19. THE LESSOR and any persons authorized by the Lessor shall have the right to install, maintain and/or repair pipes, wires, ducts or other installations in, under or through the demised premises, or in, under or through the common outside areas and facilities about the demised premises, for or in connection with the supply at any services in the demised premises or other premises in the building of which the demised premises form part, but nothing herein contained shall oblige the Lessor to make such installation or do such maintenance or effect such repairs. The Lessor shall make all such repairs as quickly as possible and in such manner as to inconvenience the Lessee to the least possible extent, but the Lessor shall not be liable for any losses or damages which may be incurred by the Lessee as a result thereof.

Waiver Not Cumulative

20. THE FAILURE of the Lessor to insist upon a strict performance of any of the agreements, terms, covenants and conditions hereof shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any rights or remedies that the Lessor may have and shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any subsequent breach or default in any of such agreements, terms, covenants and conditions. All rights and powers reserved to the Lessor hereunder may be exercised either by the Lessor or its agents or representatives from time to time and all such rights and powers shall be cumulative and not alternative.

Notices

21. ANY NOTICE, request or demand herein provided or permitted to be given by the Lessee to the Lessor shall be sufficiently given if mailed postage prepaid, registered or delivered to the Lessor addressed to it at its office and signed for by the Lessor’s representative, and any notice herein provided or permitted to be given by the Lessor to the Lessee shall be sufficiently given if mailed in Metropolitan Toronto, Ontario, postage prepaid, registered or delivered to the Lessee addressed to it at the demised premises and signed for by the Lessee’s representative. Any such notice given us aforesaid shall be conclusively deemed to have been given on the day on which such notice is delivered, or on the third (3rd) business day following the day upon which such notice is mailed, as the case may be. Either party may at any time give notice in writing to the other of any change of address of the party giving such notice, and from and after the giving of such notice, the address therein specified shall be deemed to be the address of such party for the giving of notices hereunder. The word “notice” in this paragraph shall be deemed to include any request, statement or other writing in this Lease provided or permitted to be given by the Lessor to the Lessee or by the Lessee to the Lessor.

 

17


Binding on Heirs, etc.

22. THIS INDENTURE and everything herein contained shall enure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns subject to the consent of the Lessor being obtained as hereinbefore provided to any assignment, sublease or parting with possession of the demised premises by the Lessee.

Marginal Notes

23. The marginal notes contained in this Lease ore for convenience and reference only and in no way define, limit or describe the scope or intent of this Lease not in any way affect this Lease.

Underestimates

24. The Lessee agrees that if the Lessor is required to apportion the cost of utilities, taxes or insurance between all or certain of the Lessees occupying the premises and, in his opinion, acting reasonably, the Lessee is responsible for an amount greater than his proportionate share as hereinbefore defined, the Lessee agrees to pay such amount in the same manner as additional rent hereunder.

Change in Definitions

25. The Lessee agrees that if the Lessor shall elect to sell one (1) or more of the buildings now or hereafter located on the lands described the Development hereto, reference to the lands described in the Development shall be adjusted accordingly, provided the Lessee shall have reasonable ingress and egress and loading facilities for the purpose of carrying on the use hereinbefore stated.

Liens

26. If any mechanics or other liens or order for the payment of money shall be filed against the leased premises by reason or arising out of any labour or material furnished to the Lessee or to anyone claiming through the Lessee, the Lessee shall, within fifteen (15) days after notice to the Lessee of the filing thereof, cause the same to be discharged by bonding, deposit, payment, court order or otherwise. The Lessee shall defend all suits to enforce such lien, or orders, whether against the Lessee or the Lessor, at the Lessee’s sole expense. The Lessee hereby indemnifies the Lessor against an expense or damage as a result of such liens or orders.

No Registration

27. That the Lessee shall not register this Lease in this form in the appropriate Land Registry Office but should the Lessee or Lessor request same then the parties hereto shall contemporaneously with the execution of this Lease execute a notice thereof solely for the purpose of supporting an application for registration of notice thereof, and such short form shall be in a form approved by the Lessor. The cost of preparation and registering such notice, if requested by the Lessee, shall be borne by the Lessee.

Re-Zoning, etc.

28. The Lessee covenants that it will not oppose or cause to be opposed any application for additions to the buildings within the Development, changes of use permitted by all or any part of the buildings within the Development or changes of zoning concerning the lands on which the Development is situate, or any lands of the Lessor within a radius of one (1) mile of the building, which are instituted by the Lessor, provided the ability of the Lessee to use the demised premises for the purposes herein provided is not adversely affected thereby. Upon the request of the Lessor, the Lessee shall execute a suitable acknowledgement that it does not oppose any such application.

 

18


Currency

29. Any payment required to be made by any provision of this Lease shall be made in lawful money of Canada.

Ontario Law

30. This Lease shall be deemed to have been made in and shall be construed in accordance with the laws of the Province of Ontario.

Joint and Several

31. If two (2) or more individuals, corporations, partnerships, or other business associations (or any combination of two (2) more thereof) sign this Lease as the Lessee, the liability of each such individual, corporation, partnership or other business association to pay rent and perform all other obligations hereunder shall be deemed to be joint and several. in like manner, the Lessee is a partnership or other business association, the members of which are, by virtue of statute or general law, subject to personal liability, the liability or each such member shall be joint and several.

Planning Act

32. That this Lease is entered into subject to the express condition that it is to be effective to create any interest in land only if the provisions of section 50 of the Planning Act (as it may from time to time be amended) are compiled with. The Lessor and Lessee agree, as a separate and distinct agreement, that if the consent of the appropriate Committee of Adjustment or Land Adjustment Committee (or other body having jurisdiction) is requisite to the validity of this Lease, either party may apply for such consent, and if such consent has not been obtained prior to the commencement of the term, the Lessor may give notice that if such consent has not been obtained and the demise hereunder thereby made effective within thirty (30) days from the giving of such notice all rights and obligations for the parties hereunder shall terminate at the expiration of the said period of thirty (30) days, and if such consent has not been so obtained such rights and obligations shall terminate accordingly. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Lessor may at its options upon notice in writing to the Lessee deem the term of the Lease including any rights of renewal to be for a period of twenty-one (21) years less a day.

Parking

33. The Lessee shall have the right to park or permit to be parked motor vehicles in such portions of the parking areas adjacent to the demised premises as the Lessor may designate or allocate to it, in the Lessor’s sole discretion; provided and the Lessee covenants that it will not use or permit to be used the said portion of the parking area in such a manner as to restrict the flow or traffic across the parking area and that it will not erect or permit to be erected any barrier across or adjacent to any part or such portion of the parking area. Provided further that the Lessee, its servants, agents and employees will not use or cause to be used by it or on its account any part of the said parking area other than those so designated or allocated to it, nor will it interfere in any way whatsoever wild the use of the parking areas by the Lessor’s other lessees. Unless otherwise specifically provided herein, the Lessor does not guarantee to the Lessee the use of any specific number of parking spaces in the said parking areas. Provided, however, The Lessor shall have the right to re-designate the parking spot or spots which have been given to the Lessee. The Lessee may not park vehicles under repair in parking areas.

 

19


Calculations of Area

34. (a) The rentable area of the demised premises, shall be the sum of the following two amounts:

(i) The area of the unit as calculated measuring from the exterior surfaces of the exterior walls and of all walls adjoining common areas, and from the centre line of a party or demising wall separating two (2) or more rentable areas, all without deduction or exclusion for any space occupied or used for columns, suits, or other interior construction or equipment or for any doorway areas or shipping areas, recessed from the lease line; and

(ii) The area calculated to be the product of the area as determined in accordance with subsection (a) of this paragraph, multiplied by the fraction, the numerator of which is the area of all utility rooms and garbage rooms located in the Development and the denominator which is the leaseable area as set out in subparagraph (a) above, of all the units in the Development.

(b) The rentable area shall be adjusted in accordance with the above subsection, and the rental as set out in paragraph 3 of this Lease shall be re-calculated by multiplying the monthly and yearly rental by a fraction, the numerator of which is the rentable area and the denominator of which is the rentable area specified in paragraph 1 of this Lease.

Refuse Collection

35. The Lessor at is option may require the Lessee to either:

(i) Store all refuse within the demised premises; or

(ii) Use of a common refuse room to be serviced by a disposal contractor, in which event, the Lessee shall pay as an additional rental each mouth, its proportionate estimated share of the cost of such private refuse pick up. In the event the Lessor acting reasonably, determines that the amount of garbage being generated by the Lessee is greater than its proportionate share, the Lessor shall have the right to estimate and charge to the Lessee such larger cost as it reasonably attributes to the Lessee.

Process Standards and Regulations

36. The Lessee covenants and agrees and warrants that its process shall meet all regulations and standards of the Ministry of Health, the Fire Department, the Lessor’s insurer and any other municipal or governmental body having jurisdiction with respect to its process.

Noise and Odour

37. The Lessee covenants and agrees that no noise, vibration, odours, water or fumes will emanate from the demised premises and disturb Lessees of neighbouring premises. The Lessor shall be the sole arbiter and the determination of the Lessor shall be final as to whether any noise vibration, odours, water or fumes are emitting from the premises and disturbing neighbouring Lessees. Moreover, in the event any such disturbance is caused by the Lessee and is not remedied within seven (7) days of written notice by the Lessor, in addition to all of the other remedies set forth herein, the Lessor shall have the right to terminate the Lease without further notice and without further warning to the lessee.

 

20


Chemicals and Foreign Substances

38. The Lessee covenants and agrees not to allow any chemicals of foreign substances to flow into the sanitary or storm sewer drains. The Lessee shall indemnify the Lessor from any costs involved in compliance with any statute, by-law, regulation, order or assessment, including legal and consultant’s fees, and including the payment of any fines, penalties or other costs resulting from any pollutant or contaminant or environmental damage for which the Lessee is responsible in which the Lessee is responsible in whole or in part and this indemnity shall survive the termination of this Lease.

Environmental and Pollution

39. For the purposes hereof;

“Environmental Laws” shall mean any laws, by-laws, regulations, ordinances or statutes of any governmental authority having jurisdiction over the Demised Premises relating to protection of the environment or health and safety.

“Noxious Substance” shall mean any substance defined as a contaminant pursuant to Environmental Laws.

The Lessee shall at all times comply with all Environmental Laws and not permit the release of any Noxious Substance and shall indemnify and save the Lessor harmless from any breach thereof. In the event that as result of an act or omission of the Lessee, its employees, agents, contractors, invitees or other person for whom the Lessee is at law responsible, there is a breach of any Environmental Law or the release of any Noxious Substance, the Lessor shall have the right to enter upon the demised premises and rectify such situation and the Lessee shall forthwith upon demand pay the cost of such rectification plus 15% for the Lessor’s administration fee in addition to any other remedy of the Lessor. This provision shall survive the termination of this Lease. In the event that the said breach adversely effects the use of other premises within the Building or is of a continuing nature, the Lessor shall in addition to any other rights it may have, have the right to terminate the Lease.

Interpretation

40. Unless the context otherwise required, the word “Lessor” whenever it is used herein shall be construed to include the meaning the Lessor, its successors and/or assigns, and the word “Lessee” shall be construed to include and shall mean the Lessee, and the executors, administrators, successors and/or assigns of the Lessee; the word “Lessee” and the personal pronoun “it” relating thereto and used therewith shall be read and construed as Lessor, and “his”, “her”, “its” or “their” respectively, as the number and gender of the party or parties referred to each require and the number of the verb agreeing therewith, shall be construed and agree with the said word or pronoun so substituted.

Option to Extend

41. Provided when not in default and having consistently performed its obligations pursuant to the lease throughout the term of the Lease, the Lessee shall have the right to extend this lease upon written notice to the Lessor, at least six months prior to the expiration of the within lease, for a further term of five (5) years, upon the same terms and conditions, save and except for rent, to be mutually agreed upon. In the event the parties fail to agree on the renewal rent, within sixty (60) days prior to the expiration of the term herein, then same shall be submitted to arbitration, pursuant to the Arbitrations Act of Ontario. Each party to pay its own cost for said Arbitration.

 

21


42. Included in the rental agreement are the cranes and locations of same, indicated by the ‘XXXXX’ marks on Schedule “A” hereto.

All overhead cranes must be maintained and services by the Lessee at the end of the lease herein. Said cranes must be returned in operating condition and in safe working order.

43. IT IS understood that this Lease includes a Shot Blaster. The maintenance of said Shot Blaster by the Lessee must be performed regularly and the repairs, when needed, and all installation must be returned in working condition.

44. This Lease shall terminate upon the occurrence of an Event of Default as such term is defined in the Asset Purchase Agreement dated as of October 19, 2006 among Veri-tek International Corp., Liftking Industries, Inc., Liftking Incorporated, Louis Aldrovandi and Mark Aldrovandi.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties hereto have caused their corporate seals to be affixed, duly attested by the hands of their proper signing officers in that behalf.

 

ALDROVANDI EQUIPMENTS LIMITED
(Lessor)
Per:  

/s/

  Name:
I have authority to bind the Corporation.
MANITEX LIFTKING, ULC
(Lessee)
Per:  

/s/

  Name:
I have authority to bind the Corporation.

 

22


RULES AND REGULATIONS

1. The Lessee shall not perform any acts or carry on any practice which may injure the common outside areas and facilities or be a nuisance to any other lessee of the premise situated in the Development.

2. The Lessee shall not burn any trash or garbage in or about the demised premises or anywhere within the confines or the Development.

3. The Lessee shall not keep or display any merchandise on or otherwise obstruct the sidewalks, malls, driveways or other common outside areas adjacent to the demised premises nor block the aisles in the parking and shipping areas.

4. The Lessee shall not overload any floor of the demised premises.

5. The Lessee shall at all times keep the demised premises in a clean and sanitary condition in accordance with the laws and direction, rules and regulations of any governmental or municipal agency having jurisdiction.

6. At the commencement and through the term of this Lease, the Lessee shall at the expense of the Lessee, supply and install all light bulbs and tubes and maintain all necessary lighting fixtures.

7. The Lessee shall not grant any concessions, licenses or permission to any third (3rd) parties to sell or take orders for merchandise or services in the demised premises without the prior written approval or the Lessor.

8. The Lessee shall, upon written notice from the Lessor within five (5) days furnish the Lessor with the current Provincial License Number of any vehicles owned or used by the employees or the Lessee. The Lessor may from time to time designate an employee area that may be used by all Lessees and their employees and agents.

9. For the benefit and welfare or for or any Lessees of the premises in the Development as it may exist from time to time, the Lessor shall have the right to issue further Rules and Regulations and such further Rules and Regulations shall thereupon be binding upon the Lessee. Provided that any such Rule or Regulation is not detrimental to the Lessee.

 

23


SCHEDULE “A”

7135 ISLINGTON AVENUE

LOGO

 

24


191 VINYL COURT

LOGO

 

25

Exhibit 21.1

Subsidiaries of the Company

 

1. Quantum Value Management, LLC - a Delaware limited liability company

 

2. Manitex, LLC - a Delaware limited liability company

 

3. Manitex Skycrane, LLC - a Delaware limited liability company

 

4. Manitex, Inc. - a Texas corporation

 

5. Manitex Liftking, ULC - an Alberta unlimited liability company

Exhibit 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements on Form S-3 (No. 333-139576) and on Form S-8 (No. 333-126978) of Veri-Tek International Corp. of our report dated March 13, 2006 relating to the financial statements appearing in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for Veri-Tek International Corp. for the two years ended December 31, 2005 and December 31, 2004.

 

/s/    Freedman & Goldberg

Freedman & Goldberg, CPAs, P.C.

Farmington Hills, MI

April 10, 2007

Exhibit 23.2

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS

We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the registration statements on Form S-3 (No. 333-139576) and Form S-8 (No. 333-126978) of Veri-Tek International Corp. of our report dated April 9 2007, which report appears in the December 31, 2006 Annual Report on Form 10-K of Veri-Tek International Corp.

 

/s/    UHY LLP

UHY LLP

Sterling Heights, Michigan

April 9, 2007

Exhibit 31.1

CERTIFICATION

I, David J. Langevin, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Veri-Tek International, Corp.;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) for the registrant and have:

a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

c) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Date: April 13, 2007   By:  

/ S /    D AVID J. L ANGEVIN        

  Name:   David J. Langevin
  Title:   Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
    (Principal Executive Officer
    of Veri-Tek International, Corp.)

 

Exhibit 31.2

CERTIFICATION

I, David H. Gransee, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Veri-Tek International, Corp.;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) for the registrant and have:

a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

c) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Date: April 13, 2007   By:  

/ S /    D AVID H. G RANSEE        

  Name:   David H. Gransee
  Title:   Vice President, and Chief Financial Officer
    (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer
    of Veri-Tek International, Corp.)

 

Exhibit 32.1

WRITTEN STATEMENT OF THE PRESIDENT AND CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER AND THE CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. 1350

Solely for the purpose of complying with 18 U.S.C. 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, we, the undersigned President and the Chief Financial Officer of Veri-Tek International, Corp. (the “Company”), hereby certify that to the best of our knowledge the Annual Report of the Company on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2006 (the “Report”) fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and that the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

 

By:  

/ S /    D AVID J. L ANGEVIN        

Name:   David J. Langevin
Title:   Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
 

(Principal Executive Officer

of Veri-Tek International, Corp.)

By:  

/ S /    D AVID H. G RANSEE        

Name:   David H. Gransee
Title:   Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
 

(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer

of Veri-Tek International, Corp.)